Перевод: со всех языков на английский

с английского на все языки

not+easily+understood

  • 81 disputa

    f.
    dispute.
    pres.indicat.
    3rd person singular (él/ella/ello) present indicative of spanish verb: disputar.
    * * *
    1 (discusión) dispute, argument, quarrel
    2 (enfrentamiento) clash, struggle
    \
    sin disputa without dispute
    tener una disputa to quarrel
    * * *
    noun f.
    * * *
    SF
    1) (=discusión) dispute, argument

    sin disputa — undoubtedly, beyond dispute

    2) (=controversia) controversy
    * * *
    a) (discusión, pelea) quarrel, argument
    b) ( controversia) dispute

    es, sin disputa, la mejor — she is, without question, the best

    * * *
    = disputation, row, quarrel, fray, contest, run-in, altercation, dispute, wrangle, bickering, argument, squabble, squabbling, contestation, tug of war, spat, war of words, dust-up, grievance.
    Ex. Academic disputations are generally entered under the heading for the faculty moderator.
    Ex. The rows over Britain's contributions to the Community budget and runaway spending on the the Common Agricultural Policy (CAP), which took up two thirds of the budget, were documented blow by blow in the press.
    Ex. The following account of a quarrel which took place in about 1540 between Thomas Platter and Balthasar Ruch comes from Platter's autobiography = El siguiente relato de la pelea que tuvo lugar alreadedor de 1540 entre Thomas Platter y Balthasar Ruch procede de la autobiografía del mismo Platter.
    Ex. The academic librarian, by remaining neutral, can stay above the fray and does not need to take sides in order to provide scholars with access to the truth.
    Ex. Anyway, experience had taught him that a subordinate who attempts to subdue a superordinate is almost always lost; the superordinate has too many advantages in such a contest.
    Ex. 'When you've been here a while, you'll see that it's hard to avoid run-ins with her,' Lehmann spoke up.
    Ex. Then I came within this disagreeable person's atmosphere, and lo! before I know what's happened I'm involved in an unpleasant altercation.
    Ex. In practice meetings of the Council of Ministers -- the Community's main legislative body -- have in recent years become a forum for acrimonious dispute.
    Ex. This is a history of The Old Librarian's Almanack (a pamphlet produced as a hoax in 1909) and of the literary wrangles which ensued from its publication.
    Ex. Even if the management decided to make an arbitrary decision, it would be better than the endless bickering and ad-hoc measures we are having to put up with.
    Ex. We do not want to see young assistants at the counter getting involved in an argument.
    Ex. One might mistakenly be left with the impression that the crisis is a mere 'banana republic' squabble over power.
    Ex. The DVD-RW drive has arrived but not without lots of squabbling among industry competitors.
    Ex. These relations are constructed through negotiations and contestations that cannot be easily divorced from cultural context.
    Ex. Library administrators might be able to predict their fortunes in the academic tug of war for funds if they understood more clearly the attitudes of institutional administrators towards libraries.
    Ex. It also includes a blow-by-blow account of spats between management and labor.
    Ex. War of words exposed chinks in coalition.
    Ex. The annual global dust-up over whale hunting is about to kick off again.
    Ex. So, in the bicentennial spirit here's a three-point bill of particulars or grievances (in addition to what was mentioned previously with respect to offensive or unauthentic terms).
    ----
    * disputa + continuar = dispute + rage.
    * disputa industrial = industrial dispute, industrial action.
    * disputa + perdurar = dispute + rage.
    * resolución de disputas = dispute settlement.
    * resolver una disputa = settle + dispute.
    * * *
    a) (discusión, pelea) quarrel, argument
    b) ( controversia) dispute

    es, sin disputa, la mejor — she is, without question, the best

    * * *
    = disputation, row, quarrel, fray, contest, run-in, altercation, dispute, wrangle, bickering, argument, squabble, squabbling, contestation, tug of war, spat, war of words, dust-up, grievance.

    Ex: Academic disputations are generally entered under the heading for the faculty moderator.

    Ex: The rows over Britain's contributions to the Community budget and runaway spending on the the Common Agricultural Policy (CAP), which took up two thirds of the budget, were documented blow by blow in the press.
    Ex: The following account of a quarrel which took place in about 1540 between Thomas Platter and Balthasar Ruch comes from Platter's autobiography = El siguiente relato de la pelea que tuvo lugar alreadedor de 1540 entre Thomas Platter y Balthasar Ruch procede de la autobiografía del mismo Platter.
    Ex: The academic librarian, by remaining neutral, can stay above the fray and does not need to take sides in order to provide scholars with access to the truth.
    Ex: Anyway, experience had taught him that a subordinate who attempts to subdue a superordinate is almost always lost; the superordinate has too many advantages in such a contest.
    Ex: 'When you've been here a while, you'll see that it's hard to avoid run-ins with her,' Lehmann spoke up.
    Ex: Then I came within this disagreeable person's atmosphere, and lo! before I know what's happened I'm involved in an unpleasant altercation.
    Ex: In practice meetings of the Council of Ministers -- the Community's main legislative body -- have in recent years become a forum for acrimonious dispute.
    Ex: This is a history of The Old Librarian's Almanack (a pamphlet produced as a hoax in 1909) and of the literary wrangles which ensued from its publication.
    Ex: Even if the management decided to make an arbitrary decision, it would be better than the endless bickering and ad-hoc measures we are having to put up with.
    Ex: We do not want to see young assistants at the counter getting involved in an argument.
    Ex: One might mistakenly be left with the impression that the crisis is a mere 'banana republic' squabble over power.
    Ex: The DVD-RW drive has arrived but not without lots of squabbling among industry competitors.
    Ex: These relations are constructed through negotiations and contestations that cannot be easily divorced from cultural context.
    Ex: Library administrators might be able to predict their fortunes in the academic tug of war for funds if they understood more clearly the attitudes of institutional administrators towards libraries.
    Ex: It also includes a blow-by-blow account of spats between management and labor.
    Ex: War of words exposed chinks in coalition.
    Ex: The annual global dust-up over whale hunting is about to kick off again.
    Ex: So, in the bicentennial spirit here's a three-point bill of particulars or grievances (in addition to what was mentioned previously with respect to offensive or unauthentic terms).
    * disputa + continuar = dispute + rage.
    * disputa industrial = industrial dispute, industrial action.
    * disputa + perdurar = dispute + rage.
    * resolución de disputas = dispute settlement.
    * resolver una disputa = settle + dispute.

    * * *
    1 (discusión, pelea) quarrel, argument
    2 (controversia) dispute
    ha sido objeto de una larga disputa it has been the source of a long-running dispute
    es, sin disputa, la mejor she is, without question, the best
    3 (combate) fight
    * * *

    Del verbo disputar: ( conjugate disputar)

    disputa es:

    3ª persona singular (él/ella/usted) presente indicativo

    2ª persona singular (tú) imperativo

    Multiple Entries:
    disputa    
    disputar
    disputa sustantivo femenino
    a) (discusión, pelea) quarrel, argument



    disputar ( conjugate disputar) verbo transitivo
    a) disputale algo a algn ‹ título to challenge sb for sth;


    b) partido to play;

    combate to fight
    disputarse verbo pronominal:

    disputa sustantivo femenino
    1 (enfrentamiento) dispute
    (por un puesto, etc) contest
    2 (riña, pelea) argument
    disputar
    I verbo intransitivo
    1 (debatir) disputaban sobre ello acaloradamente, they were arguing heatedly about it
    2 (competir por) to contest: han disputado la carrera dos de los mejores atletas, two of the best athletes competed in the race
    II verbo transitivo
    1 (competir) to compete: le disputa la presidencia a Gómez, he is competing against Gómez for the presidency
    2 Dep (un encuentro) to play

    ' disputa' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    acalorada
    - acalorado
    - bronca
    - concesión
    - discusión
    - disgusto
    - disputar
    - disputarse
    - margen
    - trabar
    - agrio
    - arbitrar
    - litigio
    - lugar
    - originar
    - pleito
    - querella
    English:
    acrimonious
    - contention
    - dispute
    - embroil
    - feud
    - fight
    - quarrel
    - quarreling
    - quarrelling
    - row
    - squabble
    - wrangle
    - settle
    * * *
    1. [discusión] dispute, argument
    2. [competición] contest;
    la disputa por el título de liga the battle for the league title;
    entrar en la disputa por algo to enter the contest for sth;
    hay mucha disputa para conseguir el puesto there's a lot of competition for the post
    3. [polémica] dispute;
    mediar o [m5] terciar en la disputa to intervene in the dispute;
    es, sin disputa, el más lujoso it is indisputably o unquestionably the most luxurious
    * * *
    f dispute;
    sin disputa undoubtedly
    * * *
    altercado, discusión: dispute, argument

    Spanish-English dictionary > disputa

  • 82 легко

    (см. также трудно) easily, it is easy, readily, with ease, it is a straightforward matter (to prove, etc.)
    легко как антоним трудно, сложно о Было довольно нелегко разработать метод для... - It was fairly difficult to develop a method for... (not easy at all)
    Было довольно сложно разработать метод для... - It was quite difficult to develop a method for...
    Было легко разработать метод для... - It was easy to develop a method for... (easy on an absolute scale; really easy)
    Было относительно легко (= просто) разработать метод для... - It was relatively easy to develop a method for... (not easy on an absolute scale, but less challenging than other tasks)
    Было почти невозможно разработать метод для... - It was almost impossible to develop a method for... (so hard that we nearly failed)
    Подобным способом легко показывается, что... - It is readily shown in a similar way that...
    Во многих ситуациях относительно легко (вычислить и т. п.)... - In many situations it is relatively easy to...
    Далее легко показать, что... - It is easy to show, furthermore, that...
    Довольно легко увидеть (= убедиться), что... - It is reasonably easy to see that...
    Из этого легко заключить, что... - Prom this it is easy to deduce that...
    К счастью, легко (получить и т. п.)... - Fortunately, it is easy to...
    Каждое из этих утверждений легко доказывается (способом). - Each of these statements is readily proved by...
    Как легко заметить... - As will readily be observed..., As is easy to see...
    Легко (= нетрудно) можно проверить, что... - It may be verified without difficulty that...
    Легко видеть, что... - It is еаsilу (геаdilу) sееп thаt...; Опе сап геаdilу sее thаt...;
    Легко видеть, что это условие является необходимым. - It is easy to see that this condition is a necessary one.
    Легко доказываются следующие результаты. - The following results are easily proved.
    Легко отличить... от... - It is easily distinguish... from...
    Легко показать, что... - It is easily shown that...
    Легко получаем, что... - It follows without difficulty that...
    Легко получить, что - It is easy to obtain that.
    Легко понять причину этого (эффекта). - The reason for this is readily understood.
    Легко понять, что... - It is easily comprehended that...; It is easy to understand that...
    Легко проверить, что... - It is easy to verify that...
    Легко проверить, что... - It is easy to verify that...; It is easily verified that...; It is readily verifiable that...
    Легко убедиться, что... - It is easy to convince ourselves that...
    Можно легко распознать, что... - One can easily recognize that...
    Мы легко оценим, что... - It is readily appreciated that...
    Однако легко переоценить его значение в связи с... - But it is easy to over-estimate its significance in relation to...
    Однако мы легко можем разработать метод для... - We can, however, easily devise a means for...
    Относительно легко (установить и т. п.)... - It is a comparatively simple matter to...
    Подобным образом мы легко можем выписать уравнение... - In the same way we can easily write down the equation of...
    Прямой подстановкой легко проверяется, что... - It is readily verified by direct substitution that...
    Так же легко (= просто) эти идеи могут быть сформулированы (и) для... - These ideas can be formulated just as easily for...
    Теперь мы могли бы легко увидеть, что... - Now we may easily see that...
    Читатель легко может проверить, что... - The reader will have no difficulty in verifying...
    Это легко подтверждается. - This is easily confirmed.
    Это поведение легко объяснимо. - This behavior is easily explained.
    Этот результат легко установить. - It is easy to establish this result.
    Этот результат можно было бы получить более легко, увидев, что... - This result could have been obtained more easily by recognizing that...

    Русско-английский словарь научного общения > легко

  • 83 результат

    (см. также факт) result, effect, consequence, finding
    Результат более общего типа формулируется следующим образом. - The following is a more general result of the same kind.
    Более определенные результаты были сформулированы Смитом [1]. - More definite results have been formulated by Smith [1].
    В действительности данный результат означает, что... - This result means, in effect, that...
    В результате практически все, работающие в данной области, желали допустить, что... - As a result, practically everyone in the field was willing to admit that...
    В результате преобразования уравнение (1) принимает вид... - After simplification equation (1) becomes...
    В результате следует заключить, что... - Consequently, one must conclude that...
    В результате существовала тенденция... - As a result, there has been a tendency to...
    В результате этого происходит заметное уменьшение... - This results in a marked decrease in...
    В результате, теперь достаточно лишь доказать, что... - Consequently it is enough to prove that...
    В соответствии с данным результатом мы можем определить... - In accordance with this result, we may identify...
    В то же самое время, данные результаты указывают, что... - At the same time, the results indicate that...
    В этом приложении мы приводим результаты... - In this appendix we present the results of...
    Важность данного результата состоит в том, что он четко устанавливает... - The importance of this result is that it clearly establishes...
    Возможно, наилучший способ сформулировать результаты - это... - Probably the best way to express the results is to use...
    Можно грубо выразить (= сформулировать) тот же результат, говоря, что... - This result is expressed roughly by saying that...
    Данный результат должен выглядеть знакомым любому, кто изучал... - This result should look familiar to anyone who has studied...
    Данный результат допускает простую геометрическую интерпретацию. - The result admits a simple geometrical interpretation.
    Данный результат имеет простую физическую интерпретацию. - This result has a simple physical interpretation.
    Данный результат может быть сформулирован в несколько более простой форме следующим образом. - This result can be written in a slightly simpler form as follows.
    Данный результат находится в полном согласии с... - The result is in perfect agreement with...
    Данный результат объясняет/разъясняет... - This result explains...
    Данный результат объясняется и качественно, и количественно предположением, что... - This result is both qualitatively and quantitatively explained by the assumption that...
    Данный результат окажется полезным при обсуждении (чего-л). - This result will prove useful in the discussion of...
    Данный результат остается справедливым, если... - The result remains true if...
    Данный результат принадлежит Гауссу. - This result is due to Gauss.
    Данный результат следует немедленно, если мы можем показать, что... - The result will follow immediately if we can show that...
    Данный результат согласуется с... - This result is in agreement with...
    Данный результат также может быть получен с применением... - This result can also be obtained by the application of...
    Данный результат, который можно легко проверить, состоит в том, что... - The result, which may be easily verified, is...
    Для того, чтобы доказать этот результат, мы должны, во-первых, вычислить... - In order to prove this result we must first calculate...
    Другой интересный результат, принадлежащий Риману, состоит в том, что... - Another interesting result, due to Riemann, is. that...
    Другой способ получения того же результата появляется, если заметить, что... - Another way of obtaining the same result is to note that...
    Его результаты могут быть подытожены следующей теоремой. - His results may be summed up in the following theorem.
    Если мы используем результат (7), то видим, что... - If we make use of the result (7) we see that...
    Еще один интересный результат - это... - One further result of interest is that...
    Еще одним следствием этих результатов является то, что... - One further consequence of these results is that...
    За исключение последнего, все эти результаты немедленно вытекают из того факта, что... - All these results except the last follow immediately from the fact that...
    Значение этого последнего результата состоит в том, что... - The significance of this last result is that...
    Значительно лучший результат мог быть получен, если использовать... - A much better result would have been obtained using...
    Из... можно вывести много полезных результатов. - Many useful results may be deduced from...
    Из вышеуказанного утверждения следует дополнительный результат. - The above argument gives us the following additional result.
    Из предыдущих результатов вытекает, что... - It follows from the foregoing results that...
    Из процитированных выше результатов следует, что... - From the results quoted above it follows that...
    Из результатов последнего параграфа становится ясно, что... - It is apparent from the last section that...
    Из результатов экспериментов Смит [1] заключил, что... - From the results of experiments, Smith [1] concluded that...
    Из этих результатов вытекает, что... - These results imply that...
    Используя результат (10), мы видим, что... - Making use of the result (10) we see that...
    Используя этот результат... - With this result we can...
    Используя этот результат, мы можем заключить... - With the help of this result we can deduce...
    Исследование, продолжающееся два десятилетия, принесло удивительно немного результатов относительно... - Research spanning two decades has yielded surprisingly few results on...
    Исходя из этих результатов, можно сконструировать... - Prom these results it is possible to construct...
    Как мы можем понимать этот результат? - How can we understand this result?
    Как мы уже видели, те же самые результаты предсказываются для... - As we have seen, the same results are predicted for...
    Как побочный результат теоремы 4... - As a by-product of Theorem 4, we also obtain the convergence of...
    Как приложение данного результата, мы покажем, что... -As an application of this result, we show that...
    Как это показано ниже, этот результат можно также вывести непосредственно. - This result may also be derived directly as follows.
    Количественный анализ этих результатов показывает, что... - A quantitative analysis of these results shows that...
    Методом математической индукции этот результат может быть распространен на... - This result can be extended, by mathematical induction, to...
    Многие идеи и результаты последней главы могут быть распространены на случай... - Many of the ideas and results of the last chapter can now be extended to the case of...
    Многие из наших более ранних результатов могут быть лучше поняты, если... - Many of ounearlier results can be better understood if...
    Можно было бы интерпретировать, что эти результаты означают, что... - These results might be interpreted to mean that...
    Можно понять эти результаты, рассматривая... - One can understand these results by considering...
    Мы используем этот результат, чтобы... - We shall apply this result to...
    Мы могли бы взглянуть на данный результат с другой точки зрения. - We may look at this result in another way.
    Мы могли бы подытожить эти результаты утверждением, что... - We may summarize these results with the statement that...
    Мы могли бы получить этот же результат более просто, заметив, что... - We could have obtained this result more easily by noting that...
    Мы могли бы получить этот результат другим способом. - We could obtain this result by a different argument.
    Мы можем использовать этот результат, чтобы определить (= ввести)... - We can use this result to define...
    Мы можем подытожить предыдущие результаты в простых терминах, замечая, что... - We can summarize the preceding results in simpler terms by noting that...
    Мы можем получить данный результат следующим образом. - We can obtain the result as follows.
    Мы можем применить некоторые результаты этой главы, чтобы проиллюстрировать... - We may apply some of the results of this chapter to illustrate...
    Мы можем сформулировать этот результат в виде теоремы. - We can state the result as a theorem.
    Мы не можем ожидать выполнения этого результата в случае... - This result cannot be expected to hold for...
    Мы применим наши результаты к одному простому случаю. - We shall apply our results to a simple case.
    Мы только что доказали следующий результат. - We have proved the following result.
    Мы хотим взглянуть на этот результат с несколько иной точки зрения. - We want to look at this result from a slightly different, point of view.
    На основе данных результатов давайте теперь оценим... - On the basis of these results, let us now estimate...
    Наиболее важными результатами являются результаты, касающиеся (= связанные с)... - The most important results are those concerning...
    Наилучший результат получается, когда/ если... - The best result is obtained when...
    Наш основной результат будет заключаться в том, что... - Our main result will be that...
    Наш следующий результат демонстрирует, что... - Our next result demonstrates that...
    Наши первые результаты описывают соотношения между... - Our first results deal with the relations between...
    Наши результаты пересекаются с результатами Смита [1], который... - Our results overlap those of Smith [1], who...
    Наши результаты предпочтительны по сравнению с результатами Смита [1]. - Our results compare favorably with those of Smith [1].
    Немедленным следствием предыдущего результата является тот факт, что... - An immediate corollary of the above result is the fact that...
    Несколько более простой результат получается, если мы... - A somewhat simpler result is obtained if we...
    Несомненно, данные результаты не зависят от... - These results are of course independent of...
    Нижеследующее является обобщением результата, доказанного Смитом [1]. - The following is a generalization of a result proved by Smith [1].
    Объединяя эти результаты, мы видим, что... - On combining these results we see that...
    Обычно это происходит в результате... - This usually occurs as a result of...
    Однако имеются другие результаты, которые... - There are other results, however, which...
    Однако окончательные результаты теории не могут зависеть от... - But the final results of the theory must not depend on...
    Однако подобные усилия приносят положительный результат, только если... - Such efforts, however, are successful only if...
    Однако у этого результата имеется другое приложение. - However, this result has another application.
    Однако этот результат действительно предполагает, что... - The result does assume, however, that...
    Одним интересным свойством этих результатов является то, что они указывают... - One interesting feature of these results is that they indicate...
    Очевидно, данный результат мог бы быть получен, не используя... - Obviously this result could have been obtained without the use of...
    Очевидно, что подобный результат справедлив (и) для... - Obviously a similar result is true for...
    Очевидно, что эти результаты выполняются для любого... - These results clearly hold for any...
    Очевидной интерпретацией данного результата является... - The straightforward interpretation of this result is...
    Перед тем как установить только что упомянутые результаты, необходимо (рассмотреть и т. п.)... - Before establishing the results just mentioned it is necessary to...
    По результатам этого и подобных экспериментов обнаружено, что... - From this and similar experiments it is found that...
    Подобные результаты убедительно доказывают, что... - Such results conclusively prove that...
    В некотором роде подобный результат выполняется для... - A somewhat similar result holds for...
    Полученные результаты должны быть таковы, чтобы их можно было сравнить с... - The results obtained should be capable of comparison with...
    Помимо прочего, данный результат показывает, что... - Among other things, this result shows that...
    Помня об этом результате, давайте проверим... - With this result in mind, let us examine...
    Поучительно рассмотреть эти результаты с точки зрения... - It is instructive to consider these results from the standpoint of...
    Предыдущие результаты были получены в рамках предположения... - The above results have been obtained under the assumption of...
    Предыдущие результаты еще раз иллюстрируют... - The above results once more illustrate...
    Предыдущие результаты можно подытожить следующим образом. - The above results may be summarized as follows.
    Приведенная выше теория не предсказывает хорошо известный результат, что... - The theory given above does not predict the well-known result that...
    Простой иллюстрацией для этого результата является его приложение к... - A simple illustration of this result is its application to...
    Результат может быть найден (с помощью и т. п.)... - The output can be found by...
    Результат показан ниже. - The result is recorded below.
    Результат, представленный формулой (9), очень полезен при выводе свойств (чего-л). - The result (9) is very useful for deducing properties of...
    Результат, справедливость которого может быть проверена (самим) читателем, формулируется следующим образом. - The result, which may be verified by the reader, is...
    Результатом является представление... - The result is a representation of...
    Результаты были получены непосредственным наблюдением... - The results are obtained by direct observation of...
    Результаты были разочаровывающими, в основном потому... - The results have been disappointing, mainly because...
    Результаты всех этих методов согласуются с... - The results of all these methods are consistent with...
    Результаты данной главы позволяют нам... - The results of the present chapter enable us to...
    Результаты согласуются с пониманием, что... - The results are consistent with the view that...
    Следующий очень важный результат является основой для... - The following very important result is the basis for...
    Соответствующий результат справедлив (и) для... - A corresponding result holds for...
    Справедливость того же результата можно увидеть геометрически. - The same result can be seen geometrically.
    Сравнение с точным результатом (2) показывает, что... - A comparison with the exact result (2) shows that...
    Считается хорошей практикой выражать все результаты измерений в метрической системе. - It is considered good practice to express all measurements in metric units.
    Таким образом, данный результат доказан. - The result is therefore established.
    Таким образом, мы можем обобщить результаты из первого параграфа и сообщить, что... - Thus, we can generalize the results of Section 1 and state that...
    Таким образом, получен следующий основной (= центральный) результат... - The following key results are therefore obtained:...
    Такого же самого типа рассуждения доказывают следующий результат. - Arguments of the same type prove the following result.
    Такой результат более предпочтителен (другому результату). - The outcome is certainly preferable to...
    Твердо установленным результатом является, что... - It is a well-established result that...
    Тем не менее эта формальная работа привела к конкретному результату. - Nevertheless, this formal work has produced a concrete result.
    Теперь мы доказываем два фундаментальных результата. - We now prove two fundamental results.
    Теперь мы доказываем один фундаментальный результат. - We now prove a fundamental result.
    Теперь мы можем сформулировать следующий результат. - We are now in a position to state the following result.
    Теперь мы получаем желаемый результат. - We now have the desired result.
    Теперь мы собрали воедино основные определения и результаты (исследования и т. п.)... - We have now assembled the main definitions and results of...
    Тот же самый результат может быть получен простым (вычислением и т. п.)... - The same result may be obtained by simply...
    Тот же самый результат может быть сформулирован в другой форме. - The same result can be put in a different form.
    Тот же самый результат можно вывести из... - The same result may be deduced from...
    Физический смысл этого результата состоит в том, что... - The physical significance of this result is that...
    Формально этот результат выглядит весьма похожим на... - Formally, the result looks somewhat similar to...
    Численные результаты, основанные на соотношении (4), показывают, что... - Numerical computations based on (4) show that...
    Читатель мог бы сравнить этот результат с выражением (6). - The reader may compare this result with the expression (6).
    Читатель найдет этот результат в любом учебнике... - The reader will find this result in any textbook on...
    Чтобы объяснить получившийся результат, мы могли бы предположить, что... - То explain the above result, we could suppose that...
    Чтобы получить необходимый результат, мы... - То obtain the required result, let...
    Чтобы получить практический результат в подобных случаях, мы... - То obtain a practical result in such cases, we...
    Эти два результата имеют существенный интерес. - These two results are of considerable interest.
    Эти два результата совместно показывают, что... - These two results together show that...
    Эти кажущиеся тривиальными результаты приводят к... - These seemingly trivial results lead to...
    Эти результаты имели важные далеко ведущие последствия. - The results were of far reaching importance.
    Эти результаты могут быть легко описаны в терминах... - These results can easily be described in terms of...
    Эти результаты можно использовать, чтобы установить... - These results can be used to establish...
    Эти результаты можно очевидным образом обобщить (на случай и т. п.)... - These results can be extended in an obvious way to...
    Эти результаты не изменятся, если мы... - These results are not affected if we...
    Эти результаты представлены на рис. 3 и 4. - The results are displayed in Figures 3 and 4.
    Эти результаты согласуются с предположением, что... - These results are consistent with the assumption that...
    Эти результаты также поддержали точку зрения, что... - The results also lend support to the view that...
    Эти результаты теперь могут быть уточнены для случая... - These results can now be specialized to the case of...
    Эти результаты часто бывают необходимы. - These results are needed frequently.
    Эти результаты являются следствием... - These results are a consequence of...
    Эти результаты ясно показывают, что... - These results clearly show that...
    Эти результаты в основном согласуются с... - These results are broadly consistent with...
    Это важный результат. Он утверждает, что... - This is an important result. It says that...
    Это и есть тот самый предсказанный результат. - This is precisely the expected result.
    Это интересный результат. - This is an interesting result.
    Это интересный результат, так как... - This is an interesting result because...
    Это контрастирует с соответствующим результатом для... - This contrasts with the corresponding result for...
    Это очень важный результат. Он означает, что... - This is a very important result. It means that...
    Это подтверждается приведенными результатами. - This is confirmed by the results shown.
    Это результат важен для практики, так как... - The result is important in practical terms since...
    Это согласуется с нашим предыдущим результатом. - This is in agreement with our previous result.
    Это хорошо подтверждается результатами... - This is strongly supported by the results of...
    Это устанавливает данный результат. - This establishes the result.
    Это чрезвычайно важный результат, поскольку он позволяет нам... - This is an exceedingly important result, as it enables us to...
    Это ясно показано на рис. 1, который представляет результаты (чего-л). - This is clearly demonstrated in Figure 1 which shows the results of...
    Этот неверный результат получается вследствие... - This incorrect result is due to...
    Этот результат более или менее ожидаем, если исходить из того факта, что... - This result is more or less to be expected from the fact that...
    Этот результат был сформулирован довольно неопределенно (= неточно), потому что... - This result has been stated rather vaguely because...
    Этот результат было необходимо ожидать, исходя из факта, что... - This result was to be expected from the fact that...
    Этот результат вытекает из изучения... - This result follows from a study of...
    Этот результат заслуживает более пристального рассмотрения. - This result is worth a more careful look.
    Этот результат имеет поразительное сходство с... -. This result bears a striking resemblance to...
    Этот результат легко установить. - It is easy to establish this result.
    Этот результат легче запомнить... - This result is more easily remembered by...
    Этот результат мог бы быть выведен прямо из соотношения (6). - This result could have been deduced directly from (6).
    Этот результат мог бы нам позволить... - This result may allow us to...
    Этот результат можно было бы получить более легко, увидев, что... - This result could have been obtained more easily by recognizing that...
    Этот результат можно использовать без опасений, только если... - It is safe to use this result only if...
    Этот результат можно сделать более наглядным с помощью... - The result can be made more explicit by...
    Этот результат не зависит ни от каких предположений относительно... - This result is independent of any assumption about...
    Этот результат не слишком изменяется, если... - The result is not essentially different if...
    Этот результат не является простым, потому что... - The result is not simple because...
    Этот результат перестает быть верным, если... - This result no longer holds if...
    Этот результат подтверждает интуитивное понимание того, что... - This result confirms the intuitive view that...
    Этот результат полезен лишь тогда, когда... - This result is useful only when...
    Этот результат поражает тем, что... - The striking thing about this result is that...
    Этот результат предлагает естественное обобщение... - This result suggests a natural generalization of...
    Этот результат совпадает с полученным с помощью уравнения (4). - The result is exactly the same as that given by equation (4).
    Этот результат согласуется с тем фактом, что... - This result is in agreement with the fact that...
    Этот результат также можно было бы получить, применяя... - This result may also be obtained by means of...
    Этот результат является более или менее ожидаемым, однако исходя из того, что... - This result is more or less to be expected, however, from the fact that...

    Русско-английский словарь научного общения > результат

  • 84 bien

    bien [bjɛ̃]
    ━━━━━━━━━
    ━━━━━━━━━
    1. <
       a. ( = de façon satisfaisante) well
    comment vas-tu ? -- très bien merci how are you? -- fine, thanks
       b. ( = selon la morale, la raison) [se conduire, agir] well
    vous faites bien de me le dire ! you did well to tell me!
    ça commence à bien faire ! (inf) this is getting beyond a joke!
       c. ( = sans difficulté) [supporter, se rappeler] well
       d. (exprimant le degré) ( = très) very ; ( = beaucoup) very much ; ( = trop) rather
       e. ( = effectivement) definitely
    je trouve bien que c'est un peu cher mais tant pis yes, it is rather expensive but never mind
    c'est bien à ton frère que je pensais yes, it was your brother I was thinking of
    c'est bien mon manteau ? this is my coat, isn't it?
    il s'agit bien de ça ! as if that's the point!
    voilà bien les femmes ! that's women for you!
       f. ( = correctement) écoute-moi bien listen to me carefully
    dis-lui bien que... make sure you tell him that...
    c'est bien compris ? is that quite clear?
    j'espère bien ! I should hope so!
    où peut-il bien être ? where on earth can he be?
    il pourrait bien venir nous voir de temps en temps ! he could at least come and see us now and then!
    je voudrais bien t'y voir ! I'd like to see you try!
       i. ( = au moins) at least
       j. (locutions)
    bien du, bien de la, bien des a lot of
    bien sûr qu'il viendra ! of course he'll come!
    2. <
       a. ( = satisfaisant) good
    bien ! (approbation) good! ; (pour changer de sujet, par exaspération) all right!
       c. ( = en bonne forme) well
    tu n'es pas bien ? are you feeling OK?
       d. ( = beau) [femme] pretty ; [homme] good-looking ; [chose] nice
    il est bien, ce nouveau canapé the new sofa's nice
    laisse-le, il est bien où il est ! leave him alone - he's fine where he is!
    vous voilà bien ! now you've done it!
       f. ( = convenable) nice ; (moralement) right
       g. ( = en bons termes) être bien avec qn to get on well with sb
    3. <
       a. ( = ce qui est bon) good
    c'est pour ton bien ! it's for your own good!
       b. ( = possession) possession ; ( = argent) fortune ; ( = terre) estate
    4. <
    * * *
    bjɛ̃
    1.
    adjectif invariable

    ça fait bien d'aller à l'opéra — (colloq) it's the done thing to go to the opera

    2) ( en bonne santé) well

    t'es pas bien! — (colloq) you're out of your mind! (colloq)

    3) ( à l'aise)

    nous voilà bien!iron we' re in a fine mess!

    4) (colloq) ( de qualité)

    2.
    1) ( correctement) gén well; [fonctionner] properly; [interpréter] correctly

    bien joué!fig well done!

    aller bien[personne] to be well; [affaires] to go well

    il travaille bien — ( élève) his work is good; ( artisan) he does a good job

    il est bien remis — ( malade) he's made a good recovery

    2) ( complètement) [arroser, décongeler, laver, mélanger, propre, cuit] thoroughly; [remplir, sécher, sec, fondu] completely; [lire, écouter, regarder] carefully
    3) ( agréablement) [présenté, situé] well; [s'habiller] well, smartly; [décoré, meublé] tastefully; [logé, installé, vivre] comfortably

    aller bien à quelqu'un[couleur, style] to suit somebody

    4) ( hautement) [aimable, triste] very; [apprécier, craindre] very much; [simple, vrai, certain, évident] quite

    c'est bien joli tout ça, mais — that's all very well, but

    bien mieux/moins/pire — much ou far better/less/worse

    bien trop laid/tard — much too ugly/late

    bien plus riche/cher — much ou far richer/more expensive

    bien plus, il la vole! — not only that, he also takes her money

    bien entendu or évidemment — naturally

    ça prouve/montre bien que — it just goes to prove/show that

    je sais/crois bien que — I know/think that

    on verra bien — well, we'll see

    il le fait bien lui, pourquoi pas moi? — if he can do it, why can't I?

    8) ( réellement) definitely

    c'est bien lui/mon sac — it's definitely him/my bag, it's him/my bag all right (colloq)

    il ne s'agit pas d'une erreur, mais bien de fraude — it's not a mistake, it's fraud

    c'est bien ici qu'on vend les billets? — this is where you get tickets, isn't it?

    c'est bien le moment!iron great timing!

    c'est bien le moment de partir!iron what a time to leave!

    9) ( au moins) at least

    elle a bien 40 ans — she's at least 40, she's a good 40 years old

    10) ( beaucoup)

    bien des fois — often, many a time

    il s'est donné bien du malhe's gone to a lot or a great deal of trouble

    je te souhaite bien du plaisir!iron I wish you joy!


    3.
    nom masculin
    1) ( avantage) good

    grand bien vous fasse!iron much good may it do you!

    parler en bien de quelqu'un — to speak favourably [BrE] of somebody

    2) ( possession) possession

    4.

    5.
    bien que locution conjonctive although
    Phrasal Verbs:
    ••

    tout est bien qui finit bienProverbe all's well that ends well Proverbe

    * * *
    bjɛ̃
    1. nm
    1) (= avantage)

    Ses vacances lui ont fait beaucoup de bien. — His holiday has done him a lot of good.

    Jean m'a dit beaucoup de bien de toi. — Jean told me a lot of good things about you., Jean spoke very highly of you to me.

    2) (= possession) possession, property, (= patrimoine) property
    2. biens nmpl
    3. adv
    1) (= de façon satisfaisante) well

    Elle travaille bien. — She works well.

    aller bien; se porter bien — to be well

    croyant bien faire, je... — thinking I was doing the right thing, I...

    faire bien de... — to do well to...

    Tu ferais bien de faire attention. — You'd do well to pay attention.

    vouloir bien; Je veux bien le faire. — I'm quite willing to do it.

    Il semble bien que... — It really seems that...

    Paul est bien venu, n'est-ce pas? — Paul HAS come, hasn't he?

    J'espère bien y aller. — I very much hope to go.

    bien fait!; C'est bien fait pour toi! — It serves you right!

    bien sûr!; bien entendu! — certainly!, of course!

    4. excl
    right!, OK!, fine!
    5. adj inv
    1) (= en bonne forme)

    je me sens bien — I feel fine, I feel well

    2) (= à l'aise)

    On est bien dans ce fauteuil. — This chair is very comfortable.

    3) (= à son avantage)

    Tu es bien dans cette robe. — You look nice in that dress.

    4) (= satisfaisant) good

    Ce restaurant est vraiment bien. — This restaurant is really good.

    Elle est bien, cette maison. — It's a nice house.

    Elle est bien, cette secrétaire. — She's a good secretary.

    Ce n'est pas si bien que ça. — It's not as good as all that., It's not all that great.

    ce n'est pas bien de... — it's not right to...

    Ce n'est pas bien de dire du mal des gens. — It's not right to say nasty things about people.

    Elle est bien, cette femme. — She's a nice woman.

    6) (= en bons termes)
    * * *
    A adj inv
    1 ( convenable) être bien dans un rôle to be good in a part; être bien de sa personne to be good-looking; il n'y a rien de bien ici there's nothing of interest here; voilà qui est bien that's good; ce n'est pas bien de mentir it's not nice to lie; ce serait bien si on pouvait nager it would be nice if we could swim; ça fait bien d'aller à l'opéra it's the done thing to go to the opera; les roses font bien sur la terrasse the roses look nice ou good on the terrace; tout est bien qui finit bien all's well that ends well;
    2 ( en bonne santé) well; ne pas se sentir bien not to feel well; non, mais, t'es pas bien! you're out of your mind!;
    3 ( à l'aise) comfortable; je suis bien dans ces bottes these boots are comfortable; on est bien sur cette chaise! what a comfortable chair!; on est bien au soleil! isn't it nice in the sun!; je me trouve bien ici I like it here; suis mes conseils, tu t'en trouveras bien take my advice, it'll serve you in good stead; nous voilà bien! iron we're in a fine mess!;
    4 ( de qualité) un quartier bien a nice district; des gens bien respectable people; un type bien a gentleman; un film bien a good film.
    B adv
    1 ( correctement) [équipé, fait, géré, s'exprimer, dormir, choisir, se souvenir, danser] well; [fonctionner] properly; [libeller, diagnostiquer, interpréter] correctly; bien payé well paid; bien joué! lit well played!; fig well done!; aller bien [personne] to be well; [affaires] to go well; ça s'est bien passé it went well; la voiture ne marche pas bien the car isn't running properly ou right; ni bien ni mal so-so; parler (très) bien le chinois to speak (very) good Chinese, to speak Chinese (very) well; il travaille bien ( élève) his work is good; ( artisan) he does a good job; un travail bien fait a good job; il est bien remis ( malade) he's made a good recovery; bien se tenir à table to have good table manners; bien employer son temps to make good use of one's time; j'ai cru bien faire I thought I was doing the right thing; il fait bien de partir he's right to leave; c'est bien fait pour elle! it serves her right!; tu ferais bien d'y aller it would be a good idea for you to go there; pour bien faire, il faudrait acheter une lampe the thing to do would be to buy a lamp; bien m'en a pris de refuser it's a good thing I refused;
    2 ( complètement) [arroser, décongeler, laver, mélanger, propre, cuit] thoroughly; [remplir, sécher, sec, fondu] completely; [lire, examiner, écouter, regarder] carefully; marche bien à droite keep well over to the right; mets-toi bien dans le coin/devant stand right in the corner/at the front; bien profiter d'une situation to exploit a situation to the full;
    3 ( agréablement) [présenté, situé] well; [s'habiller] well, smartly; [décoré, meublé] tastefully; [logé, installé, vivre] comfortably; femme bien faite shapely woman; aller bien ensemble to go well together; aller bien à qn [couleur, style] to suit sb; se mettre bien avec qn to get on good terms with sb; bien prendre une remarque to take a remark in good part;
    4 ( hautement) [aimable, triste] very; [apprécier, craindre] very much; [simple, vrai, certain, évident] quite; il s'est bien mal comporté he behaved very ou really badly; il y a bien longtemps de ça that was a very long time ago; c'est bien loin pour nous it's rather far for us; merci bien thank you very much; tu as bien raison you're quite ou absolutely right; c'est bien dommage it's a great ou real pity; bien rire/s'amuser/se reposer to have a good laugh/time/rest; tu as l'air bien pensif you're looking very pensive; c'est bien promis? is that a promise?; c'est bien compris? is that clear?; bien au contraire on the contrary; c'est bien beau ou joli tout ça, mais that's all very well, but; bien mieux/ moins/pire much ou far better/less/worse; bien trop laid/tard much too ugly/late; bien plus riche/cher much ou far richer/more expensive; bien plus, il la vole! not only that, he also takes her money; bien sûr of course; bien entendu or évidemment naturally; bien souvent quite often;
    5 ( volontiers) j'irais bien à Bali I wouldn't mind going to Bali; j'en prendrais bien un autre I wouldn't mind another; je veux bien t'aider I don't mind helping you; j'aimerais bien essayer I would love to try; je te dirais bien de rester/venir, mais I would ask you to stay/come but; je verrais bien un arbre sur la pelouse I think a tree would look nice on the lawn; je le vois bien habiter à Paris I can just imagine him living in Paris;
    6 ( malgré tout) il faut bien le faire/que ça finisse it has to be done/to come to an end; il faudra bien s'y habituer we'll just have to get used to it; elle sera bien obligée de payer she'll just have to pay; tu aurais bien pu me le dire you could at least have told me; il finira bien par se calmer he'll calm down eventually;
    7 ( pour souligner) ça prouve/montre bien que it just goes to prove/show that; j'espère bien que I do hope that; je vois/comprends bien I do see/understand; je sais/crois bien que I know/think that; insiste bien make sure you insist; dis-le lui bien make sure you tell him/her; on verra bien well, we'll see; sache bien que je n'accepterai jamais let me tell you that I will never accept; crois bien que je n'hésiterais pas! you can be sure ou I can assure you that I would not hesitate!; je m'en doutais bien! I thought as much!; je t'avais bien dit de ne pas le manger! I told you not to eat it!; il le fait bien lui, pourquoi pas moi? if he can do it, why can't I?; veux-tu bien faire ce que je te dis! will you do as I tell you!; tu peux très bien le faire toi-même you can easily do it yourself; il se pourrait bien qu'il pleuve it might well rain; que peut-il bien faire à Paris? what on earth can he be doing in Paris?;
    8 ( réellement) definitely; c'est bien lui/mon sac it's definitely him/my bag, it's him/my bag all right; j'ai vérifié: il est bien parti I checked, he's definitely gone ou he's gone all right; c'est bien ce qu'il a dit/vu that's definitely ou exactly what he said/saw; et c'est bien lui qui conduisait? and it was definitely him driving?; il ne s'agit pas d'une erreur, mais bien de fraude it's not a mistake, it's fraud; c'est bien mardi aujourd'hui? today is Tuesday, isn't it?; c'est bien ici qu'on vend les billets? this is where you get tickets, isn't it?; tu as bien pris les clés? are you sure you've got the keys?; est-ce bien nécessaire? is it really necessary?; s'agit-il bien d'un suicide? was it really suicide?; c'est bien de lui! it's just like him!; voilà bien la politique! that's politics for you!; c'est bien le moment! iron great timing!; c'est bien le moment de partir! iron what a time to leave!;
    9 ( au moins) at least; elle a bien 40 ans she's at least 40, she's a good 40 years old; ça pèse bien dix kilos it weighs at least ten kilos, it weighs a good ten kilos; ça vaut bien le double it's worth at least twice as much;
    10 ( beaucoup) c'était il y a bien des années that was a good many years ago; bien des fois often, many a time; bien des gens lots of people; il s'est donné bien du mal he's gone to a lot or a great deal of trouble; il s'en faut bien! far from it!; mon fils me donne bien du souci my son is a great worry to me; avoir bien de la chance to be very lucky; je te souhaite bien du plaisir! iron I wish you joy!
    C nm
    1 ( avantage) good; pour le bien du pays for the good of the country; pour le bien de tous for the general good; c'est pour ton bien it's for your own good; ce serait un bien it would be a good thing; sacrifier son propre bien à celui d'autrui to put others first; le bien et le mal good and evil; faire le bien to do good; il a fait beaucoup de bien autour de lui he has done a lot of good; ça fait du bien aux enfants/plantes it's good for the children /plants; ça fait/ça leur fait du bien it does you/them good; mon repos m'a fait le plus grand bien my rest did me a world of good; grand bien vous fasse! iron much good may it do you!; vouloir le bien de qn to have sb's best interests at heart; vouloir du bien à qn to wish sb well; ‘un ami qui vous veut du bien’ ( dans une lettre anonyme) ‘from a well-wisher’, ‘one who has your best interests at heart’; dire du bien de qn to speak well of sb; on dit le plus grand bien du maire/musée people speak very highly of the mayor/museum; on a dit le plus grand bien de toi a lot of nice things were said about you; parler en bien de qn to speak favourablyGB of sb; ⇒ ennemi, honneur;
    2 ( possession) possession; (maison, terres) property; ( domaine) bien(s) estate; ( ensemble des possessions) bien(s) property ¢; ( patrimoine) bien(s) fortune; ( avoirs) biens assets; perdre tous ses bien s dans un incendie to lose all one's possessions in a fire; ce livre est mon bien le plus précieux this book is my most precious possession; les biens de ce monde material possessions; un petit bien en Corse a small property in Corsica; hériter des biens paternels to inherit one's father's property ou estate; dilapider son bien to squander one's fortune; avoir du bien (maisons, terres) to own property; ( argent) to be wealthy; des biens considérables substantial assets; la santé/liberté est le plus précieux des biens you can't put a price on good health/freedom; ⇒ abondance, acquis.
    D excl
    1 ( approbatif) bien! voyons le reste good! let's see the rest;
    2 ( impatient) bien! bien! j'arrive! all right! all right! ou OK! OK! I'm coming!
    E bien que loc conj although, though; bien qu'il le sache although he knows; bien qu'elle vive maintenant en Floride, je la vois régulièrement although she lives in Florida, I see her regularly; il est venu travailler bien qu'il soit grippé he came in to work, although he had flu; bien que très différentes en apparence, les deux œuvres ont des points communs although very different in appearance, the two works have common features; il joue un rôle important bien que discret he plays an important role, albeit a discreet one; ⇒ aussi, ou, si.
    biens de consommation consumer goods; biens durables consumer durables; biens d'équipement capital goods; biens d'équipement ménager household goods; biens fonciers land ¢; biens immeubles immovables; biens immeubles par destination fixtures; biens immobiliers real estate ¢; biens mobiliers personal property ¢; biens personnels private property ¢; biens propres separate estate (sg); détenir qch en bien s propres to hold sth as separate estate; biens publics public property ¢; biens sociaux corporate assets.
    [bjɛ̃] adverbe
    1. [de façon satisfaisante] well
    a. [à la rambarde] hold on tight!
    b. [sur la chaise] sit properly!
    c. [à table] behave yourself!
    2. [du point de vue de la santé]
    aller ou se porter bien to feel well ou fine
    3. [conformément à la raison, à la loi, à la morale] well, decently
    bien agir envers quelqu'un to do the proper ou right ou correct thing by somebody
    tu as bien fait you did the right thing, you did right
    tu fais bien de me le rappeler thank you for reminding me, it's a good thing you reminded me (of it)
    pour bien faire, nous devrions partir avant 9 h ideally, we should leave before 9
    4. [sans malentendu] right, correctly
    5. [avec soin]
    bien avant/après well before/after
    bien trop tôt far ou much too early
    7. (suivi d'un verbe) [beaucoup]
    on a bien ri we had a good laugh, we laughed a lot
    8. [véritablement]
    j'ai bien cru que... I really thought that...
    9. [pour renforcer, insister]
    ce n'est pas lui, mais bien son associé que j'ai eu au téléphone it wasn't him, but rather his partner I spoke to on the phone
    c'est bien ce que je disais/pensais that's just what I was saying/thinking
    il ne m'aidera pas, tu penses bien! he won't help me, you can be sure of that!
    c'est bien de lui, ça! that's typical of him!, that's just like him!
    10. [volontiers]
    je te dirais bien quelque chose, mais je suis poli I could say something rude but I won't
    11. [au moins] at least
    12. [exprimant la supposition, l'éventualité]
    13. [pourtant]
    14. [suivi d'un nom]
    bien de, bien des quite a lot of
    elle a bien du courage! isn't she brave!, she's got a great deal of courage!
    bien des fois... more than once...
    bien des gens lots of ou quite a lot of ou quite a few people
    15. [dans la correspondance]
    ————————
    [bjɛ̃] adjectif invariable
    1. [qui donne satisfaction] good
    je recule? — non, vous êtes bien là (familier) shall I move back? — no, you're all right ou OK ou fine like that
    ÉDUCATION [sur un devoir] good
    2. [esthétique - personne] good-looking, attractive ; [ - chose] nice, lovely
    b. [c'est acceptable pour l'occasion] a skirt is perfectly all right
    3. [convenable - personne] decent, nice
    ce n'est pas bien de tirer la langue it's naughty ou it's not nice to stick out your tongue
    4. [en forme] well
    b. [mentalement] are you crazy?
    il n'est pas bien, celui-là! (familier) he's got a problem, he has!
    me/te/nous voilà bien! NOW I'm/you're/we're in a fine mess!
    5. [à l'aise]
    6. [en bons termes]
    se mettre bien avec quelqu'un to get in with somebody, to get into somebody's good books
    ————————
    [bjɛ̃] nom masculin
    1. PHILOSOPHIE & RELIGION
    2. [ce qui est agréable, avantageux]
    c'est pour le bien de tous/de l'entreprise it's for the common good/the good of the firm
    dire/penser du bien de to speak/to think well of
    faire du bien: continue à me masser, ça fait du bien carry on massaging me, it's doing me good
    je me suis cogné l'orteil, ça fait pas du bien! (familier) I bashed my toe, it's quite painful!
    faire du bien ou le plus grand bien à quelqu'un [médicament, repos] to do somebody good, to benefit somebody
    grand bien te/lui fasse! (ironique) much good may it do you/him!
    ça fait du bien par où ça passe! (familier) aah, I feel better for that!
    3. [bienfait] good ou positive thing, benefit
    4. [propriété personnelle] possession, (piece) ou item of property
    [argent] fortune
    tous mes biens all my worldly goods, all I'm worth
    5. DROIT & ÉCONOMIE
    biens privés/publics private/public property
    ————————
    [bjɛ̃] interjection
    1. [indiquant une transition] OK, right (then)
    2. [marquant l'approbation]
    je n'irai pas! — bien, n'en parlons plus! I won't go!very well ou all right (then), let's drop the subject!
    bien, bien, on y va all right, all right ou OK, OK, let's go
    bien entendu locution adverbiale
    bien entendu que locution conjonctive
    ————————
    bien que locution conjonctive
    bien que malade, il a tenu à y aller although he was ill, he insisted on going
    ————————
    bien sûr locution adverbiale
    ————————
    bien sûr que locution conjonctive

    Dictionnaire Français-Anglais > bien

  • 85 ἐν

    ἐν prep. w. dat. (Hom.+). For lit. s. ἀνά and εἰς, beg. For special NT uses s. AOepke, TW II 534–39. The uses of this prep. are so many and various, and oft. so easily confused, that a strictly systematic treatment is impossible. It must suffice to list the main categories, which will help establish the usage in individual cases. The earliest auditors/readers, not being inconvenienced by grammatical and lexical debates, would readily absorb the context and experience little difficulty.
    marker of a position defined as being in a location, in, among (the basic idea, Rob. 586f)
    of the space or place within which someth. is found, in: ἐν τῇ πόλει Lk 7:37. ἐν Βηθλέεμ Mt 2:1. ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ 3:1 (Just., D. 19, 5, cp. A I, 12, 6 ἐν ἐρημίᾳ) ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ Ac 5:42. ἐν οἴκῳ 1 Ti 3:15 and very oft. ἐν τοῖς τοῦ πατρός μου in my Father’s house Lk 2:49 and perh. Mt 20:15 (cp. Jos., Ant. 16, 302, C. Ap. 1, 118 ἐν τοῖς τοῦ Διός; PTebt 12, 3; POxy 523, 3; Tob 6:11 S; Goodsp., Probs. 81–83). ἐν τῇ ἀγορᾷ Mt 20:3. ἐν (τῷ) οὐρανῷ in heaven (Arat., Phaen. 10; Diod S 4, 61, 6; Plut., Mor. 359d τὰς ψυχὰς ἐν οὐρανῷ λάμπειν ἄστρα; Tat. 12, 2 τὰ ἄστρα τὰ ἐν αὐτῷ) Ac 2:19 (Jo 3:3); Rv 12:1; IEph 19:2.—W. quotations and accounts of the subject matter of literary works: in (Ps.-Demetr. c. 226 ὡς ἐν τῷ Εὐθυδήμῳ; Simplicius in Epict. p. 28, 37 ἐν τῷ Φαίδωνι; Ammon. Hermiae in Aristot. De Interpret. c. 9 p. 136, 20 Busse ἐν Τιμαίῳ παρειλήφαμεν=we have received as a tradition; 2 Macc 2:4; 1 Esdr 1:40; 5:48; Sir 50:27; Just., A I, 60, 1 ἐν τῷ παρὰ Πλάτωνι Τιμαίῳ) ἐν τῇ ἐπιστολῇ 1 Cor 5:9. ἐν τῷ νόμῳ Lk 24:44; J 1:45. ἐν τοῖς προφήταις Ac 13:40. ἐν Ἠλίᾳ in the story of Elijah Ro 11:2 (Just., D. 120, 3 ἐν τῷ Ἰούδα). ἐν τῷ Ὡσηέ 9:25 (Just., D. 44, 2 ἐν τῷ Ἰεζεκιήλ). ἐν Δαυίδ in the Psalter ( by David is also prob.: s. 6) Hb 4:7. ἐν ἑτέρῳ προφήτῃ in another prophet B 6:14. Of inner life φανεροῦσθαι ἐν ταῖς συνειδήσεσι be made known to (your) consciences 2 Cor 5:11. ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ Mt 5:28; 13:19; 2 Cor 11:12 et al.
    on ἐν τῷ ὄρει (X., An. 4, 3, 31; Diod S 14, 16, 2 λόφος ἐν ᾧ=a hill on which; Jos., Ant. 12, 259; Just., D. 67, 9 ἐν ὄρει Χωρήβ) J 4:20f; Hb 8:5 (Ex 25:40). ἐν τῇ ἀγορᾷ in the market Mt 20:3. ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ on the way Mt 5:25. ἐν πλαξίν on tablets 2 Cor 3:3. ἐν ταῖς γωνίαις τῶν πλατειῶν on the street corners Mt 6:5.
    within the range of, at, near (Soph., Fgm. 37 [34 N.2] ἐν παντὶ λίθῳ=near every stone; Artem. 4, 24 p. 217, 19 ἐν Τύρῳ=near Tyre; Polyaenus 8, 24, 7 ἐν τῇ νησῖδι=near the island; Diog. L. 1, 34; 85; 97 τὰ ἐν ποσίν=what is before one’s feet; Jos., Vi. 227 ἐν Χαβωλώ) ἐν τῷ γαζοφυλακείῳ (q.v.) J 8:20. ἐν τῷ Σιλωάμ near the pool of Siloam Lk 13:4. καθίζειν ἐν τῇ δεξιᾷ τινος sit at someone’s right hand (cp. 1 Esdr 4:29) Eph 1:20; Hb 1:3; 8:1.
    among, in (Hom.+; PTebt 58, 41 [111 B.C.]; Sir 16:6; 31:9; 1 Macc 4:58; 5:2; TestAbr B 9 p. 13, 27 [Stone p. 74]; Just., A I, 5, 4 ἐν βαρβάροις) ἐν τῇ γενεᾷ ταύτῃ in the generation now living Mk 8:38. ἐν τῷ γένει μου among my people Gal 1:14 (Just., D. 51, 1 al. ἐν τῷ γένει ὑμῶν). ἐν ἡμῖν Hb 13:26. ἐν τῷ ὄχλῳ in the crowd Mk 5:30 (cp. Sir 7:7). ἐν ἀλλήλοις mutually (Thu. 1, 24, 4; Just., D. 101, 3) Ro 1:12; 15:5. ἐν τοῖς ἡγεμόσιν (=among the commanding officers: Diod S 18, 61, 2; Appian, Bell. Civ. 5, 21 §84) Ἰούδα Mt 2:6 et al. ἐν ἀνθρώποις among people (as Himerius, Or. 48 [14], 11; Just., A I, 23, 3, D. 64, 7) Lk 2:14; cp. Ac 4:12.
    before, in the presence of, etc. (cp. Od. 2, 194; Eur., Andr. 359; Pla., Leg. 9, 879b; Demosth. 24, 207; Polyb. 5, 39, 6; Epict. 3, 22, 8; Appian, Maced. 18 §2 ἐν τοῖς φίλοις=in the presence of his friends; Sir 19:8; Jdth 6:2; PPetr. II, 4 [6], 16 [255/254 B.C.] δινὸν γάρ ἐστιν ἐν ὄχλῳ ἀτιμάζεσθαι=before a crowd) σοφίαν λαλοῦμεν ἐν τοῖς τελείοις in the presence of mature (i.e. spiritually sophisticated) adults 1 Cor 2:6 (cp. Simplicius in Epict. p. 131, 20 λέγειν τὰ θεωρήματα ἐν ἰδιώταις). ἐν τ. ὠσὶν ὑμῶν in your hearing Lk 4:21 (cp. Judg 17:2; 4 Km 23:2; Bar 1:3f), where the words can go linguistically just as well w. πεπλήρωται as w. ἡ γραφὴ αὕτη (this passage of scripture read in your hearing). ἐν ὀφθαλμοῖς τινος in someone’s eyes, i.e. judgment (Wsd 3:2; Sir 8:16; Jdth 3:4; 12:14; 1 Macc 1:12) Mt 21:42 (Ps 117:23). ἔν τινι in the same mng. as early as Trag. (Soph., Oed. C. 1213 ἐν ἐμοί=in my judgment, Ant. 925 ἐν θεοῖς καλά; also Pla., Prot. 337b; 343c) ἐν ἐμοί 1 Cor 14:11; possibly J 3:21 (s. 4c below) and Jd 1 belong here.—In the ‘forensic’ sense ἔν τινι can mean in someone’s court or forum (Soph., Ant. 459; Pla., Gorg. 464d, Leg. 11, 916b; Ael. Aristid. 38, 3 K.=7 p. 71 D.; 46 p. 283, 334 D.; Diod S 19, 51, 4; Ps.-Heraclit., Ep. 4, 6; but in several of these pass. the mng. does not go significantly beyond ‘in the presence of’ [s. above]) ἐν ὑμῖν 1 Cor 6:2 ( by you is also tenable; s. 6 below).
    esp. to describe certain processes, inward: ἐν ἑαυτῷ to himself, i.e. in silence, διαλογίζεσθαι Mk 2:8; Lk 12:17; διαπορεῖν Ac 10:17; εἰδέναι J 6:61; λέγειν Mt 3:9; 9:21; Lk 7:49; εἰπεῖν 7:39 al.; ἐμβριμᾶσθαι J 11:38.
    marker of a state or condition, in
    of being clothed and metaphors assoc. with such condition in, with (Hdt. 2, 159; X., Mem. 3, 11, 4; Diod S 1, 12, 9; Herodian 2, 13, 3; Jdth 10:3; 1 Macc 6:35; 2 Macc 3:33) ἠμφιεσμένον ἐν μαλακοῖς dressed in soft clothes Mt 11:8. περιβάλλεσθαι ἐν ἱματίοις Rv 3:5; 4:4. ἔρχεσθαι ἐν ἐνδύμασι προβάτων come in sheep’s clothing Mt 7:15. περιπατεῖν ἐν στολαῖς walk about in long robes Mk 12:38 (Tat. 2, 1 ἐν πορφυρίδι περιπατῶν); cp. Ac 10:30; Mt 11:21; Lk 10:13. ἐν λευκοῖς in white (Artem. 2, 3; 4, 2 ἐν λευκοῖς προϊέναι; Epict. 3, 22, 1) J 20:12; Hv 4, 2, 1. Prob. corresp. ἐν σαρκί clothed in flesh (cp. Diod S 1, 12, 9 deities appear ἐν ζῴων μορφαῖς) 1 Ti 3:16; 1J 4:2; 2J 7. ἐν πάσῃ τῇ δόξῃ αὐτοῦ in all his glory Mt 6:29 (cp. 1 Macc 10:86). ἐν τ. δόξῃ τοῦ πατρός clothed in his Father’s glory 16:27; cp. 25:31; Mk 8:38; Lk 9:31.
    of other states and conditions (so freq. w. γίνομαι, εἰμί; Attic wr.; PPetr II, 11 [1], 8 [III B.C.] γράφε, ἵνα εἰδῶμεν ἐν οἷς εἶ; 39 [g], 16; UPZ 110, 176 [164 B.C.] et al.; LXX; Just., A I, 13, 2 πάλιν ἐν ἀφθαρσίᾳ γενέσθαι; 67, 6 τοῖς ἐν χρείᾳ οὖσι; Tat. 20, 1f οὐκ ἔστι γὰρ ἄπειρος ὁ οὐρανός, … πεπερασμένος δὲ καὶ ἐν τέρματι; Mel., HE 4, 26, 6 ἐν … λεηλασίᾳ ‘plundering’): ὑπάρχων ἐν βασάνοις Lk 16:23. ἐν τῷ θανάτῳ 1J 3:14. ἐν ζωῇ Ro 5:10. ἐν τοῖς δεσμοῖς Phlm 13 (Just., A II, 2, 11 ἐν δ. γενέσθαι). ἐν πειρασμοῖς 1 Pt 1:6; ἐν πολλοῖς ὢν ἀστοχήμασι AcPlCor 2:1. ἐν ὁμοιώματι σαρκός Ro 8:3. ἐν πολλῷ ἀγῶνι 1 Th 2:2. ἐν φθορᾷ in a state of corruptibility 1 Cor 15:42. ἐν ἑτοίμῳ ἔχειν 2 Cor 10:6 (cp. PEleph 10, 7 [223/222 B.C.] τ. λοιπῶν ἐν ἑτοίμῳ ὄντων; PGen 76, 8; 3 Macc 5:8); ἐν ἐκστάσει in a state of trance Ac 11:5 (opp. Just., D, 115, 3 ἐν καταστάσει ὤν). Of qualities: ἐν πίστει κ. ἀγάπῃ κ. ἁγιασμῷ 1 Ti 2:15; ἐν κακίᾳ καὶ φθόνῳ Tit 3:3; ἐν πανουργίᾳ 2 Cor 4:2; ἐν εὐσεβείᾳ καὶ σεμνότητι 1 Ti 2:2; ἐν τῇ ἀνοχῇ τοῦ θεοῦ Ro 3:26; ἐν μυστηρίῳ 1 Cor 2:7; ἐν δόξῃ Phil 4:19.
    marker of extension toward a goal that is understood to be within an area or condition, into: ἐν is somet. used w. verbs of motion where εἰς would normally be expected (Diod S 23, 8, 1 Ἄννων ἐπέρασε ἐν Σικελίᾳ; Hero I 142, 7; 182, 4; Paus. 7, 4, 3 διαβάντες ἐν τῇ Σάμῳ; Epict. 1, 11, 32; 2, 20, 33; Aelian, VH 4, 18; Vett. Val. 210, 26; 212, 6 al., s. index; Pel.-Leg. 1, 4; 5; 2, 1; PParis 10, 2 [145 B.C.] ἀνακεχώρηκεν ἐν Ἀλεξανδρείᾳ; POxy 294, 4; BGU 22, 13; Tob 5:5 BA; 1 Macc 10:43; TestAbr B 2 p. 106, 23=Stone p. 60 [s. on the LXX Thackeray 25]; πέμψον αὐτοὺς ἐν πολέμῳ En 10:9; TestAbr A 6 p. 83, 22 [Stone p. 14] δάκρυα … ἐν τῷ νιπτῆρι πίπτοντα): εἰσέρχεσθαι Lk 9:46; Rv 11:11; ἀπάγειν GJs 6:1; ἀνάγειν 7:1; εἰσάγειν 10:1; καταβαίνειν J 5:3 (4) v.l.; ἀναβαίνειν GJs 22:13; ἀπέρχεσθαι (Diod S 23, 18, 5) Hs 1:6; ἥκειν GJs 5:1; ἀποστέλλειν 25:1. To be understood otherwise: ἐξῆλθεν ὁ λόγος ἐν ὅλῃ τῇ Ἰουδαίᾳ the word went out = spread in all Judaea Lk 7:17; likew. 1 Th 1:8. The metaphorical expr. ἐπιστρέψαι ἀπειθεῖς ἐν φρονήσει δικαίων turn the disobedient to the wisdom of the righteous Lk 1:17 is striking but consistent w. the basic sense of ἐν. S. also γίνομαι, δίδωμι, ἵστημι, καλέω, and τίθημι. ἐν μέσῳ among somet. answers to the question ‘whither’ (B-D-F §215, 3) Mt 10:16; Lk 10:3; 8:7.
    marker of close association within a limit, in
    fig., of pers., to indicate the state of being filled w. or gripped by someth.: in someone=in one’s innermost being ἐν αὐτῷ κατοικεῖ πᾶν τὸ πλήρωμα in him dwells all the fullness Col 2:9. ἐν αὐτῷ ἐκτίσθη τὰ πάντα (prob. to be understood as local, not instrumental, since ἐν αὐ. would otherwise be identical w. διʼ αὐ. in the same vs.) everything was created in association with him 1:16 (cp. M. Ant. 4, 23 ἐν σοὶ πάντα; Herm. Wr. 5, 10; AFeuillet, NTS 12, ’65, 1–9). ἐν τῷ θεῷ κέκρυπται ἡ ζωὴ ὑμῶν your life is hid in God 3:3; cp. 2:3. Of sin in humans Ro 7:17f; cp. κατεργάζεσθαι vs. 8. Of Christ who, as a spiritual being, fills people so as to be in charge of their lives 8:10; 2 Cor 13:5, abides J 6:56, lives Gal 2:20, and takes form 4:19 in them. Of the divine word: οὐκ ἔστιν ἐν ἡμῖν 1J 1:10; μένειν ἔν τινι J 5:38; ἐνοικεῖν Col 3:16. Of God’s spirit: οἰκεῖν (ἐνοικεῖν) ἔν τινι Ro 8:9, 11; 1 Cor 3:16; 2 Ti 1:14. Of spiritual gifts 1 Ti 4:14; 2 Ti 1:6. Of miraculous powers ἐνεργεῖν ἔν τινι be at work in someone Mt 14:2; Mk 6:14; ποιεῖν ἔν τινι εὐάρεστον Hb 13:21. The same expr. of God or evil spirits, who somehow work in people: 1 Cor 12:6; Phil 2:13; Eph 2:2 al.
    of the whole, w. which the parts are closely joined: μένειν ἐν τῇ ἀμπέλῳ remain in the vine J 15:4. ἐν ἑνὶ σώματι μέλη πολλὰ ἔχομεν in one body we have many members Ro 12:4. κρέμασθαι ἔν τινι depend on someth. Mt 22:40.
    esp. in Paul. or Joh. usage, to designate a close personal relation in which the referent of the ἐν-term is viewed as the controlling influence: under the control of, under the influence of, in close association with (cp. ἐν τῷ Δαυιδ εἰμί 2 Km 19:44): of Christ εἶναι, μένειν ἐν τῷ πατρί (ἐν τῷ θεῷ) J 10:38; 14:10f (difft. CGordon, ‘In’ of Predication or Equivalence: JBL 100, ’81, 612f); and of Christians 1J 3:24; 4:13, 15f; be or abide in Christ J 14:20; 15:4f; μένειν ἐν τῷ υἱῷ καὶ ἐν τῷ πατρί 1J 2:24. ἔργα ἐν θεῷ εἰργασμένα done in communion with God J 3:21 (but s. 1e above).—In Paul the relation of the individual to Christ is very oft. expressed by such phrases as ἐν Χριστῷ, ἐν κυρίῳ etc., also vice versa (FNeugebauer, NTS 4, ’57/58, 124–38; AWedderburn, JSNT 25, ’85, 83–97) ἐν ἐμοὶ Χριστός Gal 2:20, but here in the sense of a above.—See, e.g., Dssm., D. ntl. Formel ‘in Christo Jesu’ 1892; EWeber, D. Formel ‘in Chr. Jesu’ u. d. paul. Christusmystik: NKZ 31, 1920, 213ff; LBrun, Zur Formel ‘in Chr. Jesus’ im Phil: Symbolae Arctoae 1, 1922, 19–37; MHansen, Omkring Paulus-Formeln ‘i Kristus’: TK 4/10, 1929, 135–59; HBöhlig, ʼΕν κυρίῳ: GHeinrici Festschr. 1914, 170–75; OSchmitz, D. Christusgemeinschaft d. Pls2 ’56; AWikenhauser, D. Christusmystik d. Pls2 ’56; KMittring, Heilswirklichkeit b. Pls; Beitrag z. Verständnis der unio cum Christo in d. Plsbriefen 1929; ASchweitzer, D. Mystik d. Ap. Pls 1930 (Eng. tr., WMontgomery, The Myst. of Paul the Ap., ’31); WSchmauch, In Christus ’35; BEaston, Pastoral Ep. ’47, 210f; FBüchsel, ‘In Chr.’ b. Pls: ZNW 42, ’49, 141–58. Also HKorn, D. Nachwirkungen d. Christusmystik d. Pls in den Apost. Vätern, diss. Berlin 1928; EAndrews, Interpretation 6, ’52, 162–77; H-LParisius, ZNW 49, ’58, 285–88 (10 ‘forensic’ passages); JAllan, NTS 5, ’58/59, 54–62 (Eph), ibid. 10, ’63, 115–21 (pastorals); FNeugebauer, In Christus, etc. ’61; MDahl, The Resurrection of the Body ( 1 Cor 15) ’62, 110–13.—Paul has the most varied expressions for this new life-principle: life in Christ Ro 6:11, 23; love in Christ 8:39; grace, which is given in Christ 1 Cor 1:4; freedom in Chr. Gal 2:4; blessing in Chr. 3:14; unity in Chr. vs. 28. στήκειν ἐν κυρίῳ stand firm in the Lord Phil 4:1; εὑρεθῆναι ἐν Χ. be found in Christ 3:9; εἶναι ἐν Χ. 1 Cor 1:30; οἱ ἐν Χ. Ro 8:1.—1 Pt 5:14; κοιμᾶσθαι ἐν Χ., ἀποθνῄσκειν ἐν κυρίῳ 1 Cor 15:18.—Rv 14:13; ζῳοποιεῖσθαι 1 Cor 15:22.—The formula is esp. common w. verbs that denote a conviction, hope, etc. πεποιθέναι Gal 5:10; Phil 1:14; 2 Th 3:4. παρρησίαν ἔχειν Phlm 8. πέπεισμαι Ro 14:14. ἐλπίζειν Phil 2:19. καύχησιν ἔχειν Ro 15:17; 1 Cor 15:31. τὸ αὐτὸ φρονεῖν Phil 4:2. ὑπακούειν Eph 6:1. λαλεῖν 2 Cor 2:17; 12:19. ἀλήθειαν λέγειν Ro 9:1. λέγειν καὶ μαρτύρεσθαι Eph 4:17. But also apart fr. such verbs, in numerous pass. it is used w. verbs and nouns of the most varied sort, often without special emphasis, to indicate the scope within which someth. takes place or has taken place, or to designate someth. as being in close assoc. w. Christ, and can be rendered, variously, in connection with, in intimate association with, keeping in mind ἁγιάζεσθαι 1 Cor 1:2, or ἅγιος ἐν Χ. Phil 1:1; ἀσπάζεσθαί τινα 1 Cor 16:19. δικαιοῦσθαι Gal 2:17. κοπιᾶν Ro 16:12. παρακαλεῖν 1 Th 4:1. προσδέχεσθαί τινα Ro 16:2; Phil 2:29. χαίρειν 3:1; 4:4, 10. γαμηθῆναι ἐν κυρίῳ marry in the Lord=marry a Christian 1 Cor 7:39. προϊστάμενοι ὑμῶν ἐν κυρίῳ your Christian leaders (in the church) 1 Th 5:12 (but s. προί̈στημι 1 and 2).—εὐάρεστος Col 3:20. νήπιος 1 Cor 3:1. φρόνιμος 4:10. παιδαγωγοί vs. 15. ὁδοί vs. 17. Hence used in periphrasis for ‘Christian’ οἱ ὄντες ἐν κυρίῳ Ro 16:11; ἄνθρωπος ἐν Χ. 2 Cor 12:2; αἱ ἐκκλησίαι αἱ ἐν Χ. Gal 1:22; 1 Th 2:14; νεκροὶ ἐν Χ. 4:16; ἐκλεκτός Ro 16:13. δόκιμος vs. 10. δέσμιος Eph 4:1. πιστὸς διάκονος 6:21; ἐν Χ. γεννᾶν τινα become someone’s parent in the Christian life 1 Cor 4:15. τὸ ἔργον μου ὑμεῖς ἐστε ἐν κυρίῳ 9:1.—The use of ἐν πνεύματι as a formulaic expression is sim.: ἐν πν. εἶναι be under the impulsion of the spirit, i.e. the new self, as opposed to ἐν σαρκί under the domination of the old self Ro 8:9; cp. ἐν νόμῳ 2:12. λαλεῖν speak under divine inspiration 1 Cor 12:3. ἐγενόμην ἐν πνεύματι I was in a state of inspiration Rv 1:10; 4:2; opp. ἐν ἑαυτῷ γενόμενος came to himself Ac 12:11 (cp. X., An. 1, 5, 17 et al.).—The expr. ἐν πν. εἶναι is also used to express the idea that someone is under the special infl. of a good or even an undesirable spirit: Mt 22:43; Mk 12:36; Lk 2:27; 1 Cor 12:3; Rv 17:3; 21:10. ἄνθρωπος ἐν πν. ἀκαθάρτῳ (ὤν) Mk 1:23 (s. GBjörck, ConNeot 7, ’42, 1–3).—ἐν τῷ πονηρῷ κεῖσθαι be in the power of the evil one 1J 5:19. οἱ ἐν νόμῳ those who are subject to the law Ro 3:19. ἐν τῷ Ἀδὰμ ἀποθνῄσκειν die because of a connection w. Adam 1 Cor 15:22.—On the formula ἐν ὀνόματι (Χριστοῦ) s. ὄνομα 1, esp. dγג. The OT is the source of the expr. ὀμνύναι ἔν τινι swear by someone or someth. (oft. LXX) Mt 5:34ff; 23:16, 18ff; Rv 10:6; παραγγέλλομέν σοι ἐν Ἰησοῦ Ac 19:14 v.l. The usage in ὁμολογεῖν ἔν τινι acknowledge someone Mt 10:32; Lk 12:8 (s. ὁμολογέω 4b) is Aramaic.
    marker introducing means or instrument, with, a construction that begins w. Homer (many examples of instrumental ἐν in Radermacher’s edition of Ps.-Demetr., Eloc. p. 100; Reader, Polemo p. 258) but whose wide currency in our lit. is partly caused by the infl. of the LXX, and its similarity to the Hebr. constr. w. בְּ (B-D-F §219; Mlt. 104; Mlt-H. 463f; s. esp. M-M p. 210).
    it can serve to introduce persons or things that accompany someone to secure an objective: ‘along with’
    α. pers., esp. of a military force, w. blending of associative (s. 4) and instrumental idea (1 Macc 1:17; 7:14, 28 al.): ἐν δέκα χιλιάσιν ὑπαντῆσαι meet, w. 10,000 men Lk 14:31 (cp. 1 Macc 4:6, 29 συνήντησεν αὐτοῖς Ἰούδας ἐν δέκα χιλιάσιν ἀνδρῶν). ἦλθεν ἐν μυριάσιν αὐτοῦ Jd 14 (cp. Jdth 16:3 ἦλθεν ἐν μυριάσι δυνάμεως αὐτοῦ).
    β. impers. (oft. LXX; PTebt 41, 5 [c. 119 B.C.]; 16, 14 [114 B.C.]; 45, 17 al., where people rush into the village or the house ἐν μαχαίρῃ, ἐν ὅπλοις). (Just., D. 86, 6 τῆς ἀξίνης, ἐν ἧ πεπορευμένοι ἦσαν … κόψαι ξύλα) ἐν ῥάβδῳ ἔρχεσθαι come with a stick (as a means of discipline) 1 Cor 4:21 (cp. Lucian, Dial. Mort. 23, 3 Ἑρμῆν καθικόμενον ἐν τῇ ῥάβδῳ; Gen 32:11; 1 Km 17:43; 1 Ch 11:23; Dssm., B 115f [BS 120]). ἐν πληρώματι εὐλογίας with the full blessing Ro 15:29. ἐν τῇ βασιλείᾳ αὐτοῦ Mt 16:28. ἐν αἵματι Hb 9:25 (cp. Mi 6:6). ἐν τῷ ὕδατι καὶ ἐν τῷ αἵματι 1J 5:6. ἐν πνεύματι καὶ δυνάμει τοῦ Ἠλίου equipped w. the spirit and power of Elijah Lk 1:17. φθάνειν ἐν τῷ εὐαγγελίῳ come with the preaching of the gospel 2 Cor 10:14. μὴ ἐν ζύμῃ παλαιᾷ not burdened w. old leaven 1 Cor 5:8.
    it can serve to express means or instrumentality in terms of location for a specific action (cp. TestAbr A 12 p. 91, 5f [Stone p. 30] κρατῶν ἐν τῇ χειρὶ αὐτοῦ ζυγόν; Tat. 9, 2 οἱ ἐν τοῖς πεσσοῖς ἀθύροντες ‘those who play w. gaming pieces’ [as, e.g., in backgammon]): κατακαίειν ἐν πυρί Rv 17:16 (cp. Bar 1:2; 1 Esdr 1:52; 1 Macc 5:5 al.; as early as Il. 24, 38; cp. POxy 2747, 74; Aelian, HA 14, 15. Further, the ἐν Rv 17:16 is not textually certain). ἐν ἅλατι ἁλίζειν, ἀρτύειν Mt 5:13; Mk 9:50; Lk 14:34 (s. M-M p. 210; WHutton, ET 58, ’46/47, 166–68). ἐν τῷ αἵματι λευκαίνειν Rv 7:14. ἐν αἵματι καθαρίζειν Hb 9:22. ἐν ῥομφαίᾳ ἀποκτείνειν kill with the sword Rv 6:8 (1 Esdr 1:50; 1 Macc 2:9; cp. 3:3; Jdth 16:4; ἀπολεῖ ἐν ῥομφαίᾳ En 99:16; 4 [6] Esdr [POxy 1010] ἐν ῥ. πεσῇ … πεσοῦνται ἐν μαχαίρῃ; cp. Lucian, Hist. Conscrib. 12 ἐν ἀκοντίῳ φονεύειν). ἐν μαχαίρῃ πατάσσειν Lk 22:49 (διχοτομήσατε … ἐν μ. GrBar 16:3); ἐν μ. ἀπόλλυσθαι perish by the sword Mt 26:52. ποιμαίνειν ἐν ῥάβδῳ σιδηρᾷ Rv 2:27; 12:5; 19:15 (s. ποιμαίνω 2aγ and cp. PGM 36, 109). καταπατεῖν τι ἐν τοῖς ποσίν tread someth. w. the feet Mt 7:6 (cp. Sir 38:29). δύο λαοὺς βλέπω ἐν τοῖς ὀφθαλμοῖς μου I see two peoples with my eyes GJs 17:2 (ἐν ὀφθαλμοῖσιν ὀρᾶν=see with the eyes: cp. Il. 1, 587; Od. 8, 459; Callinus [VII B.C.], Fgm. 1, 20 Diehl2). ποιεῖν κράτος ἐν βραχίονι do a mighty deed w. one’s arm Lk 1:51 (cp. Sir 38:30); cp. 11:20. δικαιοῦσθαι ἐν τῷ αἵματι be justified by the blood Ro 5:9. ἐν ἁγιασμῷ πνεύματος 2 Th 2:13; 1 Pt 1:2; ἐν τ. παρακλήσει 2 Cor 7:7. εὐλογεῖν ἐν εὐλογίᾳ Eph 1:3. λαλοῦντες ἑαυτοῖς ἐν ψάλμοις 5:19. ἀσπάσασθαι … ἐν εὐχῇ greet w. prayer GJs 24:1. Of intellectual process γινώσκειν ἔν τινι know or recognize by someth. (cp. Thuc. 7, 11, 1 ἐν ἐπιστολαῖς ἴστε; Sir 4:24; 11:28; 26:29) J 13:35; 1J 3:19; cp. ἐν τῇ κλάσει τοῦ ἄρτου in the breaking of bread Lk 24:35 (s. 10c).—The ἐν which takes the place of the gen. of price is also instrumental ἠγόρασας ἐν τῷ αἵματί σου Rv 5:9 (cp. 1 Ch 21:24 ἀγοράζω ἐν ἀργυρίῳ).—ἐν ᾧ whereby Ro 14:21.—The idiom ἀλλάσσειν, μεταλλάσσειν τι ἔν τινι exchange someth. for someth. else Ro 1:23, 25 (cp. Ps 105:20) is not un-Greek (Soph., Ant. 945 Danaë had to οὐράνιον φῶς ἀλλάξαι ἐν χαλκοδέτοις αὐλαῖς=change the heavenly light for brass-bound chambers).
    marker of agency: with the help of (Diod S 19, 46, 4 ἐν τοῖς μετέχουσι τοῦ συνεδρίου=with the help of the members of the council; Philostrat., Vi. Apoll. 7, 9 p. 259, 31 ἐν ἐκείνῳ ἑαλωκότες) ἐν τῷ ἄρχοντι τ. δαιμονίων ἐκβάλλει τὰ δαιμόνια Mt 9:34. ἐν ἑτερογλώσσοις λαλεῖν 1 Cor 14:21. κρίνειν τ. οἰκουμένην ἐν ἀνδρί Ac 17:31 (cp. SIG2 850, 8 [173/172 B.C.] κριθέντω ἐν ἄνδροις τρίοις; Synes., Ep. 91 p. 231b ἐν ἀνδρί); perh. 1 Cor 6:2 (s. 1e); ἀπολύτρωσις ἐν Χρ. redemption through Christ Ro 3:24 (cp. ἐν αὐτῷ σωθήσεσθε Just., A I, 60, 3).
    marker of circumstance or condition under which someth. takes place: ἐν ᾧ κρίνεις Ro 2:1 (but s. B-D-F §219, 2); ἐν ᾧ δοκιμάζει 14:22; ἐν ᾧ καυχῶνται 2 Cor 11:12; ἐν ᾧ τις τολμᾷ 11:21; ἐν ᾧ καταλαλοῦσιν whereas they slander 1 Pt 2:12, cp. 3:16 (on these Petrine pass. s. also ὅς 1k); ἐν ᾧ ξενίζονται in view of your changed attitude they consider it odd 4:4. ἐν ᾧ in 3:19 may similarly refer to a changed circumstance, i.e. from death to life (WDalton, Christ’s Proclamation to the Spirits, ’65, esp. 135–42: ‘in this sphere, under this influence’ [of the spirit]). Other possibilities: as far as this is concerned: πνεῦμα• ἐν ᾧ spirit; as which (FZimmermann, APF 11, ’35, 174 ‘meanwhile’ [indessen]; BReicke, The Disobedient Spirits and Christian Baptism, ’46, 108–15: ‘on that occasion’=when he died).—Before a substantive inf. (oft. LXX; s. KHuber, Unters. über den Sprachchar. des griech. Lev., diss. Zürich 1916, 83): in that w. pres. inf. (POxy 743, 35 [2 B.C.] ἐν τῷ δέ με περισπᾶσθαι οὐκ ἠδυνάσθην συντυχεῖν Ἀπολλωνίῳ; Just., D. 10, 3 ἐν τῷ μήτε σάββατα τηρεῖν μήτε …) βασανιζομένους ἐν τῷ ἐλαύνειν as they were having rough going in the waves=having a difficult time making headway Mk 6:48. ἐθαύμαζον ἐν τῷ χρονίζειν … αὐτόν they marveled over his delay Lk 1:21. ἐν τῷ τὴν χεῖρα ἐκτείνειν σε in that you extend your hand Ac 4:30; cp. 3:26; Hb 8:13. W. aor. inf. ἐν τῷ ὑποτάξαι αὐτῷ τὰ πάντα Hb 2:8. Somet. the circumstantial and temporal (s. 7 and 10) uses are so intermingled that it is difficult to decide between them; so in some of the pass. cited above, and also Hv 1, 1, 8 et al. (B-D-F §404, 3; Rob. 1073).—WHutton, Considerations for the Translation of ἐν, Bible Translator 9, ’58, 163–70; response by NTurner, ibid. 10, ’59, 113–20.—On ἐν w. article and inf. s. ISoisalon-Soininen, Die Infinitive in der LXX, ’65, 80ff.
    marker denoting the object to which someth. happens or in which someth. shows itself, or by which someth. is recognized, to, by, in connection with: ζητεῖν τι ἔν τινι require someth. in the case of someone 1 Cor 4:2; cp. ἐν ἡμῖν μάθητε so that you might learn in connection w. us vs. 6. Cp. Phil 1:30. ἵνα οὕτως γένηται ἐν ἐμοί that this may be done in my case 1 Cor 9:15 (Just., D. 77, 3 τοῦτο γενόμενον ἐν τῷ ἡμετέρῳ Χριστῷ). ἐδόξαζον ἐν ἐμοὶ τὸν θεόν perh. they glorified God in my case Gal 1:24, though because of me and for me are also possible. μήτι ἐν ἐμοὶ ἀνεκεφαλαιώθη ἡ ἱστορία GJs 13:1 (s. ἀνακεφαλαιόω 1). ποιεῖν τι ἔν τινι do someth. to (with) someone (Epict., Ench. 33, 12; Ps.-Lucian, Philopatr. 18 μὴ ἑτεροῖόν τι ποιήσῃς ἐν ἐμοί; Gen 40:14; Jdth 7:24; 1 Macc 7:23) Mt 17:12; Lk 23:31. ἐργάζεσθαί τι ἔν τινι Mk 14:6. ἔχειν τι ἔν τινι have someth. in someone J 3:15 (but ἐν αὐτῷ is oft. constr. w. πιστεύων, cp. v.l.); cp. 14:30 (s. BNoack, Satanas u. Soteria ’48, 92). ἵνα δικαιοσύνης ναὸν ἐν τῷ ἰδίῳ σώματι ἀναδείξῃ AcPlCor 2:17 (s. ἀναδείκνυμι 1).—For the ordinary dat. (Diod S 3, 51, 4 ἐν ἀψύχῳ ἀδύνατον=it is impossible for a lifeless thing; Ael. Aristid. 49, 15 K.=25 p. 492 D.: ἐν Νηρίτῳ θαυμαστὰ ἐνεδείξατο=[God] showed wonderful things to N.; 53 p. 629 D.: οὐ γὰρ ἐν τοῖς βελτίστοις εἰσὶ παῖδες, ἐν δὲ πονηροτάτοις οὐκέτι=it is not the case that the very good have children, and the very bad have none [datives of possession]; 54 p. 653 D.: ἐν τ. φαύλοις θετέον=to the bad; EpJer 66 ἐν ἔθνεσιν; Aesop, Fab. 19, 8 and 348a, 5 v.l. Ch.) ἀποκαλύψαι τὸν υἱὸν αὐτοῦ ἐν ἐμοί Gal 1:16. φανερόν ἐστιν ἐν αὐτοῖς Ro 1:19 (Aesop 15c, 11 Ch. τ. φανερὸν ἐν πᾶσιν=evident to all). ἐν ἐμοὶ βάρβαρος (corresp. to τῷ λαλοῦντι βάρβ.) 1 Cor 14:11 (Amphis Com. [IV B.C.] 21 μάταιός ἐστιν ἐν ἐμοί). δεδομένον ἐν ἀνθρώποις Ac 4:12. θεῷ … ἐν ἀνθρώποις Lk 2:14.—Esp. w. verbs of striking against: προσκόπτω, πταίω, σκανδαλίζομαι; s. these entries.
    marker of cause or reason, because of, on account of (PParis 28, 13=UPZ 48, 12f [162/161 B.C.] διαλυόμενοι ἐν τῷ λιμῷ; Ps 30:11; 1 Macc 16:3 ἐν τῷ ἐλέει; 2 Macc 7:29; Sir 33:17)
    gener. ἁγιάζεσθαι ἔν τινι Hb 10:10; 1 Cor 7:14. ἐν τ. ἐπιθυμίαις τῶν καρδιῶν Ro 1:24; perh. ἐν Ἰσαὰκ κληθήσεταί σοι σπέρμα 9:7; Hb 11:18 (both Gen 21:12). ἐν τῇ πολυλογίᾳ αὐτῶν because of their many words Mt 6:7. ἐν τούτῳ πιστεύομεν this is the reason why we believe J 16:30; cp. Ac 24:16; 1 Cor 4:4 (Just., D. 68, 7 οὐχὶ καὶ ἐν τούτῳ δυσωπήσω ὑμᾶς μὴ πείθεσθαι τοῖς διδασκάλοις ὑμῶν=‘surely you will be convinced by this [argument] to lose confidence in your teachers, won’t you?’); perh. 2 Cor 5:2. Sim., of the occasion: ἔφυγεν ἐν τῷ λόγῳ τούτῳ at this statement Ac 7:29; cp. 8:6. W. attraction ἐν ᾧ = ἐν τούτῳ ὅτι for the reason that = because Ro 8:3; Hb 2:18; 6:17.
    w. verbs that express feeling or emotion, to denote that toward which the feeling is directed; so: εὐδοκεῖν (εὐδοκία), εὐφραίνεσθαι, καυχᾶσθαι, χαίρειν et al.
    marker of a period of time, in, while, when
    indicating an occurrence or action within which, at a certain point, someth. occurs Mt 2:1. ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις ἐκείναις 3:1. ἐν τῷ ἑξῆς afterward Lk 7:11. ἐν τῷ μεταξύ meanwhile (PTebt 72, 190; PFlor 36, 5) J 4:31. in the course of, within ἐν τρισὶν ἡμέραις (X., Ages. 1, 34; Diod S 13, 14, 2; 20, 83, 4; Arrian, Anab. 4, 6, 4 ἐν τρισὶν ἡμέραις; Aelian, VH 1, 6; IPriene 9, 29; GDI 1222, 4 [Arcadia] ἰν ἁμέραις τρισί; EpArist 24; Demetr.: 722 Fgm. 1:3 Jac.) Mt 27:40; J 2:19f.
    point of time when someth. occurs ἐν ἡμέρᾳ κρίσεως Mt 11:22 (En 10:6; Just., D. 38, 2; Tat. 12, 4). ἐν τῇ ἐσχάτῃ ἡμέρᾳ J 6:44; 11:24; 12:48; cp. 7:37. ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ ὥρᾳ Mt 8:13; 10:19; cp. 7:22; J 4:53. ἐν σαββάτῳ 12:2; J 7:23. ἐν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ J 11:9 (opp. ἐν τῇ νυκτί vs. 10). ἐν τῷ δευτέρῳ on the second visit Ac 7:13. ἐν τῇ παλιγγενεσίᾳ in the new age Mt 19:28. ἐν τῇ παρουσίᾳ 1 Cor 15:23; 1 Th 2:19; 3:13; Phil 2:12 (here, in contrast to the other pass., there is no reference to the second coming of Christ.—Just., D. 31, 1 ἐν τῇ ἐνδόξῳ γινομένῃ αὐτοῦ παρουσίᾳ; 35, 8; 54, 1 al.); 1J 2:28. ἐν τῇ ἀναστάσει in the resurrection Mt 22:28; Mk 12:23; Lk 14:14; 20:33; J 11:24 (Just., D. 45, 2 ἐν τῇ τῶν νεκρῶν ἀναστάσει). ἐν τῇ ἐσχάτῃ σάλπιγγι at the last trumpet-call 1 Cor 15:52. ἐν τῇ ἀποκαλύψει at the appearance of Jesus/Christ (in the last days) 2 Th 1:7; 1 Pt 1:7, 13; 4:13.
    to introduce an activity whose time is given when, while, during (Diod S 23, 12, 1 ἐν τοῖς τοιούτοις=in the case of this kind of behavior) ἐν τῇ προσευχῇ when (you) pray Mt 21:22. ἐν τῇ στάσει during the revolt Mk 15:7. ἐν τῇ διδαχῇ in the course of his teaching Mk 4:2; 12:38. If Lk 24:35 belongs here, the sense would be on the occasion of, when (but s. 5b). ἐν αὐτῷ in it (the preaching of the gospel) Eph 6:20. γρηγοροῦντες ἐν αὐτῇ (τῇ προσευχῇ) while you are watchful in it Col 4:2. Esp. w. the pres. inf. used substantively: ἐν τῷ σπείρειν while (he) sowed Mt 13:4; Mk 4:4; cp. 6:48 (s. 7 above and βασανίζω); ἐν τῷ καθεύδειν τοὺς ἀνθρώπους while people were asleep Mt 13:25; ἐν τῷ κατηγορεῖσθαι αὐτόν during the accusations against him 27:12. W. the aor. inf. the meaning is likewise when. Owing to the fundamental significance of the aor. the action is the focal point (s. Rob. 1073, opp. B-D-F §404) ἐν τῷ γενέσθαι τὴν φωνήν Lk 9:36. ἐν τῷ ἐπανελθεῖν αὐτόν 19:15. ἐν τῷ εἰσελθεῖν αὐτούς 9:34.—W. ἐν ᾦ while, as long as (Soph., Trach. 929; Cleanthes [IV/III B.C.] Stoic. I p. 135, 1 [Diog. L. 7, 171]; Demetr.: 722 Fgm. 1, 11 Jac.; Plut., Mor. 356c; Arrian, Anab. 6, 12, 1; Pamprepios of Panopolis [V A.D.] 1, 22 [ed. HGerstinger, SBWienAk 208/3, 1928]) Mk 2:19; Lk 5:34; 24:44 D; J 5:7.
    marker denoting kind and manner, esp. functioning as an auxiliary in periphrasis for adverbs (Kühner-G. I 466): ἐν δυνάμει w. power, powerfully Mk 9:1; Ro 1:4; Col 1:29; 2 Th 1:11; ἐν δικαιοσύνῃ justly Ac 17:31; Rv 19:11 (cp. Just., A II, 4, 3 and D. 16, 3; 19, 2 ἐν δίκῃ). ἐν χαρᾷ joyfully Ro 15:32. ἐν ἐκτενείᾳ earnestly Ac 26:7. ἐν σπουδῇ zealously Ro 12:8. ἐν χάριτι graciously Gal 1:6; 2 Th 2:16. ἐν (πάσῃ) παρρησίᾳ freely, openly J 7:4; 16:29; Phil 1:20. ἐν πάσῃ ἀσφαλείᾳ Ac 5:23. ἐν τάχει (PHib 47, 35 [256 B.C.] ἀπόστειλον ἐν τάχει) Lk 18:8; Ro 16:20; Rv 1:1; 22:6. ἐν μυστηρίῳ 1 Cor 2:7 (belongs prob. not to σοφία, but to λαλοῦμεν: in the form of a secret; cp. Polyb. 23, 3, 4; 26, 7, 5; Just., D. 63, 2 Μωυσῆς … ἐν παραβολῇ λέγων; 68, 6 εἰρήμενον … ἐν μυστηρίῳ; Diod S 17, 8, 5 ἐν δωρεαῖς λαβόντες=as gifts; 2 Macc 4:30 ἐν δωρεᾷ=as a gift; Sir 26:3; Polyb. 28, 17, 9 λαμβάνειν τι ἐν φερνῇ). Of the norm: ἐν μέτρῳ ἑνὸς ἑκάστου μέρους acc. to the measure of each individual part Eph 4:16. On 1 Cor 1:21 s. AWedderburn, ZNW 64, ’73, 132–34.
    marker of specification or substance: w. adj. πλούσιος ἐν ἐλέει Eph 2:4; cp. Tit 2:3; Js 1:8.—of substance consisting in (BGU 72, 11 [191 A.D.] ἐξέκοψαν πλεῖστον τόπον ἐν ἀρούραις πέντε) τὸν νόμον τῶν ἐντολῶν ἐν δόγμασιν Eph 2:15. ἐν μηδενὶ λειπόμενοι Js 1:4 (contrast Just., A I, 67, 6 τοῖς ἐν χρείᾳ οὖσι). Hb 13:21a.— amounting to (BGU 970, 14=Mitt-Wilck. II/2, 242, 14f [177 A.D.] προσηνενκάμην αὐτῷ προοῖκα ἐν δραχμαῖς ἐννακοσίαις) πᾶσαν τὴν συγγένειαν ἐν ψυχαῖς ἑβδομήκοντα πέντε Ac 7:14.—Very rarely for the genitive (Philo Mech. 75, 29 τὸ ἐν τῷ κυλίνδρῳ κοίλασμα; EpArist 31 ἡ ἐν αὐτοῖς θεωρία = ἡ αὐτῶν θ.; cp. 29; Tat. 18, 1 πᾶν τὸ ἐν αὐτῇ εἶδος) ἡ δωρεὰ ἐν χάριτι the free gift in beneficence or grace Ro 5:15.—DELG. LfgrE s.v. ἐν col. 569 (lit. esp. early Greek). M-M. TW.

    Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > ἐν

  • 86 dificultad

    f.
    1 difficulty.
    el grado de dificultad de los exámenes the degree of difficulty of the exams
    2 problem.
    la dificultad está en hacerlo sin mojarse los pies the difficult thing is to do it without getting your feet wet
    encontrar dificultades to run into trouble o problems
    pasar por dificultades to suffer hardship
    3 hardness, not easiness.
    imperat.
    2nd person plural (vosotros/ustedes) Imperative of Spanish verb: dificultar.
    * * *
    1 difficulty
    2 (obstáculo) obstacle; (problema) trouble, problem
    * * *
    noun f.
    * * *
    SF
    1) (=obstáculo) difficulty
    2) (=problema) difficulty

    no hay dificultad para aceptar que... — there is no difficulty about accepting that...

    3) (=objeción) objection
    * * *
    a) ( cualidad de difícil) difficulty
    b) ( problema)

    superar or vencer dificultades — to overcome difficulties

    * * *
    = difficulty, rough spot, snag, hardness, hiccup, crunch, challenge, hassle, rub, kink.
    Ex. UDC is widely used despite the difficulties in keeping the schedules up to date.
    Ex. But despite the many catalog worlds, and herein lies the rub -- or at least a rough spot -- we have been proceeding on the assumption that the catalog exists in the form of the data distributed by the Library of Congress.
    Ex. Another snag was the existence of entrenched divergent cataloguing habits among the multinational staff, not to mention their fear of the unknown = Otro problema era la existencia de hábitos de catalogación divergentes y ya arraigados entre el personal multinacional, por no mencionar su miedo hacia lo desconocido.
    Ex. Hardness and the penetration of the ink layer into the paper were also measured = También se midió la solidez y la penetración de la tinta en el papel.
    Ex. The book 'The Last Hiccup of the Old Demographic Regime' examines the impact of epidemics and disease on population growth in the late seventeenth century.
    Ex. The author of the article 'The crunch and academic library services: a personal view' believes that inflation is one of the underlying causes of the crisis in university libraries.
    Ex. The duration of the cycle varies markedly from institution to institution, dependent upon the adaptability of the institutional structure to challenge and change.
    Ex. The article is entitled 'How to implement electronic subscriptions replacing the routing list hassle'.
    Ex. But as elegant and efficient as this seems, this strategy has a rub - you've got to have technology to track shipments, since you're ultimately responsible for purchases, warranties and returns.
    Ex. However, like any emerging technology, there are still a few kinks in the system.
    ----
    * afrontar una dificultad = front + difficulty.
    * ahí está la dificultad = herein lies the rub, there's the rub.
    * aprobar sin dificultad = sail through + exam.
    * avanzar con dificultad = wade through, limp, slog along, plod (along/through).
    * avanzar con gran dificultad = grind on.
    * caminar con dificultad = plod (along/through).
    * causar dificultad = cause + difficulty.
    * clasificado por nivel de dificultad = graded.
    * con dificultad = laboriously, with difficulty.
    * con dificultades = in difficulties.
    * conducir o andar con cuidado debido a la dificultad existente = navigate.
    * con gran dificultad = with great difficulty.
    * conseguir con dificultad = eke out.
    * dificultad + afectar = difficulty + dog.
    * dificultad + apremiar = difficulty + dog.
    * dificultad económica = fiscal exigency, financial exigency.
    * dificultad + encontrarse = difficulty + lie.
    * dificultades = crisis [crises, -pl.].
    * dificultades + agravarse = difficulties + exacerbate.
    * dificultades + aquejar = difficulties + beset.
    * dificultades de aprendizaje = learning difficulties.
    * dificultades económicas = fiscal constraints, fiscal adversity, economic adversity.
    * dificultades presupuestarias = budget adversity.
    * dificultad presupuestaria = budget crunch.
    * dificultad + surgir = difficulty + arise.
    * dificultad técnica = technical difficulty.
    * encontrar dificultades = encounter + difficulties, encounter + limitations.
    * encontrarse con dificultades = run up against + difficulties.
    * encontrarse en dificultades = find + Reflexivo + in difficulties.
    * en dificultades = stranded.
    * enfrentarse con una dificultad = face + difficulty.
    * entrañar dificultad = present + difficulty.
    * esa es la dificultad = herein lies the rub, there's the rub.
    * estar en dificultades = be in trouble.
    * forma de evitar una dificultad = way (a)round + difficulty.
    * fórmula para la dificultad de lectura = reading formula.
    * funcionar con dificultad = labour [labor, -USA].
    * ganar con dificultad = eke out.
    * ganar sin ninguna dificultad = beat + Nombre + hands down, win + hands down.
    * hacer Algo con dificultad = muddle through, plod (along/through).
    * indicar las dificultades = note + difficulties.
    * insertar con dificultad = squeeze in/into.
    * leer con dificultad = wade through.
    * meter con dificultad = squeeze in/into.
    * mitigar una dificultad = alleviate + difficulty.
    * pasar dificultades = struggle, be under strain, bear + hardship, have + a difficult time, experience + difficult times, pass through + difficult times, face + difficult times.
    * pasar por muchas dificultades = be to hell and back.
    * plantear dificultad = pose + difficulty.
    * plantear dificultades = raise + difficulties.
    * poner en dificultades = put + Nombre + in difficulties.
    * presentar dificultad = present + difficulty.
    * progresar con dificultad = thread through.
    * respirar con dificultad = gasp for + breath, wheeze.
    * señalar las dificultades = note + difficulties.
    * sin dificultad = without difficulty.
    * sin dificultad alguna = without a hitch.
    * sin mucha dificultad = painlessly.
    * superar una dificultad = overcome + difficulty, get over + difficulty.
    * surgir una dificultad = arise + difficulty.
    * tener dificultad = struggle, experience + difficulty, be hard pressed.
    * tener dificultad de + Infinitivo = have + difficulty + Gerundio, have + difficulty in + Gerundio.
    * tener dificultad en + Verbo = be at pains to + Infinitivo.
    * tener dificultades = have + a hard time, have + a tough time.
    * toparse con dificultades = run up against + difficulties.
    * tropezar con dificultades = run into + difficulties.
    * * *
    a) ( cualidad de difícil) difficulty
    b) ( problema)

    superar or vencer dificultades — to overcome difficulties

    * * *
    = difficulty, rough spot, snag, hardness, hiccup, crunch, challenge, hassle, rub, kink.

    Ex: UDC is widely used despite the difficulties in keeping the schedules up to date.

    Ex: But despite the many catalog worlds, and herein lies the rub -- or at least a rough spot -- we have been proceeding on the assumption that the catalog exists in the form of the data distributed by the Library of Congress.
    Ex: Another snag was the existence of entrenched divergent cataloguing habits among the multinational staff, not to mention their fear of the unknown = Otro problema era la existencia de hábitos de catalogación divergentes y ya arraigados entre el personal multinacional, por no mencionar su miedo hacia lo desconocido.
    Ex: Hardness and the penetration of the ink layer into the paper were also measured = También se midió la solidez y la penetración de la tinta en el papel.
    Ex: The book 'The Last Hiccup of the Old Demographic Regime' examines the impact of epidemics and disease on population growth in the late seventeenth century.
    Ex: The author of the article 'The crunch and academic library services: a personal view' believes that inflation is one of the underlying causes of the crisis in university libraries.
    Ex: The duration of the cycle varies markedly from institution to institution, dependent upon the adaptability of the institutional structure to challenge and change.
    Ex: The article is entitled 'How to implement electronic subscriptions replacing the routing list hassle'.
    Ex: But as elegant and efficient as this seems, this strategy has a rub - you've got to have technology to track shipments, since you're ultimately responsible for purchases, warranties and returns.
    Ex: However, like any emerging technology, there are still a few kinks in the system.
    * afrontar una dificultad = front + difficulty.
    * ahí está la dificultad = herein lies the rub, there's the rub.
    * aprobar sin dificultad = sail through + exam.
    * avanzar con dificultad = wade through, limp, slog along, plod (along/through).
    * avanzar con gran dificultad = grind on.
    * caminar con dificultad = plod (along/through).
    * causar dificultad = cause + difficulty.
    * clasificado por nivel de dificultad = graded.
    * con dificultad = laboriously, with difficulty.
    * con dificultades = in difficulties.
    * conducir o andar con cuidado debido a la dificultad existente = navigate.
    * con gran dificultad = with great difficulty.
    * conseguir con dificultad = eke out.
    * dificultad + afectar = difficulty + dog.
    * dificultad + apremiar = difficulty + dog.
    * dificultad económica = fiscal exigency, financial exigency.
    * dificultad + encontrarse = difficulty + lie.
    * dificultades = crisis [crises, -pl.].
    * dificultades + agravarse = difficulties + exacerbate.
    * dificultades + aquejar = difficulties + beset.
    * dificultades de aprendizaje = learning difficulties.
    * dificultades económicas = fiscal constraints, fiscal adversity, economic adversity.
    * dificultades presupuestarias = budget adversity.
    * dificultad presupuestaria = budget crunch.
    * dificultad + surgir = difficulty + arise.
    * dificultad técnica = technical difficulty.
    * encontrar dificultades = encounter + difficulties, encounter + limitations.
    * encontrarse con dificultades = run up against + difficulties.
    * encontrarse en dificultades = find + Reflexivo + in difficulties.
    * en dificultades = stranded.
    * enfrentarse con una dificultad = face + difficulty.
    * entrañar dificultad = present + difficulty.
    * esa es la dificultad = herein lies the rub, there's the rub.
    * estar en dificultades = be in trouble.
    * forma de evitar una dificultad = way (a)round + difficulty.
    * fórmula para la dificultad de lectura = reading formula.
    * funcionar con dificultad = labour [labor, -USA].
    * ganar con dificultad = eke out.
    * ganar sin ninguna dificultad = beat + Nombre + hands down, win + hands down.
    * hacer Algo con dificultad = muddle through, plod (along/through).
    * indicar las dificultades = note + difficulties.
    * insertar con dificultad = squeeze in/into.
    * leer con dificultad = wade through.
    * meter con dificultad = squeeze in/into.
    * mitigar una dificultad = alleviate + difficulty.
    * pasar dificultades = struggle, be under strain, bear + hardship, have + a difficult time, experience + difficult times, pass through + difficult times, face + difficult times.
    * pasar por muchas dificultades = be to hell and back.
    * plantear dificultad = pose + difficulty.
    * plantear dificultades = raise + difficulties.
    * poner en dificultades = put + Nombre + in difficulties.
    * presentar dificultad = present + difficulty.
    * progresar con dificultad = thread through.
    * respirar con dificultad = gasp for + breath, wheeze.
    * señalar las dificultades = note + difficulties.
    * sin dificultad = without difficulty.
    * sin dificultad alguna = without a hitch.
    * sin mucha dificultad = painlessly.
    * superar una dificultad = overcome + difficulty, get over + difficulty.
    * surgir una dificultad = arise + difficulty.
    * tener dificultad = struggle, experience + difficulty, be hard pressed.
    * tener dificultad de + Infinitivo = have + difficulty + Gerundio, have + difficulty in + Gerundio.
    * tener dificultad en + Verbo = be at pains to + Infinitivo.
    * tener dificultades = have + a hard time, have + a tough time.
    * toparse con dificultades = run up against + difficulties.
    * tropezar con dificultades = run into + difficulties.

    * * *
    un ejercicio de escasa dificultad a fairly easy exercise
    el grado de dificultad de la prueba the degree of difficulty of the test
    respira con dificultad his breathing is labored, he has difficulty breathing
    2 (problema) difficulty
    superar or vencer dificultades to overcome difficulties
    ¿tuviste alguna dificultad para encontrar la casa? did you have any trouble o difficulty finding the house?
    tiene dificultades en hacerse entender she has difficulty in o she has problems making herself understood
    la dificultad está en hacerlo en el mínimo de tiempo the difficult o hard part is to do it in the shortest possible time
    pasamos muchas dificultades, pero salimos adelante we had a lot of problems, but we came through it all
    me pusieron muchas dificultades para entrar they made it very hard for me to get in
    * * *

     

    Del verbo dificultar: ( conjugate dificultar)

    dificultad es:

    2ª persona plural (vosotros) imperativo

    Multiple Entries:
    dificultad    
    dificultar
    dificultad sustantivo femenino
    difficulty;

    tiene dificultades en hacerse entender she has difficulty in making herself understood;
    me pusieron muchas dificultades para entrar they made it very hard for me to get in;
    meterse en dificultades to get into difficulties
    dificultar ( conjugate dificultar) verbo transitivo
    to make … difficult
    dificultad sustantivo femenino
    1 difficulty
    2 (penalidad, contrariedad) trouble, problem
    dificultades económicas, financial problems

    ' dificultad' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    coja
    - cojo
    - elevarse
    - encarar
    - escollo
    - evadir
    - fatiga
    - impedimento
    - infranqueable
    - intríngulis
    - necesidad
    - nudo
    - obstáculo
    - pena
    - remontar
    - retroceder
    - salir
    - salvar
    - tela
    - tumbo
    - vencer
    - apuro
    - complicación
    - confrontar
    - contra
    - contrariedad
    - encontrar
    - esquivar
    - insuperable
    - miga
    - ofrecer
    - pantano
    - pega
    - pero
    - presentar
    - radicar
    - sortear
    - subsanar
    - superar
    - surgir
    - traba
    - tropezar
    English:
    difficulty
    - experience
    - extricate
    - gasp
    - hassle
    - hitch
    - hobble
    - inarticulate
    - iron out
    - job
    - manage
    - painless
    - squash in
    - struggle
    - struggle along
    - struggle on
    - tongue-tied
    - trial
    - trouble
    - trudge
    - considerable
    - difficult
    - grade
    - hiccup
    - pit
    - scramble
    - wheeze
    - wriggle
    * * *
    1. [cualidad de difícil] difficulty;
    caminaba con dificultad she walked with difficulty;
    el grado o [m5] nivel de dificultad de los exámenes the degree o level of difficulty of the exams;
    un ejercicio de gran dificultad a very difficult exercise
    2. [obstáculo] problem;
    todo son dificultades con ella she sees everything as a problem;
    la dificultad está en hacerlo sin mojarse los pies the difficult thing is to do it without getting your feet wet;
    encontrar dificultades to run into trouble o problems;
    poner dificultades to raise objections;
    nos puso muchas dificultades para entrevistarlo he put no end of obstacles in our way when we wanted to interview him;
    superar o [m5] vencer las dificultades to overcome the difficulties;
    ¿tuviste alguna dificultad para dar con la calle? did you have any difficulty finding the street?
    3. [penalidad]
    pasar por dificultades to suffer hardship
    * * *
    f difficulty;
    con dificultades with difficulty;
    poner dificultades make it difficult
    * * *
    : difficulty
    * * *
    1. (concepto) difficulty [pl. difficulties]
    2. (problema) problem

    Spanish-English dictionary > dificultad

  • 87 AT

    I) prep.
    A. with dative.
    I. Of motion;
    1) towards, against;
    Otkell laut at Skamkatli, bowed down to S.;
    hann sneri egginni at Ásgrími, turned the edge against A.;
    Brynjólfr gengr alit at honum, quite up to him;
    þeir kómust aldri at honum, they could never get near him, to close quarters with him;
    3) to, at;
    koma at landi, to come to land;
    ganga at dómi, to go into court;
    4) along (= eptir);
    ganga at stræti, to walk along the street;
    dreki er niðr fór at ánni (went down the river) fyrir strauminum;
    refr dró hörpu at ísi, on the ice;
    5) denoting hostility;
    renna (sœkja) at e-m, to rush at, assault;
    gerði þá at þeim þoku mikla, they were overtaken by a thick fog;
    6) around;
    vefja motri at höfði sér, to wrap a veil round one’s head;
    bera grjót at e-m, to heap stones upon the body;
    7) denoting business, engagement;
    ríða at hrossum, at sauðum, to go looking after horses, watching sheep;
    fara at landskuldum, to go collecting rents.
    II. Of position, &c.;
    1) denoting presence at, near, by, upon;
    at kirkju, at church;
    at dómi, in court;
    at lögbergi, at the hill of laws;
    2) denoting participation in;
    vera at veizlu, brullaupi, to be at a banquet, wedding;
    3) ellipt., vera at, to be about, to be busy at;
    kvalararnir, er at vóru at pína hann, who were tormenting him;
    var þar at kona nökkur at binda (was there busy dressing) sár manna;
    4) with proper names of places (farms);
    konungr at Danmörku ok Noregi, king of;
    biskup at Hólum, bishop of Holar;
    at Helgafelli, at Bergþórshváli;
    5) used ellipt. with a genitive, at (a person’s) house;
    at hans (at his house) gisti fjölmenni mikit;
    at Marðar, at Mara’s home;
    at hins beilaga Ólafs konungs, at St. Olave’s church;
    at Ránar, at Ran’s (abode).
    III. Of time;
    1) at, in;
    at upphafi, at first, in the beginning;
    at skilnaði, at parting, when they parted;
    at páskum, at Easter;
    at kveldi, at eventide;
    at fjöru, at the ebb;
    at flœðum, at the floodtide;
    2) adding ‘komanda’ or ‘er kemr’;
    at ári komanda, next year;
    at vári, er kemr, next spring;
    generally with ‘komanda’ understood;
    at sumri, hausti, vetri, vári, next summer, &c.;
    3) used with an absolute dative and present or past part.;
    at sér lifanda, duing his lifetime;
    at öllum ásjándum, in the sight of all;
    at áheyranda höfðingjanum, in the hearing of the chief;
    at upprennandi sólu, at sunrise;
    at liðnum sex vikum, after six weeks are past;
    at honum önduðum, after his death;
    4) denoting uninterrupted succession, after;
    hverr at öðrum, annarr at öðrum, one after another;
    skildu menn at þessu, thereupon, after this;
    at því (thereafter) kómu aðrar meyjar.
    IV. fig. and in various uses;
    1) to, into, with the notion of destruction or change;
    brenna (borgina) at ösku, to burn to ashes;
    verða at ormi, to become a snake;
    2) for, as;
    gefa e-t at gjöf, as a present;
    eiga e-n at vin, to have one as friend;
    3) by;
    taka sverð at hjöltum, by the hilt;
    draga út björninn at hlustunum, by the ears;
    kjósa at afli, álitum, by strength, appearrance;
    auðigr at fé, wealthy in goods;
    vænn (fagr) at áliti, fair of face;
    5) as a law term, on the grounds of, by reason of;
    ryðja ( to challenge) dóm at mægðum, kvið at frændsemi;
    6) as a paraphrase of a genitive;
    faðir, móðir at barni (= barns, of a child);
    aðili at sök = aðili sakar;
    7) with adjectives denoting colour, size, age, of;
    hvítr, svartr, rauðr at lit, while, black, red of colour;
    mikill, lítill at stœrð, vexti, tall, small of stature;
    tvítugr at aldri, twenty years of age;
    kýr at fyrsta, öðrum kálfi, a cow that has calved once, twice;
    8) determining the source from which anything comes, of, from;
    Ari nam ok marga frœði at Þuríði (from her);
    þiggja, kaupa, geta, leigja e-t at e-m, to receive, buy, obtain, borrow a thing from one;
    hafa veg (virðing) styrk at e-m, to derive honour, power, from one;
    9) according, to, after (heygðr at fornum sið);
    at ráði allra vitrustu manna, by the advice of;
    at landslögum, by the law of the land;
    at leyfi e-s, by one’s leave;
    10) in adverbial phrases;
    gróa (vera grœddr) at heilu, to be quite healed;
    bíta af allt gras at snøggu, quite bare;
    at fullu, fully;
    at vísu, surely;
    at frjálsu, freely;
    at eilífu, for ever and ever;
    at röngu, at réttu, wrongly, rightly;
    at líku, at sömu, equally, all the same;
    at mun, at ráði, at marki, to a great extent.
    B. with acc., after, upon (= eptir);
    sonr á at taka arf at föður sinn, to take the inheritance after his father;
    at þat (= eptir þat), after that, thereafter;
    connected with a past part. or a., at Gamla fallinn, after the fall of Gamli;
    at Hrungni dauðan, upon the death of Hrungnir.
    1) as the simple mark of the infinitive, to;
    at ganga, at ríða, at hlaupa, to walk, to ride, to run;
    2) in an objective sense;
    hann bauð þeim at fara, sitja, he bade (ordered) them to go, sit;
    gefa e-m at eta, at drekka, to give one to eat, to drink;
    3) denoting design or purpose, in order to (hann gekk í borg at kaupa silfr).
    1) demonstrative particle before a comparative, the, all the, so much the;
    hón grét at meir, she wept the more;
    þykkir oss at líkara, all the more likely;
    þú ert maðr at verri (so much the worse), er þú hefir þetta mælt;
    2) rel. pron., who, which, that (= er);
    þeir allir, at þau tíðindi heyrðu, all those who heard;
    sem þeim er títt, at ( as is the custom of those who) kaupferðir reka.
    conj., that;
    1) introducing a subjective or objective clause;
    þat var einhverju sinni, at Höskuldr hafði vinaboð, it happened once that H.;
    vilda ek, at þú réðist austr í fjörðu, I should like you to go;
    2) relative to svá, denoting proportion, degree;
    svá mikill lagamaðr, at, so great a lawyer, that;
    3) with subj., denoting end or purpose, in order that (skáru þeir fyrir þá (viz. hestana) melinn, at þeir dœi eigi af sulti);
    4) since, because, as (= því at);
    5) connected with þó, því, svá;
    þó at (with subj.), though, although;
    því at, because, for;
    svá at, so that;
    6) temp., þá at (= þá er), when;
    þegar at (= þegar er), as soon as;
    þar til at (= þar til er), until, till;
    áðr at (= á. en), before;
    7) used superfluously after an int. pron. or adv.;
    Ólafr spurði, hvern styrk at hann mundi fá honum, what help he was likely to give him;
    in a relative sense; með fullkomnum ávexti, hverr at (which) þekkr ok þægiligr mun verða.
    V)
    negative verbal suffix, = ata; var-at, was not.
    odda at, Yggs at, battle.
    * * *
    1.
    and að, prep., often used ellipt. dropping the case and even merely as an adverb, [Lat. ad; Ulf. at = πρός and παρά, A. S. ät; Engl. at; Hel. ad = apud; O. H. G. az; lost in mod. Germ., and rare in Swed. and Dan.; in more freq. use in Engl. than any other kindred language, Icel. only excepted]:—the mod. pronunciation and spelling is (); this form is very old, and is found in Icel. vellum MSS. of the 12th century, e. g. aþ, 623. 60; yet in earlier times it was sounded with a tenuis, as we may infer from rhymes, e. g. jöfurr hyggi at | hve ek yrkja fat, Egill: Sighvat also makes it rhyme with a t. The verse by Thorodd—þar vastu at er fjáðr klæðið þvat (Skálda 162)—is hardly intelligible unless we accept the spelling with an aspirate (), and say that þvað is = þvá = þváði, lavabat; it may be that by the time of Thorodd and Ari the pure old pronunciation was lost, or is ‘þvat’ simply the A. S. þvât, secuit? The Icelanders still, however, keep the tenuis in compounds before a vowel, or before h, v, or the liquids l, r, thus—atyrða, atorka, athöfn, athugi, athvarf, athlægi; atvinna, atvik; atlaga, atlíðanði ( slope), atriði, atreið, atróðr: but aðdjúpr, aðfinsla (critic), aðferð, aðkoma, aðsókn, aðsúgr (crowding), aðgæzla. In some words the pronunciation is irregular, e. g. atkvæði not aðkv-; atburðr, but aðbúnaðr; aðhjúkran not athjúkran; atgörvi not aðgörfi. At, to, towards; into; against; along, by; in regard to; after.
    Mostly with dat.; rarely with acc.; and sometimes ellipt.—by dropping the words ‘home,’ ‘house,’ or the like—with gen.
    WITH DAT.
    A. LOC.
    I. WITH MOTION; gener. the motion to the borders, limits of an object, and thus opp. to frá:
    1. towards, against, with or without the notion of arrival, esp. connected with verbs denoting motion (verba movendi et eundi), e. g. fara, ganga, koma, lúta, snúa, rétta at…; Otkell laut at Skamkatli, O. louted (i. e. bowed down) towards S., Nj. 77, Fms. xi. 102; sendimaðrinn sneri ( turned) hjöltum sverðsins at konungi, towards the king, i. 15; hann sneri egginni at Ásgrími, turned the edge towards A., Nj. 220; rétta e-t at e-m, to reach, hand over, Ld. 132; ganga at, to step towards, Ísl. ii. 259.
    2. denoting proximity, close up to, up to; Brynjólfr gengr … allt at honum, B. goes quite up to him, Nj. 58; Gunnarr kom þangat at þeim örunum, G. reached them even there with his arrows, 115; þeir kómust aldri at honum, they could never get near him, to close quarters, id.; reið maðr at þeim (up to them), 274; þeir höfðu rakit sporin allt at ( right up to) gammanum, Fms. i. 9; komu þeir at sjó fram, came down to the sea, Bárð. 180.
    3. without reference to the space traversed, to or at; koma at landi, to land, Ld. 38, Fms. viii. 358; ríða at dyrum, Boll. 344; hlaupa at e-m, to run up to, run at, Fms. vii. 218, viii. 358; af sjáfarganginum er hann gekk at landinu, of the surf dashing against the shore, xi. 6; vísa ólmum hundi at manni, to set a fierce hound at a man, Grág. ii. 118; leggja e-n at velli, to lay low, Eg. 426, Nj. 117; hníga at jörðu, at grasi, at moldu, to bite the dust, to die, Njarð. 378; ganga at dómi, a law term, to go into court, of a plaintiff, defendant, or bystander, Nj. 87 (freq.)
    4. denoting a motion along, into, upon; ganga at stræti, to walk along the street, Korm. 228, Fms. vii. 39; at ísi, on the ice, Skálda 198, Fms. vii. 19, 246, viii. 168, Eb. 112 new Ed. (á is perh. wrong); máttu menn ganga bar yfir at skipum einum, of ships alone used as a bridge, Fas. i. 378; at höfðum, at nám, to trample on the slain on the battle-field, Lex. Poët.; at ám, along the rivers; at merkiósum, at the river’s mouth, Grág. ii. 355; at endilöngu baki, all along its back, Sks. 100.
    5. denoting hostility, to rush at, assault; renna at, hlaupa at, ganga, fara, ríða, sækja, at e-m, (v. those words), whence the nouns atrenna, athlaup, atgangr, atför, atreið, atsókn, etc.
    β. metaph., kom at þeim svefnhöfgi, deep sleep fell on them, Nj. 104. Esp. of weather, in the impers. phrase, hríð, veðr, vind, storm görir at e-m, to be overtaken by a snow storm, gale, or the like; görði þá at þeim þoku mikla, they were overtaken by a thick fog, Bárð. 171.
    6. denoting around, of clothing or the like; bregða skikkju at höfði sér, to wrap his cloak over his head, Ld. 62; vefja motri at höfði sér, to wrap a snood round her head, 188; sauma at, to stick, cling close, as though sewn on; sauma at höndum sér, of tight gloves, Bs. i. 453; kyrtill svá þröngr sem saumaðr væri at honum, as though it were stitched to him, Nj. 214; vafit at vándum dreglum, tight laced with sorry tags, id.; hosa strengd fast at beini, of tight hose, Eg. 602; hann sveipar at sér iðrunum ok skyrtunni, he gathers up the entrails close to him and the skirt too, Gísl. 71; laz at síðu, a lace on the side, to keep the clothes tight, Eg. 602.
    β. of burying; bera grjót at einum, to heap stones upon the body, Eg. 719; var gör at þeim dys or grjóti, Ld. 152; gora kistu at líki, to make a coffin for a body, Eb. 264, Landn. 56, Ld. 142.
    γ. of summoning troops or followers; stefna at sér mönnum, to summon men to him, Nj. 104; stefna at sér liði, Eg. 270; kippa mönnum at sér, to gather men in haste, Ld. 64.
    7. denoting a business, engagement; ríða at hrossum, at sauðum, to go looking after after horses, watching sheep, Glúm. 362, Nj. 75; fara at fé, to go to seek for sheep, Ld. 240; fara at heyi, to go a-haymaking, Dropl. 10; at veiðum, a-hunting; at fuglum, a-fowling; at dýrum, a-sbooting; at fiski, a-fishing; at veiðiskap, Landn. 154, Orkn. 416 (in a verse), Nj. 25; fara at landskuldum, to go a-collecling rents, Eg. 516; at Finnkaupum, a-marketing with Finns, 41; at féföngum, a-plundering, Fms. vii. 78; ganga at beina, to wait on guests, Nj. 50; starfa at matseld, to serve at table, Eb. 266; hitta e-n at nauðsynjum, on matters of business; at máli, to speak with one, etc., Fms. xi. 101; rekast at e-m, to pursue one, ix. 404; ganga at liði sér, to go suing for help, Grág. ii. 384.
    β. of festivals; snúa, fá at blóti, veizlu, brullaupi, to prepare for a sacrificial banquet, wedding, or the like, hence at-fangadagr, Eb. 6, Ld. 70; koma at hendi, to happen, befall; ganga at sínu, to come by one’s own, to take it, Ld. 208; Egill drakk hvert full er at honum kom, drained every horn that came to him, Eg. 210; komast at keyptu, to purchase dearly, Húv. 46.
    8. denoting imaginary motion, esp. of places, cp. Lat. spectare, vergere ad…, to look or lie towards; horfði botninn at höfðanum, the bight of the bay looked toward the headland, Fms. i. 340, Landn. 35; also, skeiðgata liggr at læknum, leads to the brook, Ísl. ii. 339; á þann arminn er vissi at sjánum, on that wing which looked toward the sea, Fms. viii. 115; sár þau er horft höfðu at Knúti konungi, xi. 309.
    β. even connected with verbs denoting motion; Gilsáreyrr gengr austan at Fljótinu, G. extends, projects to F. from the east, Hrafh. 25; hjá sundi því, er at gengr þingstöðinni, Fms. xi. 85.
    II. WITHOUT MOTION; denoting presence at, near, by, at the side of, in, upon; connected with verbs like sitja, standa, vera…; at kirkju, at church, Fms. vii. 251, K. f). K. 16, Ld. 328, Ísl. ii. 270, Sks. 36; vera at skála, at húsi, to be in, at home, Landn. 154; at landi, Fms. i. 82; at skipi, on shipboard, Grág. i. 209, 215; at oldri, at a banquet, inter pocula; at áti, at dinner, at a feast, inter edendum, ii. 169, 170; at samförum ok samvistum, at public meetings, id.; at dómi, in a court; standa (to take one’s stand) norðan, sunnan, austan, vestan at dómi, freq. in the proceedings at trials in lawsuits, Nj.; at þingi, present at the parliament, Grág. i. 142; at lögbergi, o n the hill of laws, 17, Nj.; at baki e-m, at the back of.
    2. denoting presence, partaking in; sitja at mat, to sit at meat, Fms. i. 241; vera at veizlu, brullaupi, to be at a banquet, nuptials, Nj. 51, Ld. 70: a law term, vera at vígi, to be an accessory in manslaying, Nj. 89, 100; vera at e-u simply means to be about, be busy in, Fms. iv. 237; standa at máli, to stand by one in a case, Grág. ii. 165, Nj. 214; vera at fóstri, to be fostered, Fms. i. 2; sitja at hégóma, to listen to nonsense, Ld. 322; vera at smíð, to be at one’s work, Þórð. 62: now absol., vera at, to go on with, be busy at.
    3. the law term vinna eið at e-u has a double meaning:
    α. vinna eið at bók, at baugi, to make an oath upon the book by laying the band upon it, Landn. 258, Grág., Nj.; cp. Vkv. 31, Gkv. 3. 3, Hkv. 2. 29, etc.: ‘við’ is now used in this sense.
    β. to confirm a fact (or the like) by an oath, to swear to, Grág. i. 9, 327.
    γ. the law phrase, nefna vátta at e-u, of summoning witnesses to a deed, fact, or the like; nefna vátta at benjum, to produce evidence, witnesses as to the wounds, Nj., Grág.; at görð, Eg. 738; at svörum, Grág. i. 19: this summoning of witnesses served in old lawsuits the same purpose as modern pleadings and depositions; every step in a suit to be lawful must be followed by such a summoning or declaration.
    4. used ellipt., vera at, to be about, to be busy at; kvalararnir er at vóru at pína hann, who were tormenting him; þar varstu at, you were there present, Skálda 162; at várum þar, Gísl. (in a verse): as a law term ‘vera at’ means to be guilty, Glúm. 388; vartattu at þar, Eg. (in a verse); hence the ambiguity of Glum’s oath, vask at þar, I was there present: var þar at kona nokkur ( was there busy) at binda sár manna, Fms. v. 91; hann var at ok smíðaði skot, Rd. 313; voru Varbelgir at ( about) at taka af, þau lög …, Fms. ix. 512; ek var at ok vafk, I was about weaving, xi. 49; þeir höfðu verit at þrjú sumur, they had been busy at it for three summers, x. 186 (now very freq.); koma at, come in, to arrive unexpectedly; Gunnarr kom at í því, G. came in at that moment; hvaðan komtú nú at, whence did you come? Nj. 68, Fms. iii. 200.
    5. denoting the kingdom or residence of a king or princely person; konungr at Danmörk ok Noregi, king of…, Fms. i. 119, xi. 281; konungr, jarl, at öllum Noregi, king, earl, over all N., íb. 3, 13, Landn. 25; konungr at Dyflinni, king of Dublin, 25; but í or yfir England!, Eg. 263: cp. the phrase, sitja at landi, to reside, of a king when at home, Hkr. i. 34; at Joini, Fms. xi. 74: used of a bishop; biskup at Hólum, bishop of Hólar, Íb. 18, 19; but biskup í Skálaholti, 19: at Rómi, at Rome, Fbr. 198.
    6. in denoting a man’s abode (vide p. 5, col. 1, l. 27), the prep. ‘at’ is used where the local name implies the notion of by the side of, and is therefore esp. applied to words denoting a river, brook, rock, mountain, grove, or the like, and in some other instances, by, at, e. g. at Hofi (a temple), Landn. 198; at Borg ( a castle), 57; at Helgafelli (a mountain), Eb. constantly so; at Mosfelli, Landn. 190; at Hálsi (a hill), Fms. xi. 22; at Bjargi, Grett. 90; Hálsum, Landn. 143; at Á ( river), 296, 268; at Bægisá, 212; Giljá, 332; Myrká, 211; Vatnsá, id.; þverá, Glúm. 323; at Fossi (a ‘force’ or waterfall), Landn. 73; at Lækjamoti (waters-meeting), 332; at Hlíðarenda ( end of the lithe or hill), at Bergþórshváli, Nj.; at Lundi (a grove), at Melum (sandhill), Landn. 70: the prep. ‘á’ is now used in most of these cases, e. g. á Á, á Hofi, Helgafelli, Felli, Hálsi, etc.
    β. particularly, and without any regard to etymology, used of the abode of kings or princes, to reside at; at Uppsölum, at Haugi, Alreksstöðum, at Hlöðum, Landn., Fms.
    γ. konungr lét kalla at stofudyrum, the king made a call at the hall door, Eg. 88; þeir kölluðu at herberginu, they called at the inn, Fms. ix. 475.
    7. used ellipt. with a gen., esp. if connected with such words as gista, to be a guest, lodge, dine, sup (of festivals or the like) at one’s home; at Marðar, Nj. 4; at hans, 74; þingfesti at þess bóanda, Grág. i. 152; at sín, at one’s own home, Eg. 371, K. Þ. K. 62; hafa náttstað at Freyju, at the abode of goddess Freyja, Eg. 603; at Ránar, at Ran’s, i. e. at Ran’s house, of drowned men who belong to the queen of the sea, Ran, Eb. 274; at hins heilaga Ólafs konungs, at St. Olave’s church, Fms. vi. 63: cp. ad Veneris, εις Κίμωνος.
    B. TEMP.
    I. at, denoting a point or period of time; at upphafi, at first, in the beginning, Ld. 104; at lyktum, at síðustu, at lokum, at last; at lesti, at last, Lex. Poët., more freq. á lesti; at skilnaði, at parting, at last, Band. 3; at fornu, in times of yore, formerly, Eg. 267, D. I. i. 635; at sinni, as yet, at present; at nýju, anew, of present time; at eilífu, for ever and ever; at skömmu, soon, shortly, Ísl. ii. 272, v. l.
    II. of the very moment when anything happens, the beginning of a term; denoting the seasons of the year, months, weeks, the hours of the day; at Jólum, at Yule, Nj. 46; at Pálmadegi, on Palm Sunday, 273; at Páskum, at Easter; at Ólafsvöku, on St. Olave’s eve, 29th of July, Fms.; at vetri, at the beginning of the winter, on the day when winter sets in, Grág. 1. 151; at sumarmálum, at vetrnáttum; at Tvímánaði, when the Double month (August) begins, Ld. 256, Grág. i. 152; at kveldi, at eventide, Eg. 3; at því meli, at that time; at eindaga, at the term, 395; at eykð, at 4 o’clock p. m., 198; at öndverðri æfi Abra hams, Ver. II; at sinni, now at once, Fms. vi. 71; at öðruhverju, every now and then.
    β. where the point of time is marked by some event; at þingi, at the meeting of parliament (18th to the 24th of June), Ld. 182; at féránsdómi, at the court of execution, Grág. i. 132, 133; at þinglausnum, at the close of the parliament (beginning of July), 140; at festarmálum, eðr at eiginorði, at betrothal or nuptials, 174; at skilnaði, when they parted, Nj. 106 (above); at öllum minnum, at the general drinking of the toasts, Eg. 253; at fjöru, at the ebb; at flæðum, at flood tide, Fms. viii. 306, Orkn. 428; at hrörum, at an inquest, Grág. i. 50 (cp. ii. 141, 389); at sökum, at prosecutions, 30; at sinni, now, as yet, v. that word.
    III. ellipt., or adding ‘komanda’ or ‘er kemr,’ of the future time:
    1. ellipt., komanda or the like being understood, with reference to the seasons of the year; at sumri, at vetri, at hausti, at vári, next summer, winter…, Ísl. ii. 242; at miðju sumri, at ári, at Midsummer, next year, Fas. i. 516; at miðjum vetri, Fms. iv. 237,
    2. adding ‘komanda’ or ‘er kemr;’ at ári komanda, Bárð. 177; at vári er kemr, Dipl. iii. 6.
    IV. used with an absolute dat. and with a pres. part.:
    1. with pres. part.; at morni komanda, on the coming morrow, Fms. i. 263; at sér lifanda, in vivo, in his life time, Grág. ii. 202; at þeim sofundum, illis dormientibus, Hkr. i. 234; at öllum ásjándum, in the sight of all, Fms. x. 329; at úvitanda konungi, illo nesciente, without his knowledge, 227; at áheyranda höfðingjanum, in the chief’s bearing, 235.
    2. of past time with a past part. (Lat. abl. absol.); at hræjum fundnum, on the bodies being found, Grág. ii. 87; at háðum dómum ok föstu þingi, during the session, the courts being set, i. 484; at liðnum sex vikum, after six weeks past, Band. 13; at svá búnu, so goru, svá komnu, svá mæltu (Lat. quibus rebus gestis, dictis, quo facto, dicto, etc.), v. those words; at úreyndu, without trial, without put ting one to the test, Ld. 76; at honum önduðum, illo mortuo.
    3. ellipt. without ‘at;’ en þessum hlutum fram komnum, when all this has been done, Eb. 132.
    V. in some phrases with a slight temp, notion; at görðum gildum, the fences being strong, Gþl. 387; at vörmu spori, at once, whilst the trail is warm; at úvörum, unawares, suddenly, Nj. 95, Ld. 132; at þessu, at this cost, on that condition, Eb. 38, Nj. 55; at illum leiki, to have a narrow escape, now við illan leik, Fms. ix. 473; at því, that granted, Grág. ii. 33: at því, at pessu, thereafter, thereupon, Nj. 76.
    2. denoting succession, without interruption, one after another; hverr at öðrum, annarr maðr at öðrum, aðrir at öðrum; eina konu at annarri, Eg. 91, Fms. ii. 236, vi. 25, Bs. i. 22, 625. 80, H. E. i. 522.
    C. METAPH. and in various cases:
    I. denoting a transformation or change into, to, with the notion of destruction; brenna at ösku, at köldum kolum, to burn to ashes, to be quite destroyed, Fms. i. 105, Edda 3, Sturl. ii. 51: with the notion of transformation or transfiguration, in such phrases as, verða at e-u, göra e-t at e-u, to turn it into:
    α. by a spell; verða at ormi, to become a snake, Fms. xi. 158; at flugdrekum, Gullþ. 7; urðu þau bönd at járni, Edda 40.
    β. by a natural process it can often be translated by an acc. or by as; göra e-n at urðarmanni, to make him an outlaw, Eg. 728; græða e-n at orkumlamanni, to heal him so as to maim him for life, of bad treatment by a leech, Eb. 244: in the law terms, sár görist at ben, a wound turning into a ben, proving to be mortal, Grág., Nj.; verða at ljúgvætti, to prove to be a false evidence, Grág. i. 44; verða at sætt, to turn into reconciliation, Fms. i. 13; göra e-t at reiði málum, to take offence at, Fs. 20; at nýjum tíðindum, to tell as news, Nj. 14; verða fátt at orðum, to be sparing of words, 18; kveðr (svá) at orði, to speak, utter, 10; verða at þrifnaði, to geton well, Fms. vii. 196: at liði, at skaða, to be a help or hurt to one; at bana, to cause one’s death, Nj. 223, Eg. 21, Grág. ii. 29: at undrum, at hlátri, to become a wonder, a laughing-stock, 623. 35, Eg. 553.
    II. denoting capacity, where it may be translated merely by as or for; gefa at Jólagjöf, to give for a Christmas-box, Eg. 516; at gjöf, for a present; at erfð, at láni, launum, as an inheritance, a loan; at kaupum ok sökum, for buying and selling, Ísl. ii. 223, Grág. i. 423; at solum, ii. 204; at herfangi, as spoil or plunder; at sakbótum, at niðgjöldum, as a compensation, weregeld, i. 339, ii. 171, Hkr. ii. 168; taka at gíslingu, to take as an hostage, Edda 15; eiga e-n at vin, at óvin, to have one as friend or foe, illt er at eiga þræl at eingavin, ‘tis ill to have a thrall for one’s bosom friend (a proverb), Nj. 77; fæða, eiga, at sonum (syni), to beget a son, Edda 8, Bs. i. 60 (but eiga at dóttur cannot be said); hafa möttul at yfirhöfn, Fms. vii. 201; verða nökkut at manni (mönnum), to turn out to be a worthy man; verða ekki at manni, to turn out a worthless person, xi. 79, 268.
    2. in such phrases as, verða at orðum, to come towards, Nj. 26; var þat at erindum, Eg. 148; hafa at veizlum, to draw veizlur ( dues) from, Fms. iv. 275, Eg. 647; gora e-t at álitum, to take it into consideration, Nj. 3.
    III. denoting belonging to, fitting, of parts of the whole or the like; vóru at honum (viz. the sword) hjölt gullbúin, the sword was ornamented with a hilt of gold, Ld. 330; umgörð at ( belonging to) sverði, Fs. 97 (Hs.) in a verse; en ef mór er eigi at landinu, if there be no turf moor belonging to the land, Grág. ii. 338; svá at eigi brotnaði nokkuð at Orminum, so that no harm happened to the ship Worm, Fms. x. 356; hvatki er meiðir at skipinu eðr at reiðinu eðr at viðum, damage done t o …, Grág. ii. 403; lesta ( to injure) hús at lásum, við eðr torfi, 110; ef land hefir batnað at húsum, if the land has been bettered as to its buildings, 210; cp. the phrase, göra at e-u, to repair: hamlaðr at höndum eðr fótum, maimed as to hands or feet, Eg. 14; heill at höndum en hrumr at fótum, sound in band, palsied in foot, Fms. vii. 12; lykill at skrá, a key belonging, fitting, to the latch; hurð at húsi; a key ‘gengr at’ ( fits) skrá; and many other phrases. 2. denoting the part by which a thing is held or to which it belongs, by; fá, taka at…, to grasp by …; þú tókt við sverði hans at hjöltunum, you took it by the bill, Fms. i. 15; draga út björninn at hlustum, to pull out the bear by the ears, Fas. ii. 237; at fótum, by the feet, Fms. viii. 363; mæla ( to measure) at hrygg ok at jaðri, by the edge or middle of the stuff, Grág. i. 498; kasta e-m at höfði, head foremost, Nj. 84; kjósa e-n at fótum, by the feet alone, Edda 46; hefja frændsemi at bræðrum, eða at systkynum, to reckon kinship by the brother’s or the sister’s side, Grág. i. 28; kjósa at afli, at álitum, by strength, sight, Gs. 8, belongs rather to the following.
    IV. in respect of, as regards, in regard to, as to; auðigr at fé, wealthy of goods, Nj. 16, 30, 51; beztir hestar at reið, the best racehorses, 186; spekingr at viti, a man of great intellect, Ld. 124; vænn (fagr) at áliti, fair of face, Nj. 30, Bs. i. 61; kvenna vænst at ásjónu ok vits munum, of surpassing beauty and intellect, Ld. 122; fullkominn at hyggju, 18; um fram aðra menn at vinsældum ok harðfengi, of surpassing popularity and hardihood, Eb. 30.
    2. a law term, of challenging jurors, judges, or the like, on account of, by reason of; ryðja ( to challenge) at mægðum, guðsifjum, frændsemi, hrörum …; at leiðarlengd, on account of distance, Grág. i. 30, 50, Nj. (freq.)
    3. in arithm. denoting proportion; at helmingi, þriðjungi, fjórðungi, tíunda hluta, cp. Lat. ex asse, quadrante, for the half, third… part; máttr skal at magni (a proverb), might and main go together, Hkr. ii. 236; þú munt vera at því mikill fræðimaðr á kvæði, in the same proportion, as great, Fms. vi. 391, iii. 41; at e-s hluta, at… leiti, for one’s part, in turn, as far as one is con cerned, Grág. i. 322, Eg. 309, Fms. iii. 26 (freq.): at öðrum kosti, in the other case, otherwise (freq.) More gener., at öllu, öngu, in all (no) respects; at sumu, einhverju, nokkru, partly; at flestu, mestu, chiefly.
    4. as a paraphrase of a genitive; faðir, móðir at barni (= barns); aðili at sök (= sakar a.); morðingi at barni (= barns), faðerni at barni (barns); illvirki at fé manna (cp. Lat. felo de se), niðrfall at sökum (saka), land gangr at fiskum (fiska), Fms. iv. 274, Grág. i. 277, 416, N. G. L. i. 340, K. Þ. K. 112, Nj. 21.
    5. the phrase ‘at sér,’ of himself or in himself, either ellipt. or by adding the participle görr, and with the adverbs vel, ilia, or the like; denoting breeding, bearing, endowments, character …; væn kona, kurteis ok vel at sér, an accomplished, well-bred, gifted lady, Nj. I; vitr maðr ok vel at sér, a wise man and thoroughly good in feeling and bearing, 5; þú ert maðr vaskr ok vel at þér, 49; gerr at sér, accomplished, 51; bezt at sér görr, the finest, best bred man, 39, Ld. 124; en þó er hann svá vel at sér, so generous, Nj. 77; þeir höfðingjar er svá vóru vel at sér, so noble-minded, 198, Fms. i. 160: the phrase ‘at sér’ is now only used of knowledge, thus maðr vel að sér means clever, a man of great knowledge; illa að sér, a blockhead.
    6. denoting relations to colour, size, value, age, and the like; hvitr, svartr, grár, rauðr … at lit, white, swarthy, gray, red … of colour, Bjarn. 55, 28, Ísl. ii. 213, etc.; mikill, lítill, at stærð, vexti, tall, small of size, etc.; ungr, gamall, barn, at aldri, young, old, a child of age; tvítugr, þrítugr … at aldri, twenty, thirty … years of age (freq.): of animals; kyr at fyrsta, öðrum … kálfi, a cow having calved once, twice…, Jb. 346: value, amount, currency of money, kaupa e-t at mörk, at a mark, N. G. L. 1. 352; ok er eyririnn at mörk, amounts to a mark, of the value of money, Grág. i. 392; verðr þá at hálfri murk vaðmála eyrir, amounts to a half a mark, 500.
    β. metaph. of value, connected with verbs denoting to esteem, hold; meta, hafa, halda at miklu, litlu, vettugi, engu, or the like, to hold in high or low esteem, to care or not to care for (freq.): geta e-s at góðu, illu, öngu, to mention one favourably, unfavourably, indifferently … (freq.), prop. in connection with. In many cases it may be translated by in; ekki er mark at draumum, there is no meaning in dreams, no heed is to be paid to dreams, Sturl. ii. 217; bragð er at þá barnið finnr, it goes too far, when even a child takes offence (a proverb): hvat er at því, what does it mean? Nj. 11; hvert þat skip er vöxtr er at, any ship of mark, i. e. however small, Fms. xi. 20.
    V. denoting the source of a thing:
    1. source of infor mation, to learn, perceive, get information from; Ari nam ok marga fræði at Þuríði, learnt as her pupil, at her hands, as St. Paul at the feet of Gamaliel, (just as the Scotch say to speer or ask at a person); Ari nam at Þorgeiri afraðskoll, Hkr. (pref.); nema kunnáttu at e-m, used of a pupil, Fms. i. 8; nema fræði at e-m, xi. 396.
    2. of receiving, acquiring, buying, from; þiggja e-t at e-m, to receive a thing at his hands, Nj. 51; líf, to be pardoned, Fms. x. 173; kaupa land at e-m, to buy it from, Landn. 72, Íb. II, (now af is more freq. in this sense); geta e-t at e-m, to obtain, procure at one’s hands, impetrare; þeirra manna er þeir megu þat geta at, who are willing to do that, Grág. i. I; heimta e-t at e-m (now af), to call in, demand (a debt, money), 279; fala e-t at e-m (now af), to chaffer for or cheapen anything, Nj. 73; sækja e-t at e-m, to ask, seek for; sækja heilræði ok traust at e-m, 98; leiga e-t at e-m (now af), to borrow, Grág. ii. 334; eiga e-t (fé, skuld) at e-m, to be owed money by any one, i. 399: metaph. to deserve of one, Nj. 113; eiga mikit at e-m, to have much to do with, 138; hafa veg, virðing, styrk, at, to derive honour, power from, Fms. vi. 71, Eg. 44, Bárð. 174; gagn, to be of use, Ld. 216; mein, tálma, mischief, disadvantage, 158, 216, cp. Eg. 546; ótta, awe, Nj. 68.
    VI. denoting conformity, according to, Lat. secundum, ex, after; at fornum sið, Fms. i. 112; at sögn Ara prests, as Ari relates, on his authority, 55; at ráði allra vitrustu manna, at the advice of, Ísl. ii. 259, Ld. 62; at lögum, at landslögum, by the law of the land, Grág., Nj.; at líkindum, in all likelihood, Ld. 272; at sköpum, in due course (poet.); at hinum sama hætti, in the very same manner, Grág. i. 90; at vánum, as was to be expected, Nj. 255; at leyfi e-s, by one’s leave, Eg. 35; úlofi, Grág. ii. 215; at ósk, vilja e-s, as one likes…; at mun, id. (poet.); at sólu, happily (following the course of the sun), Bs. i. 70, 137; at því sem …, as to infer from …, Nj. 124: ‘fara, láta, ganga at’ denotes to yield, agree to, to comply with, give in, Ld. 168, Eg. 18, Fms. x. 368.
    VII. in phrases nearly or quite adverbial; gróa, vera græddr, at heilu, to be quite healed, Bárð. 167, Eb. 148; bíta at snöggu, to bite it bare, Fms. xi. 6; at þurru, till it becomes dry, Eb. 276; at endilöngu, all along, Fas. ii; vinnast at litlu, to avail little, 655 x. 14; at fullu, fully, Nj. 257, Hkr. i. 171; at vísu, of a surety, surely, Ld. 40; at frjálsu, freely, 308; at líku, at sömu, equally, all the same, Hom. 80, Nj. 267; at röngu, wrongly, 686 B. 2; at hófi, temperately, Lex. Poët.; at mun, at ráði, at marki, to a great extent; at hringum, utterly, all round, (rare), Fms. x. 389; at einu, yet, Orkn. 358; svá at einu, því at einu, allt at einu, yet, however, nevertheless.
    VIII. connected with comparatives of adverbs and adjectives, and strengthening the sense, as in Engl. ‘the,’ so much the more, all the more; ‘at’ heldr tveimr, at ek munda gjarna veita yðr öllum, where it may be translated by so much the more to two, as I would willingly grant it to all of you; hon grét at meir, she grat (wept) the more, Eg. 483; þykir oss at líkara, all the more likely, Fms. viii. 6; þess at harðari, all the harder, Sturl. iii. 202 C; svá at hinn sé bana at nær, Grág. ii. 117; at auðnara, at hólpnara, the more happy, Al. 19, Grett. 116 B; þess at meiri, Fms. v. 64; auvirðismaðr at meiri, Sturl. ii. 139; maðr at vaskari, id.; at feigri, any the more fey, Km. 22; maðr at verri, all the worse, Nj. 168; ok er ‘at’ firr…, at ek vil miklu heldr, cp. Lat. tantum abest… ut, Eg. 60.
    β. following after a negation; eigi at síðr, no less, Nj. 160, Ld. 146; eigi… at meiri maðr, any better, Eg. 425, 489; erat héra at borgnara, any the better off for that, Fms. vii. 116; eigi at minni, no less for that, Edda (pref.) 146; eigi at minna, Ld. 216, Fms. ix. 50; ekki at verri drengr, not a bit worse for that, Ld. 42; er mér ekki son minn at bættari, þótt…, 216; at eigi vissi at nær, any more, Fas. iii. 74.
    IX. following many words:
    1. verbs, esp. those denoting, a. to ask, enquire, attend, seek, e. g. spyrja at, to speer (ask) for; leita at, to seek for; gæta, geyma at, to pay attention to; huga, hyggja at; hence atspurn, to enquire, aðgæzla, athugi, attention, etc.
    β. verbs denoting laughter, play, joy, game, cp. the Engl. to play at …, to laugh at …; hlæja, brosa at e-u, to laugh, smile at it; leika (sér) at e-u, to play at; þykja gaman at, to enjoy; hæða, göra gys at …, to make sport at …
    γ. verbs denoting assistance, help; standa, veita, vinna, hjálpa at; hence atstoð, atvinna, atverk:—mode, proceeding; fara at, to proceed, hence atför and atferli:—compliance; láta, fara at e-u, v. above:— fault; e-t er at e-u, there is some fault in it, Fms. x. 418; skorta at e-u, to fall short of, xi. 98:—care, attendance; hjúkra at, hlýja at, v. these words:—gathering, collecting; draga, reiða, flytja, fá at, congerere:—engagement, arrival, etc.; sækja at, to attack; ganga at, vera at, to be about; koma at, ellipt. to arrive: göra at, to repair: lesta at, to impair (v. above); finna at, to criticise (mod.); telja at, id.: bera at, to happen; kveða at e-m, to address one, 625. 15, (kveða at (ellipt.) now means to pronounce, and of a child to utter (read) whole syllables); falla at, of the flood-tide (ellipt.): metaph. of pains or straits surrounding one; þreyngja, herða at, to press hard: of frost and cold, with regard to the seasons; frjósa at, kólna at, to get really cold (SI. 44), as it were from the cold stiffening all things: also of the seasons themselves; hausta, vetra að, when the season really sets in; esp. the cold seasons, ‘sumra at’ cannot be used, yet we may say ‘vára að’ when the spring sets in, and the air gets mild.
    δ. in numberless other cases which may partly be seen below.
    2. connected ellipt. with adverbs denoting motion from a place; norðan, austan, sunnan, vestan at, those from the north, east…; utan at, innan at, from the outside or inside.
    3. with adjectives (but rarely), e. g. kærr, elskr, virkr (affectionate), vandr (zealous), at e-m; v. these words.
    WITH ACC.
    TEMP.: Lat. post, after, upon, esp. freq. in poetry, but rare in prose writers, who use eptir; nema reisi niðr at nið (= maðr eptir mann), in succession, of erecting a monument, Hm. 71; in prose, at þat. posthac, deinde, Fms. x. 323, cp. Rm., where it occurs several times, 2, 6, 9, 14, 18, 24, 28, 30, 35; sonr á at taka arf at föður sinn, has to take the inheritance after his father, Grág. i. 170 new Ed.; eiga féránsdóm at e-n, Grág. i. 89; at Gamla fallinn, after the death of G., Fms. x. 382; in Edda (Gl.) 113 ought to be restored, grét ok at Oð, gulli Freyja, she grat (wept) tears of gold for her lost husband Od. It is doubtful if it is ever used in a purely loc. sense; at land, Grág. (Sb.)ii. 211, is probably corrupt; at hönd = á hönd, Grág. (Sb.) i. 135; at mót = at móti, v. this word.
    ☞ In compounds (v. below) at- or að- answers in turn to Lat. ad- or in- or con-; atdráttr e. g. denotes collecting; atkoma is adventus: it may also answer to Lat. ob-, in atburðr = accidence, but might also be compared with Lat. occurrere.
    2.
    and að, the mark of the infinitive [cp. Goth. du; A. S. and Engl. to; Germ. zu]. Except in the case of a few verbs ‘at’ is always placed immediately before the infinitive, so as to be almost an inseparable part of the verb.
    I. it is used either,
    1. as, a simple mark of the infinitive, only denoting an action and independent of the subject, e. g. at ganga, at hlaupa, at vita, to go, to run, to know; or,
    2. in an objective sense when following such verbs as bjóða segja…, to invite, command …; hann bauð þeim at ganga, at sitja, be bade, ordered them to go, sit, or the like; or as gefa and fá; gefa e-m at drekka, at eta, to give one to drink or to eat, etc. etc.
    β. with the additional notion of intention, esp. when following verba cogitandi; hann ætlaði, hafði í hyggju at fara, he had it in his mind to go (where ‘to go’ is the real object to ætlaði and hafði í hyggju).
    3. answering to the Gr. ινα, denoting intention, design, in order to; hann gékk í borg at kaupa silfr, in order to buy, Nj. 280; hann sendi riddara sína með þeim at varðveita þær, 623. 45: in order to make the phrase more plain, ‘svá’ and ‘til’ are frequently added, esp. in mod. writers, ‘svá at’ and contr. ‘svát’ (the last however is rare), ‘til at’ and ‘til þess at,’ etc.
    II. in the earlier times the infin., as in Greek and Lat., had no such mark; and some verbs remain that cannot be followed by ‘at;’ these verbs are almost the same in Icel. as in Engl.:
    α. the auxiliary verbs vil, mun ( μέλλω), skal; as in Engl. to is never used after the auxiliaries shall, will, must; ek vil ganga, I will go; ek mun fara, (as in North. E.) I mun go; ek skal göra þat, I shall do that, etc.
    β. the verbs kunna, mega, as in Engl. I can or may do, I dare say; svá hygginn at hann kunni fyrir sökum ráða, Grág. ii. 75; í öllu er prýða má góðan höfðingja, Nj. 90; vera má, it may be; vera kann þat, id.: kunnu, however, takes ‘at’ whenever it means to know, and esp. in common language in phrases such as, það kann að vera, but vera kann þat, v. above.
    γ. lata, biðja, as in Engl. to let, to bid; hann lét (bað) þá fara, he let (bade) them go.
    δ. þykkja, þykjast, to seem; hann þykir vera, he is thought to be: reflex., hann þykist vera, sibi videtur: impers., mér þykir vera, mibi videtur, in all cases without ‘at.’ So also freq. the verbs hugsa, hyggja, ætla, halda, to think, when denoting merely the act of thinking; but if there be any notion of intention or purpose, they assume the ‘at;’ thus hann ætlaði, hugði, þá vera góða menn, he thought them to be, acc. c. inf.; but ætlaði at fara, meant to go, etc.
    ε. the verbs denoting to see, bear; sjá, líta, horfa á … ( videre); heyra, audire, as in Engl. I saw them come, I heard him tell, ek sá þá koma, ek heyrði hann tala.
    ζ. sometimes after the verbs eiga and ganga; hann gékk steikja, be went to roast, Vkv. 9; eiga, esp. when a mere periphrasis instead of skal, móður sína á maðr fyrst fram færa (better at færa), Grág. i. 232; á þann kvið einskis meta, 59; but at meta, id. l. 24; ráða, nema, göra …, freq. in poetry, when they are used as simple auxiliary verbs, e. g. nam hann sér Högna hvetja at rúnum, Skv. 3. 43.
    η. hljóta and verða, when used in the sense of must (as in Engl. he must go), and when placed after the infin.of another verb; hér muntu vera hljóta, Nj. 129; but hljóta at vera: fara hlýtr þú, Fms. 1. 159; but þú hlýtr at fara: verða vita, ii. 146; but verða at vita: hann man verða sækja, þó verðr (= skal) maðr eptir mann lifa, Fms. viii. 19, Fas. ii. 552, are exceptional cases.
    θ. in poetry, verbs with the verbal neg. suffix ‘-at,’ freq. for the case of euphony, take no mark of the infinitive, where it would be indispensable with the simple verb, vide Lex. Poët. Exceptional cases; hvárt sem hann vill ‘at’ verja þá sök, eða, whatever he chooses, either, Grág. i. 64; fyrr viljum vér enga kórónu at bera, en nokkut ófrelsi á oss at taka, we would rather bear no crown than …, Fms. x. 12; the context is peculiar, and the ‘at’ purposely added. It may be left out ellipt.; e. g. þá er guð gefr oss finnast (= at finnast), Dipl. ii. 14; gef honum drekka (= at drekka), Pr. 470; but mostly in unclassical writers, in deeds, or the like, written nastily and in an abrupt style.
    3.
    and að, conj. [Goth. þatei = οτι; A. S. þät; Engl. that; Germ, dass; the Ormul. and Scot. at, see the quotations sub voce in Jamieson; in all South-Teutonic idioms with an initial dental: the Scandinavian idioms form an exception, having all dropped this consonant; Swed. åt, Dan. at]. In Icel. the Bible translation (of the 16th century) was chiefly based upon that of Luther; the hymns and the great bulk of theol. translations of that time were also derived from Germany; therefore the germanised form það frequently appears in the Bible, and was often employed by theol. authors in sermons since the time of the Reformation. Jón Vidalin, the greatest modern Icel. preacher, who died in 1720, in spite of his thoroughly classical style, abounds in the use of this form; but it never took root in the language, and has never passed into the spoken dialect. After a relative or demonstr. pronoun, it freq. in mod. writers assumes the form eð, hver eð, hverir eð, hvað eð, þar eð. Before the prep. þú (tu), þ changes into t, and is spelt in a single word attú, which is freq. in some MS.;—now, however, pronounced aððú, aððeir, aððið …, = að þú…, with the soft Engl. th sound. It gener. answers to Lat. ut, or to the relat. pron. qui.
    I. that, relative to svá, to denote proportion, degree, so…, that, Lat. tam, tantus, tot…, ut; svá mikill lagamaðr, at…, so great a lawyer, that…, Nj. 1; hárið svá mikit, at þat…, 2; svá kom um síðir því máli, at Sigvaldi, it came so far, that…, Fms. xi. 95, Edda 33. Rarely and unclass., ellipt. without svá; Bæringr var til seinn eptir honum, at hann … (= svá at), Bær. 15; hlífði honum, at hann sakaði ekki, Fas. iii. 441.
    II. it is used,
    1. with indic, in a narrative sense, answering partly to Gr. οτι, Lat. quod, ut, in such phrases as, it came to pass, happened that …; þat var einhverju sinni, at Höskuldr hafði vinaboð, Nj. 2; þat var á palmdrottinsdag, at Ólafr konungr gékk út um stræti, Fms. ii. 244.
    2. with subj. answering to Lat. acc. with infin., to mark the relation of an object to the chief verb, e. g. vilda ek at þú réðist, I wished that you would, Nj. 57.
    β. or in an oblique sentence, answering to ita ut…; ef svá kann verða at þeir láti…, if it may be so that they might…, Fms. xi. 94.
    γ. with a subj. denoting design, answering to ϊνα or Lat. ut with subj., in order that; at öll veraldar bygðin viti, ut sciat totus orbis, Stj.; þeir skáru fyrir þá melinn, at þeir dæi eigi af sulti, ut ne fame perirent, Nj. 265; fyrsti hlutr bókarinnar er Kristindómsbálkr, at menn skili, in order that men may understand, Gþl. p. viii.
    III. used in connection with conjunctions,
    1. esp. þó, því, svá; þó at freq. contr. þótt; svát is rare and obsolete.
    α. þóat, þótt (North. E. ‘thof’), followed by a subjunctive, though, although, Lat. etsi, quamquam (very freq.); þóat nokkurum mönnum sýnist þetta með freku sett… þá viljum vér, Fms. vi. 21: phrases as, gef þú mér þó at úverðugri, etsi indignae (dat.), Stj. MS. col. 315, are unclass., and influenced by the Latin: sometimes ellipt. without ‘þó,’ eigi mundi hón þá meir hvata göngu sinni, at (= þóat) hon hraeddist bana sinn, Edda 7, Nj. 64: ‘þó’ and ‘at’ separated, svarar hann þó rétt, at hann svari svá, Grág. i. 23; þó er rétt at nýta, at hann sé fyrr skorinn, answering to Engl. yetthough, Lat. attamenetsi, K. Þ. K.
    β. því at, because, Lat. nam, quia, with indic.; því at allir vóru gerfiligir synir hans, Ld. 68; því at af íþróttum verðr maðr fróðr, Sks. 16: separated, því þegi ek, at ek undrumst, Fms. iii. 201; því er þessa getið, at þat þótti, it i s mentioned because …, Ld. 68.
    γ. svá at, so that, Lat. ut, ita ut; grátrinn kom upp, svá at eingi mátti öðrum segja, Edda 37: separated, so … that, svá úsvúst at …, so bad weather, that, Bs. i. 339, etc.
    2. it is freq. used superfluously, esp. after relatives; hver at = hverr, quis; því at = því, igitur; hverr at þekkr ok þægiligr mun verða, Fms. v. 159; hvern stvrk at hann mundi fá, 44; ek undrumst hvé mikil ógnarraust at liggr í þér, iii. 201; því at ek mátti eigi þar vera elligar, því at þar var kristni vel haldin, Fas. i. 340.
    IV. as a relat. conj.:
    1. temp, when, Lat. quum; jafnan er ( est) mér þá verra er ( quum) ek fer á braut þaðan, en þá at ( quum) ek kem, Grett. 150 A; þar til at vér vitum, till we know, Fms. v. 52; þá at ek lýsta (= þá er), when, Nj. 233.
    2. since, because; ek færi yðr (hann), at þér eruð í einum hrepp allir, because of your being all of the same Rape, Grág. i. 260; eigi er kynlegt at ( though) Skarphéðinn sé hraustr, at þat er mælt at…, because (since) it is a saying that…, Nj. 64.
    V. in mod. writers it is also freq. superfluously joined to the conjunctions, ef að = ef, si, (Lv. 45 is from a paper MS.), meðan að = meðan, dum; nema að, nisi; fyrst að = fyrst, quoniam; eptir að, síðan að, postquam; hvárt að = hvárt, Lat. an. In the law we find passages such as, þá er um er dæmt eina sök, at þá eigu þeir aptr at ganga í dóminn, Grág. i. 79; ef þing ber á hina helgu viku, at þat á eigi fyrir þeim málum at standa, 106; þat er ok, at þeir skulu reifa mál manna, 64; at þeir skulu með váttorð þá sök sækja, 65: in all these cases ‘at’ is either superfluous or, which is more likely, of an ellipt. nature, ‘the law decrees’ or ‘it is decreed’ being understood. The passages Sks. 551, 552, 568, 718 B, at lokit (= at ek hefi lokit), at hugleitt (= at ek hefi h.), at sent (= at ek hefi sent) are quite exceptional.
    4.
    and að, an indecl. relat. pronoun [Ulf. þatei = ος, ος αν, οστις, οσπερ, οιος, etc.; Engl. that, Ormul. at], with the initial letter dropped, as in the conj. at, (cp. also the Old Engl. at, which is both a conj. and a pronoun, e. g. Barbour vi. 24 in Jamieson: ‘I drede that his gret wassalage, | And his travail may bring till end, | That at men quhilc full litil wend.’ | ‘His mestyr speryt quhat tithings a t he saw.’—Wyntoun v. 3. 89.) In Icel. ‘er’ (the relat. pronoun) and ‘at’ are used indifferently, so that where one MS. reads ‘er,’ another reads ‘at,’ and vice versâ; this may easily be seen by looking at the MSS.; yet as a rule ‘er’ is much more freq. used. In mod. writers ‘at’ is freq. turned into ‘eð,’ esp. as a superfluous particle after the relative pron. hverr (hver eð, hvað eð, hverir eð, etc.), or the demonstr. sá (sá eð, þeir eð, hinir eð, etc.):—who, which, that, enn bezta grip at ( which) hafði til Íslands komið, Ld. 202; en engi mun sá at ( cui) minnisamara mun vera, 242; sem blótnaut at ( quae) stærst verða, Fms. iii. 214; þau tiðendi, at mér þætti verri, Nj. 64, etc. etc.
    5.
    n. collision (poët.); odda at, crossing of spears, crash of spears, Höfuðl. 8.
    β. a fight or bait of wild animals, esp. of horses, v. hesta-at and etja.
    6.
    the negative verbal suffix, v. -a.

    Íslensk-ensk orðabók > AT

  • 88 estilo

    m.
    1 style.
    esta iglesia es de estilo gótico that church was built in the Gothic style
    al estilo de in the style of
    2 style.
    esa chica tiene mucho estilo that girl has a lot of style
    cada uno tiene un estilo de hacer las cosas we all have our own way of doing things
    estilo de vida lifestyle
    3 stroke.
    estilo libre freestyle
    4 tendency, style.
    pres.indicat.
    1st person singular (yo) present indicative of spanish verb: estilar.
    * * *
    1 (gen) style
    2 (modo) manner, fashion
    3 GRAMÁTICA speech
    4 (natación) stroke
    \
    al estilo de... in the style of...
    algo por el estilo something like that
    estilo de vida way of life
    estilo braza breaststroke
    estilo libre freestyle
    estilo mariposa butterfly
    * * *
    noun m.
    2) fashion, manner
    * * *
    SM
    1) (=manera) style

    por el estilo —

    algo por el estilosomething of the sort o kind, something along those lines

    estilo directo — (Ling) direct speech

    estilo indirecto — (Ling) indirect speech, reported speech

    2) (=elegancia) style
    3) (Natación) stroke
    4) (=punzón) [para escribir] stylus; [de reloj de sol] gnomon, needle
    5) (Bot) style
    * * *
    1)
    a) (Art) style
    b) (manera, tipo) style

    por el estilo: no es que me desagrade ni nada por el estilo it isn't that I don't like him or anything (like that); y otras cosas por el estilo and other things of that sort o kind; dijo eso o algo por el estilo he said that or words to that effect; son todos por el estilo — they are all the same

    c) ( calidad distintiva) style
    2) ( en natación) stroke, style
    3) (Bot) style
    4) ( punzón) stylus
    * * *
    = form, delivery, hand, idiom, writing style, style, panache.
    Ex. It is under the chosen form of heading that the catalogue entry for a particular document is filed and hence located.
    Ex. Just as delivery must be tuned to suit the kind of material chosen, so must the language used to tell a story.
    Ex. The Aldine greek was based on a much admired humanistic cursive hand which relied for its good looks on a multiplicity of alternative letters, ligatures, and contractions.
    Ex. Using a popular idiom, we might inquire, 'Is this the real McCoy'?.
    Ex. Above all the journal wishes to provide research and comment in a form that is easily and quickly understood: a fresh, rigorous, but unfussy, writing style is what is aimed for.
    Ex. The dialogue style is well-suited to occasional and novice users but can be slow.
    Ex. It is a richly documented, smoothly narrated, and lavishly illustrated study by a historian who knows his stuff and tells it with panache.
    ----
    * al estilo de = a la, along the lines, in the mould of.
    * al estilo de los índices de materia = subject-type.
    * al estilo de + Nombre = in a + Nombre + sort of way.
    * al estilo militar = military-style.
    * con estilo = stylish.
    * corrector de estilo = style checker, copy editor, subeditor.
    * del estilo de los directorios = directory-type.
    * error de estilo = stylistic error.
    * esquí estilo libre = freestyle skiing.
    * estilo abstracto = abstract style.
    * estilo ampuloso = turgid style, plethoric style.
    * estilo arquitectónico = architectural style.
    * estilo artístico = artistic style.
    * estilo barato = kitsch.
    * estilo bibliotecario = library chic.
    * estilo de aprendizaje = learning style.
    * estilo de gestión = managerial style, management style.
    * estilo de la casa = house style.
    * estilo de pelo = hairstyle.
    * estilo de resumir = abstracting style.
    * estilo de vida = lifestyle [life style/life-style], style of life, way of life.
    * estilo de vida alternativo = alternative life-style.
    * estilo directo = direct speech, direct discourse.
    * estilo esloveno = Slovenica.
    * estilo gótico = Gothic style.
    * estilo indirecto = indirect speech, indirect discourse.
    * estilo libre = freestyle.
    * estilo literario = literary style, writing style.
    * estilo periodístico = journalese.
    * estilo personal = individual style, persona [personae, -pl.].
    * estilo pobre = impoverished style.
    * estilo rústico = rustic style.
    * estilo telegráfico = telegraphese.
    * estilo tipográfico = typographical style.
    * estilo tradicional = traditional style.
    * freír al estilo chino = stir-fry.
    * frito al estilo chino = stir-fry.
    * guía de estilo = style guideline.
    * hoja de estilo = style sheet.
    * índices de títulos al estilo de los índices de materia = subject-type title indexes.
    * manual de estilo = style manual, style guideline.
    * Manual de Estilo de Chicago = Chicago Manual of Style.
    * Manual de Estilo de la MLA, el = MLA Style Manual, the.
    * sin estilo = dowdy [dowdier -comp., dowdiest -sup.].
    * * *
    1)
    a) (Art) style
    b) (manera, tipo) style

    por el estilo: no es que me desagrade ni nada por el estilo it isn't that I don't like him or anything (like that); y otras cosas por el estilo and other things of that sort o kind; dijo eso o algo por el estilo he said that or words to that effect; son todos por el estilo — they are all the same

    c) ( calidad distintiva) style
    2) ( en natación) stroke, style
    3) (Bot) style
    4) ( punzón) stylus
    * * *
    = form, delivery, hand, idiom, writing style, style, panache.

    Ex: It is under the chosen form of heading that the catalogue entry for a particular document is filed and hence located.

    Ex: Just as delivery must be tuned to suit the kind of material chosen, so must the language used to tell a story.
    Ex: The Aldine greek was based on a much admired humanistic cursive hand which relied for its good looks on a multiplicity of alternative letters, ligatures, and contractions.
    Ex: Using a popular idiom, we might inquire, 'Is this the real McCoy'?.
    Ex: Above all the journal wishes to provide research and comment in a form that is easily and quickly understood: a fresh, rigorous, but unfussy, writing style is what is aimed for.
    Ex: The dialogue style is well-suited to occasional and novice users but can be slow.
    Ex: It is a richly documented, smoothly narrated, and lavishly illustrated study by a historian who knows his stuff and tells it with panache.
    * al estilo de = a la, along the lines, in the mould of.
    * al estilo de los índices de materia = subject-type.
    * al estilo de + Nombre = in a + Nombre + sort of way.
    * al estilo militar = military-style.
    * con estilo = stylish.
    * corrector de estilo = style checker, copy editor, subeditor.
    * del estilo de los directorios = directory-type.
    * error de estilo = stylistic error.
    * esquí estilo libre = freestyle skiing.
    * estilo abstracto = abstract style.
    * estilo ampuloso = turgid style, plethoric style.
    * estilo arquitectónico = architectural style.
    * estilo artístico = artistic style.
    * estilo barato = kitsch.
    * estilo bibliotecario = library chic.
    * estilo de aprendizaje = learning style.
    * estilo de gestión = managerial style, management style.
    * estilo de la casa = house style.
    * estilo de pelo = hairstyle.
    * estilo de resumir = abstracting style.
    * estilo de vida = lifestyle [life style/life-style], style of life, way of life.
    * estilo de vida alternativo = alternative life-style.
    * estilo directo = direct speech, direct discourse.
    * estilo esloveno = Slovenica.
    * estilo gótico = Gothic style.
    * estilo indirecto = indirect speech, indirect discourse.
    * estilo libre = freestyle.
    * estilo literario = literary style, writing style.
    * estilo periodístico = journalese.
    * estilo personal = individual style, persona [personae, -pl.].
    * estilo pobre = impoverished style.
    * estilo rústico = rustic style.
    * estilo telegráfico = telegraphese.
    * estilo tipográfico = typographical style.
    * estilo tradicional = traditional style.
    * freír al estilo chino = stir-fry.
    * frito al estilo chino = stir-fry.
    * guía de estilo = style guideline.
    * hoja de estilo = style sheet.
    * índices de títulos al estilo de los índices de materia = subject-type title indexes.
    * manual de estilo = style manual, style guideline.
    * Manual de Estilo de Chicago = Chicago Manual of Style.
    * Manual de Estilo de la MLA, el = MLA Style Manual, the.
    * sin estilo = dowdy [dowdier -comp., dowdiest -sup.].

    * * *
    A
    1 ( Art) style
    estilo barroco baroque style
    muebles estilo Luis XVI Luis XVI furniture
    2 (manera, tipo) style
    ese estilo de abrigo that kind o type o style of overcoat
    enaguas al estilo de nuestras abuelas petticoats like our grandmothers used to wear
    está hecho al estilo de mi tierra it's done the way they do it back home
    por el estilo: no es que me desagrade ni nada por el estilo it isn't that I don't like him or anything (like that)
    creo que dijo eso o algo por el estilo I think he said that or words to that effect o something like it
    y sus amigos son todos por el estilo and all his friends are the same
    se viste con mucho estilo he dresses with great style o very stylishly
    Compuestos:
    way of life, lifestyle
    direct speech
    indirect o reported speech
    B (en natación) stroke, style
    los 200 metros estilos the 200 meter medley
    Compuestos:
    ( Esp) breaststroke
    freestyle
    estilo mariposa or ( Méx) de mariposa
    butterfly, butterfly stroke
    estilo pecho or ( Méx) de pecho
    breaststroke
    C ( Bot) style
    D
    1 (punzón) stylus
    * * *

     

    Del verbo estilar: ( conjugate estilar)

    estilo es:

    1ª persona singular (yo) presente indicativo

    estiló es:

    3ª persona singular (él/ella/usted) pretérito indicativo

    Multiple Entries:
    estilar    
    estilo
    estilar ( conjugate estilar) verbo intransitivo (Chi) ( gotear) to drip;
    ( escurrir) to drain
    estilarse verbo pronominal [moda/peinado] to be fashionable
    estilo sustantivo masculino


    estilo de vida way of life, lifestyle;
    ropa estilo deportivo casual wear;
    vestir con estilo to dress stylishly;
    al estilo de mi tierra the way they do it back home;
    por el estilo: son todos por el estilo they are all the same;
    algo por el estilo something like that


    estilo mariposa butterfly;
    estilo pecho or (Esp) braza breaststroke
    estilo sustantivo masculino
    1 Arte style
    estilo imperio, empire style
    2 (modo) manner, style: éste no es mi estilo de actuar, this isn't my way of doing things
    3 (elegancia) es una mujer con mucho estilo she's a very stylish woman
    4 Natación stroke
    estilo mariposa, butterfly (stroke)
    5 Ling estilo directo/indirecto, direct/indirect speech
    ♦ Locuciones: algo por el estilo, something like that
    ' estilo' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    A
    - academicismo
    - adusta
    - adusto
    - ancha
    - ancho
    - categoría
    - clase
    - corte
    - cresta
    - depurar
    - despersonalizada
    - despersonalizado
    - despreocupada
    - despreocupado
    - formalismo
    - grandilocuente
    - imprimir
    - indirecta
    - indirecto
    - informal
    - lindeza
    - llana
    - llano
    - mano
    - novedosa
    - novedoso
    - punzante
    - recrear
    - retorcida
    - retorcido
    - sabor
    - sentar
    - suelta
    - suelto
    - swing
    - trabajar
    - vanguardia
    - vanguardismo
    - a
    - académico
    - ágil
    - agilidad
    - armonizar
    - asequible
    - austero
    - barroco
    - castizo
    - clásico
    - crawl
    English:
    awaken
    - backstroke
    - bite
    - collarless
    - compact
    - conventional
    - dash
    - elaborate
    - exemplify
    - fashion
    - flair
    - florid
    - flowing
    - fluid
    - free-style
    - goulash
    - gracious
    - idiom
    - individual
    - kind
    - laboured
    - lifestyle
    - literary
    - mode
    - old-style
    - panache
    - polish
    - polished
    - precious
    - purple
    - reported
    - restrained
    - severe
    - severity
    - speech
    - stilted
    - style
    - stylish
    - suchlike
    - sugary
    - tame
    - to
    - tone
    - vein
    - back
    - brand
    - breast
    - butter
    - design
    - direct
    * * *
    estilo nm
    1. [artístico, literario] style;
    esta iglesia es de estilo gótico this church was built in the Gothic style;
    al estilo de in the style of;
    al estilo de Mozart in the style of Mozart
    estilo imperio Empire style
    2. [manera, carácter] style;
    cada uno tiene un estilo de hacer las cosas we all have our own way of doing things;
    este vestido no es de su estilo that dress isn't her style;
    mentiría, pero no es mi estilo I would tell a lie, but that's not my style o that's not me;
    el estilo de juego brasileño the Brazilian style of play;
    un estilo de hablar pausado a slow and deliberate way of speaking;
    un peinado estilo años veinte a twenties-style hairdo;
    al estilo de: se visten al estilo de los años sesenta they wear sixties-style clothes;
    al estilo de lo que se hacía antes en los pueblos in the way things used to be done in villages;
    por el estilo: dijo algo por el estilo she said something of the sort;
    se apellida Garcés o algo por el estilo his surname's Garcés or something like that;
    nos llevará tres horas o algo por el estilo it'll take us something like three hours;
    ser por el estilo to be similar;
    todos los bares son por el estilo all the bars are similar o like that
    estilo de vida lifestyle
    3. [clase, elegancia] style;
    esa chica tiene mucho estilo that girl has a lot of style
    4. [en natación] stroke;
    estilos medley;
    los 400 metros estilos the 400 metres medley
    estilo libre freestyle
    5. Gram estilo directo direct speech;
    estilo indirecto indirect speech
    6. Bot style
    7. [punzón] stylus, style
    8. [de reloj de sol] gnomon
    * * *
    m style;
    al estilo de in the style of;
    algo por el estilo something like that;
    son todos por el estilo they’re all the same
    * * *
    estilo nm
    1) : style
    2) : fashion, manner
    3) : stylus
    * * *

    Spanish-English dictionary > estilo

  • 89 seul

    seul, e [sœl]
    1. adjective
       a. (après le nom) [personne] ( = sans compagnie, non accompagné) alone attrib ; ( = isolé) lonely ; [objet, mot] alone attrib
    être/rester seul to be/remain alone
    seul avec qn/son chagrin alone with sb/one's grief
    il s'est battu, seul contre tous he fought single-handedly
       b. (avant le nom = unique) un seul homme/livre (et non plusieurs) one man/book ; (à l'exception de tout autre) only one man/book
    le seul homme/livre the only man/book
    un seul homme peut vous aider: Paul only one man can help you and that's Paul
    la seule chose, c'est que ça ferme à 6 heures the only thing is that it shuts at 6
    à eux seuls, ils ont bu dix bouteilles they drank ten bottles between them
    d'un seul coup ( = subitement) suddenly ; ( = en une seule fois) in one go
    à seule fin de... with the sole purpose of...
    dans la seule intention de... with the sole intention of...
    du seul fait que... by the very fact that...
    à la seule pensée de... at the mere thought of...
    se retrouver seul à seul avec qn to find o.s. alone with sb
    2. adverb
       a. ( = sans compagnie) parler/rire seul to talk/laugh to oneself
    vivre/travailler seul to live/work alone
       b. ( = sans aide) by oneself
    cette tasse ne s'est pas cassée toute seule ! this cup didn't break all by itself!
    3. masculine noun, feminine noun
    * * *
    seule sœl adjectif
    1) ( sans compagnie) alone, on one's own

    elle veut vous parler seul à seul or seule à seul(e) — she wants to speak to you alone ou in private

    2) ( sans aide) by oneself, on one's own

    ça va tout seul — ( c'est facile) it's really easy; ( c'est sans problèmes) things are running smoothly

    3) ( unique) only
    4) ( solitaire) lonely

    le seul, la seule — the only one

    * * *
    sœl seul, -e
    1. adj
    1) (sans compagnie) on one's own, alone

    Je suis seul. — I am on my own.

    Il est seul. — He is on his own.

    un homme seul (non marié) — a single man, (sans compagne) a man on his own, a man alone

    une femme seule (non mariée) — a single woman, (non accompagnée) a woman on her own, a woman alone

    2) (= esseulé) lonely
    3) (= unique)

    un seul... — only one..., a single...

    Vous avez droit à un seul livre. — You're entitled to one book only.

    Il reste une seule nectarine. — There's only one nectarine left.

    Il ne reste pas une seule pomme. — There isn't a single apple left.

    le seul... — the only...

    C'est le seul Agatha Christie que je n'aie pas lu. — That's the only Agatha Christie I haven't read.

    ce livre seul — this book alone, only this book

    le seul et unique... — the sole...

    à lui (tout) seul — single-handed, on his own

    d'un seul coup (= soudainement) — at one blow, (= à la fois) all at once

    2. adv
    1) [vivre, se promener, manger] alone, on one's own

    vivre seul — to live alone, to live on one's own

    faire qch (tout) seul — to do sth (all) by oneself, to do sth (all) on one's own

    Elle est venue seule. — She came by herself.

    2) (= seulement) only

    Seul ce livre peut résoudre votre problème. — Only this book can solve your problem.

    3. nm/f

    Il n'en reste pas une seule. — There isn't a single one left.

    le seul; la seule — the only one

    C'est la seule que je ne connaisse pas. — She's the only one I don't know.

    * * *
    seul, seule adj
    1 ( sans compagnie) alone, on one's own; toute seule all alone, all on her own; seul au monde alone in the world; vivre seul to live alone ou on one's own; elle n'aime pas rester seule she doesn't like being alone; elle est venue toute seule she came alone; elle m'a laissé seul she left me on my own; je les ai laissés tout seuls I left them all alone ou all on their own; une femme seule dans la rue a woman alone ou on her own in the street; c'est dangereux pour les femmes seules it's dangerous for women on their own; les femmes seules étaient regardées de travers single women used to be frowned upon; vous êtes seul dans la vie? are you single?; j'étais seul avec elle/contre tous/face à eux I was alone with her/against everyone else/in front of them; j'étais seul pour faire tout le travail I did all the work alone ou on my own; je préfère la rencontrer seule I'd rather meet her alone ou in private; elle veut vous parler seul à seul or seule à seul(e) she wants to speak to you alone ou in private; nous nous sommes retrouvés seul à seul we found ourselves alone together; parler/rire/chanter tout seul to talk/laugh/sing to oneself;
    2 ( sans aide) gén by oneself, on one's own; ( avec idée de victoire) single-handedly; je peux le faire/y aller seul I can do it/go there by myself ou on my own; elle l'a fait toute seule she did it all by herself ou all on her own; elle a remporté tous les prix/conclu le marché/mené la révolution à elle seule she single-handedly carried off all the prizes/pulled off the deal/led the revolution; le travail ne va pas se faire tout seul! the work won't get done all by itself!; (tout) seuls, les chiffres ne veulent pas dire grand-chose on their own, the figures don't mean very much; seul, je n'aurais jamais pu le faire I could never have done it alone ou by myself ou on my own; il a mangé un poulet à lui tout seul he ate a whole chicken all to himself; le papier se détache tout seul the paper comes off easily; ça va tout seul ( c'est facile) it's really easy, it's a piece of cake; ( c'est moins pénible) it's much easier; ( c'est sans problèmes) things are running smoothly;
    3 ( unique) only; le seul homme/avantage/problème the only man/advantage/problem; une seule femme/façon/chaise only one woman/way/chair; un seul d'entre eux/de tous les participants only one of them/out of all the participants; la seule et unique personne/raison/chaise the one and only person/reason/chair; ils étaient les seuls Français du groupe they were the only French people in the group; les seuls élèves à avoir compris the only pupils who understood; à la seule différence/condition que the only difference/condition being that; pas un seul client/arbre/magasin not a single customer/tree/shop GB ou store US; l'espion et l'ambassadeur sont une seule et même personne the spy and the ambassador are one and the same person; d'une seule pièce in one piece; pour cette seule raison for this reason alone; dans cette seule ville in this town alone; au cours de cette seule rencontre during this meeting alone; dans le seul but de faire with the sole aim of doing; à la seule idée/pensée de faire at the very idea/thought of doing; seul de son espèce unique; seul de sa catégorie the only one in his/her category; ils ont parlé d'une seule voix they were unanimous;
    4 ( solitaire) lonely; c'est un homme seul he's a lonely man; elle est très seule she's very lonely; se sentir seul to feel lonely;
    5 ( avec valeur adverbiale) only; seules les femmes peuvent comprendre ça only women can understand that; elle seule pourrait vous le dire only she could tell you; seul un miracle pourrait la sauver only a miracle could save her; l'offre est réservée à nos seuls employés the offer is open only to our employees;
    6 ( avec valeur nominale) le seul, la seule the only one; les seuls, les seules the only ones; j'étais (le) seul à manger I was the only one eating; j'étais (le) seul à en manger I was the only one who ate any; j'étais le seul à aimer le spectacle I was the only one enjoying the show; j'ai été le seul à avoir aimé le spectacle I was the only one who enjoyed the show; nous étions les seuls à critiquer/rire we were the only ones to criticize/laugh; les seuls à comprendre the only ones who understood; la seule qui n'a or n'ait pas compris the only one who didn't understand; les seuls que je connaisse/en qui je peux avoir confiance the only ones I know/I can trust; c'est le seul qui nous reste it's the only one (that) we've got left; c'est la seule qui puisse t'aider she's the only one who can help you; tu n'es pas la seule! you're not the only one!; tu n'es pas la seule à penser or croire que you're not alone in thinking that; ils sont les seuls à croire que they're alone in thinking that; j'étais le seul en cravate I was the only one wearing a tie; c'est l'œuvre d'un seul it's the work of one man; il n'y en a pas un seul qui se soit levé not a single person stood up; ⇒ malheur.
    ( féminin seule) [sɶl] adjectif
    1. [sans compagnie] alone, on one's own
    seul à seul [en privé] in private, privately
    laisse des pommes de terre, t'es pas tout seul! (familier) leave some potatoes, you're not the only one eating!
    2. [abandonné, esseulé] lonely, lonesome (US)
    3. [sans partenaire, non marié] alone, on one's own
    a. [non accompagné] a man on his own
    b. [célibataire] a single man, a bachelor
    les personnes seules ne toucheront pas l'allocation single ou unmarried people will not be eligible for the allowance
    pas un seul..., pas une seule... not one..., not a single...
    un seul et même..., une seule et même... one and the same...
    un seul et unique..., une seule et unique... only one (and one only)...
    5. [sans autre chose]
    seul Pierre a refusé only Pierre refused, Pierre was the only one to refuse
    7. (avant le nom) [simple] mere
    la seule évocation de la scène lui donnait des frissons the mere mention of ou merely talking about the scene gave him goose pimples
    ————————
    , seule [sɶl] nom masculin, nom féminin
    1. [personne] only one (person)
    je te crois mais je dois être la seule! I believe you, but thousands wouldn't!
    2. [animal, objet] only one

    Dictionnaire Français-Anglais > seul

  • 90 vite

    vite [vit]
    adverb
       a. [rouler, marcher] fast ; [progresser, avancer, travailler, se passer] quickly
    fais vite ! be quick about it!
    eh, pas si vite ! hey, hold on a minute!
    et plus vite que ça ! and get a move on! (inf)
    il faut que tu termines ça, vite fait you need to get that finished pretty damn quick (inf)
    on prend une bière, mais vite fait we'll have a beer, but just a quick one (inf)
    il l'a terminé vite fait, bien fait he finished it nice and quickly (inf)
    il l'a peint vite fait, bien fait he gave it a quick lick of paint
       b. ( = bientôt) soon
    il a eu vite fait de découvrir que... he soon discovered that...
    on a vite fait de dire que... it's easy to say that...
       c. ( = immédiatement) quick
    lève-toi vite ! get up quick!
    va vite voir ! quick, go and see!
    faites-moi ça, et vite ! hurry up and do it!
    vite ! un médecin quick, get a doctor!
    * * *
    vit
    1) ( rapidement) quickly

    aller vite, faire vite — to be quick

    ça ira vite — (opération, traitement) it'll soon be over; (procédure, réparation) it won't take long

    faire quelque chose vite fait — (colloq) to do something quickly

    on a pris un verre vite fait — (colloq) we had a quick drink

    c'est une affection bénigne, ça passera vite — it's only a minor trouble, it'll soon get better

    j'ai parlé trop vite — ( sans réfléchir) I spoke too hastily; ( sans tenir compte de tout) I spoke too soon

    * * *
    vit adv
    1) (= rapidement) quickly, fast

    Il roule trop vite. — He drives too fast.

    Prenons la voiture, ça ira plus vite. — Let's take the car, it'll be quicker.

    2) (= sans délai) quickly, quick

    viens vite — come quickly, come quick

    Vite, ils arrivent! — Quick, they're coming!

    3) (= dans peu de temps) soon

    Ce sera vite fini. — It'll soon be finished.

    Il va vite oublier. — He'll soon forget.

    Il a vite compris. — He soon understood.

    4)

    faire vite (= agir rapidement) — to act fast, (= se dépêcher) to be quick

    Je peux aller dire au revoir à Claire? - Oui, mais fais vite! — Can I go and say goodbye to Claire? - Yes, but be quick!

    * * *
    vite adv
    1 ( rapidement) quickly; vite et bien quickly and well; très/trop/un peu vite very/too/a bit quickly; au plus vite, le plus vite possible as quickly as possible; vite! quick!; aller vite to be quick; faire vite to be quick (de to); elle a eu vite fait de répondre she was quick to answer; ça ira vite [opération, traitement] it'll soon be over; [procédure, réparation] it won't take long; puis on est passé vite fait au sujet suivant then we quickly went on to the next subject; on a pris un verre/mangé vite fait we had a quick drink/snack; je range ma chambre vite fait bien fait et j'arrive I'll give my room a quick tidy and I'm coming; range ta chambre, et plus vite que ça! tidy up your room, and be quick about it!;
    2 ( peu après le début) soon; il a vite compris he soon understood; elle s'est vite fatiguée d'expliquer she soon got tired of explaining; elle se fatigue/s'ennuie vite she soon gets tired/bored; c'est une affection bénigne, ça passera vite it's only a minor trouble, it'll soon get better; ce travail devient vite ennuyeux/épuisant this work soon becomes boring/exhausting; ils se sont retrouvés vite fait derniers du classement they soon found themselves in last place;
    3 ( hâtivement) j'ai parlé trop vite ( sans réfléchir) I spoke too hastily; ( sans tenir compte de tout) I spoke too soon; c'est vite dit! that's easy to say!; c'est vite fait d'accuser le temps it's easy to blame the weather.
    [vit] adverbe
    1. [rapidement - courir, marcher] fast, quickly ; [ - se propager] rapidly, quickly
    roule moins vite slow down, don't drive so fast
    va plus vite speed up, go faster
    elle apprend/travaille vite she's a quick learner/worker
    on fait faire des travaux, mais ça ne va pas vite we're having some alterations done, but it's taking a long time ou it's a long job
    prenons un taxi, ça ira plus vite let's take a taxi, it'll be quicker
    ça a été vite réglé it was settled in no time at all, it was soon settled
    fais vite! hurry up!, be quick (about it)!
    a. it didn't take long!, that was quick work!
    vite fait, bien fait (familier) : on lui a repeint sa grille vite fait, bien fait we gave her gate a nice new coat of paint in no time
    je vais l'envoyer se faire voir vite fait, bien fait! (très familier) I'll send him packing once and for all!
    2. [à la hâte] quickly, in a hurry ou rush
    aller vite [dans ses conclusions] to be hasty
    ne conclus pas trop vite don't jump ou rush to conclusions
    il est assez efficaceil faut le dire vite! he's quite efficient — well, that's one way of putting it!
    3. [sans tarder] quickly, soon
    j'ai vite compris de quoi il s'agissait I soon realized what it was all about, it didn't take me long to realize what it was all about
    4. [facilement] quickly, easily
    méfie-toi, il a vite fait de s'énerver be careful, he loses his temper easily
    a. [être rapide] to be a quick worker
    b. [être trop pressé] to be over-hasty
    vous allez un peu vite en besogne, je ne vous accuse pas! don't jump to conclusions, I haven't accused you of anything!
    ————————
    [vit] adjectif
    [en langage journalistique - coureur] fast
    au plus vite locution adverbiale

    Dictionnaire Français-Anglais > vite

  • 91 ὡς

    ὡς (Hom.+; loanw. in rabb.) relative adv. of the relative pron. ὅς. It is used as
    a comparative particle, marking the manner in which someth. proceeds, as, like
    corresponding to οὕτως=‘so, in such a way’: σωθήσεται, οὕτως ὡς διὰ πυρός he will be saved, (but only) in such a way as (one, in an attempt to save oneself, must go) through fire (and therefore suffer fr. burns) 1 Cor 3:15. τὴν ἑαυτοῦ γυναῖκα οὕτως ἀγαπάτω ὡς ἑαυτόν Eph 5:33; cp. vs. 28. ἡμέρα κυρίου ὡς κλέπτης οὕτως ἔρχεται 1 Th 5:2. The word οὕτως can also be omitted ἀσφαλίσασθε ὡς οἴδατε make it as secure as you know how = as you can Mt 27:65. ὡς οὐκ οἶδεν αὐτός (in such a way) as he himself does not know = he himself does not know how, without his knowing (just) how Mk 4:27. ὡς ἀνῆκεν (in such a way) as is fitting Col 3:18. Cp. 4:4; Eph 6:20; Tit 1:5 (cp. Just., A I, 3, 1 ὡς πρέπον ἐστίν). ὡς πᾶσα γυνὴ γεννᾷ GJs 11:2; ὡς ἀπεκαλύφθη AcPlCor 1:8.
    special uses
    α. in ellipses (TestAbr A 12 p. 90, 22 [Stone p. 28] θρόνος … ἐξαστράπτων ὡς πῦρ; TestJob 20:3 χρήσασθαι … ὡς ἐβούλετο; JosAs 12:7 πρὸς σὲ κατέφυγον ὡς παιδίον ἐπὶ τὸν πατέρα) ἐλάλουν ὡς νήπιος I used to speak as a child (is accustomed to speak) 1 Cor 13:11a; cp. bc; Mk 10:15; Eph 6:6a; Phil 2:22; Col 3:22. ὡς τέκνα φωτὸς περιπατεῖτε walk as (is appropriate for) children of light Eph 5:8; cp. 6:6b. ὡς ἐν ἡμέρᾳ as (it is one’s duty to walk) in the daylight Ro 13:13. The Israelites went through the Red Sea ὡς διὰ ξηρᾶς γῆς as (one travels) over dry land Hb 11:29. οὐ λέγει ὡς ἐπὶ πολλῶν ἀλλʼ ὡς ἐφʼ ἑνός he speaks not as one would of a plurality (s. ἐπί 8), but as of a single thing Gal 3:16.—Ro 15:15; 1 Pt 5:3. Also referring back to οὕτως (GrBar 6:16 ὡς γὰρ τὰ δίστομα οὕτως καὶ ὁ ἀλέκτωρ μηνύει τοῖς ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ like articulate beings the rooster informs earth’s inhabitants) οὕτως τρέχω ὡς οὐκ ἀδήλως I run as (a person) with a fixed goal 1 Cor 9:26a. Cp. ibid. b; Js 2:12.
    β. ὡς and the words that go w. it can be the subj. or obj., of a clause: γενηθήτω σοι ὡς θέλεις let it be done (= it will be done) for you as you wish Mt 15:28. Cp. 8:13; Lk 14:22 v.l. (for ὅ; cp. ὡς τὸ θέλημά σου OdeSol 11:21). The predicate belonging to such a subj. is to be supplied in οὐχ ὡς ἐγὼ θέλω (γενηθήτω) Mt 26:39a.—ἐποίησεν ὡς προσέταξεν αὐτῷ ὁ ἄγγελος he did as (= that which) the angel commanded him (to do) Mt 1:24; cp. 26:19 (on the structure s. RPesch, BZ 10, ’66, 220–45; 11, ’67, 79–95; cp. the formula Job 42:9 and the contrasting negation Ex 1:17; s. also Ex 3:21f); 28:15.—Practically equivalent to ὅ, which is a v.l. for it Mk 14:72 (JBirdsall, NovT 2, ’58, 272–75; cp. Lk 14:22 above).
    γ. ἕκαστος ὡς each one as or according to what Ro 12:3; 1 Cor 3:5; 7:17ab; Rv 22:12. ὡς ἦν δυνατὸς ἕκαστος each person interpreted them as best each could Papias (2:16).
    δ. in indirect questions (X., Cyr. 1, 5, 11 ἀπαίδευτοι ὡς χρὴ συμμάχοις χρῆσθαι) ἐξηγοῦντο ὡς ἐγνώσθη αὐτοῖς ἐν τῇ κλάσει τοῦ ἄρτου they told how he had made himself known to them when they broke bread together Lk 24:35. Cp. Mk 12:26 v.l. (for πῶς); Lk 8:47; 23:55; Ac 10:38; 20:20; Ro 11:2; 2 Cor 7:15.
    a conjunction marking a point of comparison, as. This ‘as’ can have a ‘so’ expressly corresponding to it or not, as the case may be; further, both sides of the comparison can be expressed in complete clauses, or one or even both may be abbreviated.
    ὡς is correlative w. οὕτως=so. οὕτως … ὡς (so, in such a way) … as: οὐδέποτε ἐλάλησεν οὕτως ἄνθρωπος ὡς οὗτος λαλεῖ ὁ ἄνθρωπος J 7:46. ὡς … οὕτως Ac 8:32 (Is 53:7); 23:11; Ro 5:15 (ὡς τὸ παράπτωμα, οὕτως καὶ τὸ χάρισμα, both halves to be completed), 18. ὡς κοινωνοί ἐστε τῶν παθημάτων, οὕτως καὶ τῆς παρακλήσεως as you are comrades in suffering, so (shall you be) in comfort as well 2 Cor 1:7. Cp. 7:14; 11:3 v.l.—ὡς … καί as … so (Plut., Mor. 39e; Ath. 15, 2) Mt 6:10; Ac 7:51; 2 Cor 13:2; Gal 1:9; Phil 1:20.
    The clause beginning w. ὡς can easily be understood and supplied in many cases; when this occurs, the noun upon which the comparison depends can often stand alone, and in these cases ὡς acts as a particle denoting comparison. οἱ δίκαιοι ἐκλάμψουσιν ὡς ὁ ἥλιος the righteous will shine out as the sun (shines) Mt 13:43. ὡς ἐπὶ λῃστὴν ἐξήλθατε συλλαβεῖν με as (one goes out) against a robber, (so) you have gone out to arrest me 26:55 (Mel., P. 79, 574 ὡς ἐπὶ φόνιον λῄστην). γίνεσθε φρόνιμοι ὡς οἱ ὄφεις be (as) wise as serpents (are) 10:16b. Cp. Lk 12:27; 21:35; 22:31; J 15:6; 2 Ti 2:17; 1 Pt 5:8.
    Semitic infl. is felt in the manner in which ὡς, combined w. a subst., takes the place of a subst. or an adj.
    α. a substantive
    א. as subj. (cp. Da 7:13 ὡς υἱὸς ἀνθρώπου ἤρχετο; cp. 10:16, 18) ἐνώπιον τοῦ θρόνου (ἦν) ὡς θάλασσα ὑαλίνη before the throne there was something like a sea of glass Rv 4:6. Cp. 8:8; 9:7a. ἀφʼ ἑνὸς ἐγενήθησαν ὡς ἡ ἄμμος from one man they have come into being as the sand, i.e. countless descendants Hb 11:12.
    ב. as obj. (JosAs 17:6 εἶδεν Ἀσενὲθ ὡς ἅρμα πυρός) ᾂδουσιν ὡς ᾠδὴν καινήν they were singing, as it were, a new song Rv 14:3. ἤκουσα ὡς φωνήν I heard what sounded like a shout 19:1, 6abc; cp. 6:1.
    β. as adjective, pred. (mostly εἶναι, γίνεσθαι ὡς; the latter also in rendering of ךְּ to express the basic reality of something: GDelling, Jüd. Lehre u. Frömmigkeit ’67, p. 58, on ParJer 9:7) ἐὰν μὴ γένησθε ὡς τὰ παιδία if you do not become child-like Mt 18:3. ὡς ἄγγελοί εἰσιν they are similar to angels 22:30. πᾶσα σὰρξ ὡς χόρτος 1 Pt 1:24. Cp. Mk 6:34; 12:25; Lk 22:26ab; Ro 9:27 (Is 10:22); 29a (Is 1:9a); 1 Cor 4:13; 7:7f, 29–31; 9:20f; 2 Pt 3:8ab (Ps 89:4); Rv 6:12ab al. (cp. GrBar 14:1 ἐγένετο φωνὴ ὡς βροντή). Sim. also ποίησόν με ὡς ἕνα τῶν μισθίων σου treat me like one of your day laborers Lk 15:19.—The adj. or adjectival expr. for which this form stands may be used as an attribute πίστιν ὡς κόκκον σινάπεως faith like a mustard seed=faith no greater than a tiny mustard seed Mt 17:20; Lk 17:6. προφήτης ὡς εἷς τῶν προφητῶν Mk 6:15. Cp. Ac 3:22; 7:37 (both Dt 18:15); 10:11; 11:5. ἐγένετο ὡς εἷς τῶν φευγόντων AcPl Ha 5, 18. ἀρνίον ὡς ἐσφαγμένον a lamb that appeared to have been slaughtered Rv 5:6.—In expressions like τρίχας ὡς τρίχας γυναικῶν 9:8a the second τρίχας can be omitted as self-evident (Ps 54:7 v.l.): ἡ φωνὴ ὡς σάλπιγγος 4:1; cp. 1:10; 9:8b; 13:2a; 14:2c; 16:3.
    other noteworthy uses
    α. ὡς as can introduce an example ὡς καὶ Ἠλίας ἐποίησεν Lk 9:54 v.l.; cp. 1 Pt 3:6; or, in the combination ὡς γέγραπται, a scripture quotation Mk 1:2 v.l.; 7:6; Lk 3:4; Ac 13:33; cp. Ro 9:25; or even an authoritative human opinion Ac 17:28; 22:5; 25:10; or any other decisive reason Mt 5:48; 6:12 (ὡς καί).
    β. ὡς introduces short clauses: ὡς εἰώθει as his custom was Mk 10:1. Cp. Hs 5, 1, 2. ὡς λογίζομαι as I think 1 Pt 5:12. ὡς ἐνομίζετο as was supposed Lk 3:23 (Diog. L. 3, 2 ὡς Ἀθήνησιν ἦν λόγος [about Plato’s origin]; TestAbr A 5 p. 82, 32 [Stone p. 12] ὡς ἐμοὶ δοκεῖ; Just., A I, 6, 2 ὡς ἐδιδάχθημεν). ὡς ἦν as he was Mk 4:36. ὡς ἔφην Papias (2:15) (ApcMos 42; cp. Just., A I, 21, 6 ὡς προέφημεν).
    γ. The expr. οὕτως ἐστὶν ἡ βασιλεία τοῦ θεοῦ ὡς ἄνθρωπος βάλῃ τὸν σπόρον Mk 4:26 may well exhibit colloquial syntax; but some think that ἄν (so one v.l. [=ἐάν, which is read by many mss.]) once stood before ἄνθρωπος and was lost inadvertently. S. the comm., e.g. EKlostermann, Hdb. z. NT4 ’50 ad loc.; s. also Jülicher, Gleichn. 539; B-D-F §380, 4; Mlt. 185 w. notes; Rdm.2 154; Rob. 928; 968.
    marker introducing the perspective from which a pers., thing, or activity is viewed or understood as to character, function, or role, as
    w. focus on quality, circumstance, or role
    α. as (JosAs 26:7 ἔγνω … Λευὶς … ταῦτα πάντα ὡς προφήτης; Just., A I, 7, 4 ἵνα ὡς ἄδικος κολάζηται) τί ἔτι κἀγὼ ὡς ἁμαρτωλὸς κρίνομαι; why am I still being condemned as a sinner? Ro 3:7. ὡς σοφὸς ἀρχιτέκτων 1 Cor 3:10. ὡς ἀρτιγέννητα βρέφη as newborn children (in reference to desire for maternal milk) 1 Pt 2:2. μή τις ὑμῶν πασχέτω ὡς φονεύς 4:15a; cp. b, 16.—1:14; 1 Cor 7:25; 2 Cor 6:4; Eph 5:1; Col 3:12; 1 Th 2:4, 7a.—In the oblique cases, genitive (ApcSed 16:2 ὡς νέου αὐτοῦ ἐπαράβλεπον τὰ πταίσματα αὐτοῦ; Just., A I, 14, 4 ὑμέτερον ἔστω ὡς δυνατῶν βασιλέων): τιμίῳ αἵματι ὡς ἀμνοῦ ἀμώμου Χριστοῦ with the precious blood of Christ, as of a lamb without blemish 1 Pt 1:19. δόξαν ὡς μονογενοῦς παρὰ πατρός glory as of an only-begotten son, coming from the Father J 1:14. Cp. Hb 12:27. Dative (Ath. 14, 2 θύουσιν ὡς θεοῖς; 28, 3 πιστεύειν ὡς μυθοποιῷ; Stephan. Byz. s.v. Κυνόσαργες: Ἡρακλεῖ ὡς θεῷ θύων): λαλῆσαι ὑμῖν ὡς πνευματικοῖς 1 Cor 3:1a; cp. bc; 10:15; 2 Cor 6:13; Hb 12:5; 1 Pt 2:13f; 3:7ab; 2 Pt 1:19. Accusative (JosAs 22:8 ἠγάπα αὐτὸν ὡς ἄνδρα προφήτην; Just., A I, 4, 4 τὸ ὄνομα ὡς ἔλεγχον λαμβάνετε; Tat. 27, 1 ὡς ἀθεωτάτους ἡμᾶς ἐκκηρύσσετε; Ath. 16, 4 οὐ προσκυνῶ αὐτὰ ὡς θεοὺς): οὐχ ὡς θεὸν ἐδόξασαν Ro 1:21; 1 Cor 4:14; 8:7; Tit 1:7; Phlm 16; Hb 6:19; 11:9. παρακαλῶ ὡς παροίκους καὶ παρεπιδήμους 1 Pt 2:11 (from the perspective of their conversion experience the recipients of the letter are compared to temporary residents and disenfranchised foreigners, cp. the imagery 1 Pt 1:19 above and s. παρεπίδημος and πάροικος 2).—This is prob. also the place for ὸ̔ ἐὰν ποιῆτε, ἐργάζεσθε ὡς τῷ κυρίῳ whatever you have to do, do it as work for the Lord Col 3:23. Cp. Eph 5:22. εἴ τις λαλεῖ ὡς λόγια θεοῦ if anyone preaches, (let the pers. do so) as if (engaged in proclaiming the) words of God 1 Pt 4:11a; cp. ibid. b; 2 Cor 2:17bc; Eph 6:5, 7.
    β. ὡς w. ptc. gives the reason for an action as one who, because (X., Cyr. 7, 5, 13 κατεγέλων τῆς πολιορκίας ὡς ἔχοντες τὰ ἐπιτήδεια; Appian, Liby. 56 §244 μέμφεσθαι τοῖς θεοῖς ὡς ἐπιβουλεύουσι=as being hostile; Polyaenus 2, 1, 1; 3, 10, 3 ὡς ἔχων=just as if he had; TestAbr B 8 p. 112, 17 [Stone p. 72] ὡς αὐτῷ ὄντι φίλῳ μου (do it for) him [Abraham] as a friend of mine; TestJob 17:5 καθʼ ἡμῶν ὡς τυραννούντων against us as though we were tyrants; ApcMos 23 ὡς νομίζοντες on the assumption that (we would not be discovered); Jos., Ant. 1, 251; Ath. 16, 1 ὁ δὲ κόσμος οὐχ ὡς δεομένου τοῦ θεοῦ γέγονεν; SIG 1168, 35); Paul says: I appealed to the Emperor οὐχ ὡς τοῦ ἔθνους μου ἔχων τι κατηγορεῖν not that I had any charge to bring against my (own) people Ac 28:19 (PCairZen 44, 23 [257 B.C.] οὐχ ὡς μενῶν=not as if it were my purpose to remain there). ὡς foll. by the gen. abs. ὡς τὰ πάντα ἡμῖν τῆς θείας δυνάμεως αὐτοῦ δεδωρημένης because his divine power has granted us everything 2 Pt 1:3. Cp. Dg. 5:16.—Only in isolated instances does ὡς show causal force when used w. a finite verb for, seeing that (PLeid 16, 1, 20; Lucian, Dial. Mort. 17, 2, end, Vit. Auct. 25; Aesop, Fab. 109 P.=148 H.; 111 H-H.: ὡς εὐθέως ἐξελεύσομαι=because; Tetrast. Iamb. 1, 6, 3; Nicetas Eugen. 6, 131 H. Cp. Herodas 10, 3: ὡς=because [with the copula ‘is’ to be supplied]) Mt 6:12 (ὡς καί as Mk 7:37 v.l.; TestDan 3:1 v.l.; the parallel Lk 11:4 has γάρ). AcPlCor 1:6 ὡς οὖν ὁ κύριος ἠλέησεν ἡμᾶς inasmuch as the Lord has shown us mercy (by permitting us). So, more oft., καθώς (q.v. 3).
    γ. ὡς before the predicate acc. or nom. w. certain verbs functions pleonastically and further contributes to the aspect of perspective ὡς προφήτην ἔχουσιν τὸν Ἰωάννην Mt 21:26. Cp. Lk 16:1. λογίζεσθαί τινα ὡς foll. by acc. look upon someone as 1 Cor 4:1; 2 Cor 10:2 (for this pass. s. also c below). Cp. 2 Th 3:15ab; Phil 2:7; Js 2:9.
    w. focus on a conclusion existing only in someone’s imagination or based solely on someone’s assertion (PsSol 8:30; Jos., Bell. 3, 346; Just., A I, 27, 5; Mel., P. 58, 422) προσηνέγκατέ μοι τὸν ἄνθρωπον τοῦτον ὡς ἀποστρέφοντα τὸν λαόν, καὶ ἰδοὺ … you have brought this fellow before me as one who (as you claim) is misleading the people, and nowLk 23:14. τί καυχᾶσαι ὡς μὴ λαβών; why do you boast, as though you (as you think) had not received? 1 Cor 4:7. Cp. Ac 3:12; 23:15, 20; 27:30. ὡς μὴ ἐρχομένου μου as though I were not coming (acc. to their mistaken idea) 1 Cor 4:18. ὡς μελλούσης τῆς πόλεως αἴρεσθαι assuming that the city was being destroyed AcPl Ha 5, 16.
    w. focus on what is objectively false or erroneous ἐπιστολὴ ὡς διʼ ἡμῶν a letter (falsely) alleged to be from us 2 Th 2:2a (Diod S 33, 5, 5 ἔπεμψαν ὡς παρὰ τῶν πρεσβευτῶν ἐπιστολήν they sent a letter which purported to come from the emissaries; Diog. L. 10:3 falsified ἐπιστολαὶ ὡς Ἐπικούρου; Just., A, II, 5, 5 ὡς ἀπʼ αὐτοῦ σπορᾷ γενομένους υἱούς). τοὺς λογιζομένους ἡμᾶς ὡς κατὰ σάρκα περιπατοῦντας 2 Cor 10:2 (s. also aγ above). Cp. 11:17; 13:7. Israel wishes to become righteous οὐκ ἐκ πίστεως ἀλλʼ ὡς ἐξ ἔργων not through faith but through deeds (the latter way being objectively wrong) Ro 9:32 (Rdm.2 26f). ὡς ἐκ παραδόσεως ἀγράφου εἰς αὐτὸν ἥκοντα (other matters he recounts) as having reached him through unwritten tradition (Eus. about Papias) Papias (2:11).
    conj., marker of result in connection with indication of purpose=ὥστε so that (Trag., Hdt.+, though nearly always w. the inf.; so also POxy 1040, 11; PFlor 370, 10; Wsd 5:12; TestJob 39:7; ApcMos 38; Jos., Ant. 12, 229; Just., A I, 56, 2; Tat. 12, 2. W. the indic. X., Cyr. 5, 4, 11 οὕτω μοι ἐβοήθησας ὡς σέσῳσμαι; Philostrat., Vi. Apoll. 8, 7 p. 324, 25f; Jos., Bell. 3, 343; Ath. 15, 3; 22, 2) Hb 3:11; 4:3 (both Ps 94:11). ὡς αὐτὸν καθόλου τὸ φῶς μὴ βλέπειν Papias (3:2) (s. φῶς 1a). ὡς πάντας ἄχθεσθαι (s. ἄχθομαι) AcPl Ha 4, 14. ὡς πάντας … ἀγαλλιᾶσθαι 6, 31 al.
    marker of discourse content, that, the fact that after verbs of knowing, saying (even introducing direct discourse: Maximus Tyr. 5:4f), hearing, etc.=ὅτι that (X., An. 1, 3, 5; Menand., Sam. 590 S. [245 Kö.]; Aeneas Tact. 402; 1342; PTebt 10, 6 [119 B.C.]; 1 Km 13:11; EpArist; Philo, Op. M. 9; Jos., Ant. 7, 39; 9, 162; 15, 249 al.; Just., A I, 60, 2; Tat. 39, 2; 41, 1; Ath. 30, 4.—ORiemann, RevPhilol n.s. 6, 1882, 73–75; HKallenberg, RhM n.s. 68, 1913, 465–76; B-D-F §396) ἀναγινώσκειν Mk 12:26 v.l. (for πῶς); Lk 6:4 (w. πῶς as v.l.). μνησθῆναι Lk 24:6 (D ὅσα); cp. 22:61 (=Lat. quomodo, as in ms. c of the Old Itala; cp. Plautus, Poen. 3, 1, 54–56). ἐπίστασθαι (Jos., Ant. 7, 372) Ac 10:28; 20:18b v.l. (for πῶς). εἰδέναι (MAI 37, 1912, 183 [= Kl. T. 110, 81, 10] ἴστε ὡς [131/132 A.D.]) 1 Th 2:11a. μάρτυς ὡς Ro 1:9; Phil 1:8; 1 Th 2:10.—ὡς ὅτι s. ὅτι 5b.
    w. numerals, a degree that approximates a point on a scale of extent, about, approximately, nearly (Hdt., Thu. et al.; PAmh 72, 12; PTebt 381, 4 [VSchuman, ClW 28, ’34/35, 95f: pap]; Jos., Ant. 6, 95; Ruth 1:4; 1 Km 14:2; TestJob 31:2; JosAs 1:6) ὡς δισχίλιοι Mk 5:13. Cp. 8:9; Lk 1:56; 8:42; J 1:39; 4:6; 6:10, 19; 19:14, 39; 21:8; Ac 4:4; 5:7, 36; 13:18, 20; 27:37 v.l. (Hemer, Acts 149 n. 140); Rv 8:1.
    a relatively high point on a scale involving exclamation, how! (X., Cyr. 1, 3, 2 ὦ μῆτερ, ὡς καλός μοι ὁ πάππος! Himerius, Or. 54 [=Or. 15], 1 ὡς ἡδύ μοι τὸ θέατρον=how pleasant … ! Ps 8:2; 72:1; TestJob 7:12) ὡς ὡραῖοι οἱ πόδες τῶν εὐαγγελιζομένων ἀγαθά Ro 10:15 (cp. Is 52:7). Cp. 11:33. ὡς μεγάλη μοι ἡ σήμερον ἡμέρα GJs 19:2.
    temporal conjunction (B-D-F §455, 2; 3; Harnack, SBBerlAk 1908, 392).
    w. the aor. when, after (Hom., Hdt. et al.; Diod S 14, 80, 1; pap [POxy 1489, 4 al.]; LXX; TestAbr B 3 p. 107, 6 [Stone p. 62]; JosAs 3:2; ParJer 3:1; ApcMos 22; Jos., Bell. 1, 445b; Just., D. 2, 4; 3, 1) ὡς ἐπλήσθησαν αἱ ἡμέραι Lk 1:23. ὡς ἐγεύσατο ὁ ἀρχιτρίκλινος J 2:9.—Lk 1:41, 44; 2:15, 39; 4:25; 5:4; 7:12; 15:25; 19:5; 22:66; 23:26; J 4:1, 40; 6:12, 16; 7:10; 11:6, 20, 29, 32f; 18:6; 19:33; 21:9; Ac 5:24; 10:7, 25; 13:29; 14:5; 16:10, 15; 17:13; 18:5; 19:21; 21:1, 12; 22:25; 27:1, 27; 28:4. AcPl Ha 3, 20.
    w. pres. or impf. while, when, as long as (Menand., Fgm. 538, 2 K. ὡς ὁδοιπορεῖς; Cyrill. Scyth. [VI A.D.] ed. ESchwartz ’39 p. 143, 1; 207, 22 ὡς ἔτι εἰμί=as long as I live) ὡς ὑπάγεις μετὰ τοῦ ἀντιδίκου σου while you are going with your opponent Lk 12:58. ὡς ἐλάλει ἡμῖν, ὡς διήνοιγεν ἡμῖν τὰς γραφάς while he was talking, while he was opening the scriptures to us 24:32.—J 2:23; 8:7; 12:35f ( as long as; cp. ἕως 2a); Ac 1:10; 7:23; 9:23; 10:17; 13:25; 19:9; 21:27; 25:14; Gal 6:10 ( as long as); 2 Cl 8:1; 9:7; IRo 2:2; ISm 9:1 (all four as long as).—ὡς w. impf., and in the next clause the aor. ind. w. the same subject (Diod S 15, 45, 4 ὡς ἐθεώρουν …, συνεστήσαντο ‘when [or ‘as soon as’] they noticed …, they put together [a fleet]’; SIG 1169, 58 ὡς ἐνεκάθευδε, εἶδε ‘while he was sleeping [or ‘when he went to sleep’] [in the temple] he saw [a dream or vision]’) Mt 28:9 v.l.; J 20:11; Ac 8:36; 16:4; 22:11. Since (Soph., Oed. R. 115; Thu. 4, 90, 3) ὡς τοῦτο γέγονεν Mk 9:21.
    ὡς ἄν or ὡς ἐάν w. subjunctive of the time of an event in the future when, as soon as.
    α. ὡς ἄν (Hyperid. 2, 43, 4; Herodas 5, 50; Lucian, Cronosolon 11; PHib 59, 1 [c. 245 B.C.] ὡς ἂν λάβῃς; UPZ 71, 18 [152 B.C.]; PTebt 26, 2. Cp. Witkowski 87; Gen 12:12; Josh 2:14; Is 8:21; Da 3:15 Theod.; Ath. 31, 3 [ἐάν Schwartz]) Ro 15:24; 1 Cor 11:34; Phil 2:23.
    β. ὡς ἐάν (PFay 111, 16 [95/96 A.D.] ὡς ἐὰν βλέπῃς) 1 Cl 12:5f; Hv 3, 8, 9; 3, 13, 2.
    w. the superlative ὡς τάχιστα (a bookish usage; s. B-D-F §244, 1; Rob. 669) as quickly as possible Ac 17:15 (s. ταχέως 1c).
    a final particle, expressing intention/purpose, with a view to, in order to
    w. subjunctive (Hom.+; TestAbr A 4 p. 80, 33 [Stone p. 8]; SibOr 3, 130; Synes., Hymni 3, 44 [NTerzaghi ’39]) ὡς τελειώσω in order that I might finish Ac 20:24 v.l. (s. Mlt. 249).
    w. inf. (X.; Arrian [very oft.: ABoehner, De Arriani dicendi genere, diss. Erlangen 1885 p. 56]; PGen 28, 12 [II A.D.]; ZPE 8, ’71, 177: letter of M. Ant. 57, cp. 44–46; 3 Macc 1:2; Joseph.; cp. the use of the opt. Just., D. 2, 3) Lk 9:52. ὡς τελειῶσαι Ac 20:24. ὡς ἔπος εἰπεῖν Hb 7:9 (s. ἔπος).
    used w. prepositions to indicate the direction intended (Soph., Thu., X. [Kühner-G. I 472 note 1]; Polyb. 1, 29, 1; LRadermacher, Philol 60, 1901, 495f) πορεύεσθαι ὡς ἐπὶ τὴν θάλασσαν Ac 17:14 v.l.—WStählin, Symbolon, ’58, 99–104. S. also ὡσάν, ὡσαύτως, ὡσεί 2, ὥσπερ b, ὡσπερεί, ὥστε 2b. DELG. M-M.

    Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > ὡς

  • 92 Hand

    f; -, Hände
    1. hand; feuchte Hände haben have wet hands; auf / mit der flachen Hand in / with the palm of one’s hand; in der hohlen Hand in the hollow of one’s hand; mit ruhiger / sicherer Hand with a steady / sure hand; keine Hand frei haben not have a hand free; Hände hoch ( oder ich schieße)! hands up (or I’ll shoot)!; Hände weg! hands off!; an der / jemandes Hand gehen walk holding hands / holding s.o.’s hand; sie hatte ihr Kind an der Hand she was holding her child’s hand, she had her child by the hand; jemanden an die oder bei der Hand nehmen take s.o.’s hand; auf Händen und Füßen kriechen on all fours, on one’s hands and knees; aus der Hand legen oder geben put aside; jemandem aus der Hand lesen read s.o.’s hand; bei der Hand oder zur Hand at hand, handy; durch ( Heben der) Hand abstimmen by a show of hands; in Händen halten geh. hold in one’s hands; Hand in Hand gehen walk hand in hand; in die oder zur Hand nehmen pick s.th. up; mit Händen und Füßen reden gesticulate, talk with one’s hands; sich mit Händen und Füßen wehren umg. auch fig. fight tooth and nail; mit der Hand machen etc.: by hand; mit der oder von Hand gemacht / gemalt etc. handmade / handpainted etc.; zu Händen auf Brief: c / o (= care of); amtlich: att., Attention; zur linken / rechten oder linker / rechter Hand on the left-hand / right-hand side; Hand anlegen (an + Akk) take s.th. in hand; ( mit) Hand anlegen lend a hand; Hand an sich (Akk) legen euph. commit suicide; letzte Hand an etw. (Akk) legen add the finishing touches to; jemandem die Hand auflegen segnend: lay one’s hand on s.o.; jemandem die Hand geben oder reichen oder schütteln shake hands with s.o.; ( gib mir die) Hand drauf! (let’s) shake on it!; es war so dunkel, dass man die Hand nicht vor den Augen sehen konnte it was so dark you couldn’t see your hand in front of your face
    2. fig. Wendungen, mit Adj.: die öffentliche Hand the authorities, the state; jemandes rechte Hand s.o.’s right-hand man ( oder woman); die Tote Hand JUR. mortmain; aus bester Hand on good authority; aus erster Hand first-hand; ich hab’s aus erster Hand I got it straight from the horse’s mouth; aus privater Hand privately; aus zweiter Hand kaufen etc.: second-hand; Erlebnis, erleben: vicarious(ly); eine feste Hand brauchen need a firm hand; sie ist in festen Händen umg. she’s accounted for, she’s booked; jemandem freie Hand lassen give s.o. a free hand; in guten Händen sein be in good hands; eine glückliche oder geschickte Hand haben have the right touch ( mit for); sie hat eine ( glückliche) Hand mit she knows how to handle; mit Menschen, Pflanzen etc.: she has a way with; besser als in die hohle Hand geschissen vulg. better than a poke in the eye (with a burnt [Am. sharp] stick), better than nothing; alle oder beide Hände voll zu tun haben umg. generell: have a lot on one’s plate; mit jemandem/etw.: have one’s hands full with s.o./s.th.; mit beiden Händen zugreifen jump at the chance; von langer Hand long beforehand; mit leeren Händen dastehen / weggehen be left / go away empty-handed; jemandem etw. zu treuen Händen geben geh. give s.th. to s.o. for safekeeping; ( aber) zu treuen Händen! geh. hum. (but) I want it etc. back!; mit vollen Händen liberally; sein Geld mit vollen Händen ausgeben throw one’s money about (Am. around); hinter vorgehaltener Hand sprechen etc.: off the record; link... 1
    3. fig. Wendungen, mit Präp.: jemandem etw. an die Hand geben (Argumente, Informationen etc.) hand s.o. s.th., pass s.th. on to s.o., make s.th. available to s.o.; an der Hand haben umg. know of, know where to find, be able to get hold of; (Person) auch have contacts with s.o.; ( bar) auf die Hand cash in hand; es liegt ( klar) auf der Hand it’s (so) obvious; jemanden auf Händen tragen wait on s.o. hand and foot; Hand aufs Herz! (ich lüge nicht) cross my heart; (sei ehrlich) be honest; jemandem aus der Hand fressen umg. eat out of s.o.’s hand; aus der Hand geben part with; (Posten etc.) auch give up; er gibt oder lässt es nicht aus der Hand auch he won’t let go of it, he won’t let anyone else have it ( oder take it from him); mit Kritik ist er immer schnell bei der Hand umg. he’s always very quick to criticize; durch jemandes Hände gehen go through s.o.’s hands; schon durch viele Hände gegangen sein have been through several hands; Hand in Hand arbeiten work together, cooperate (closely); das geht Hand in Hand mit... it goes hand in hand with..., it goes together with...; jemandem in die Hände arbeiten play into s.o.’s hands; in die Hände bekommen (etw., jemanden) get one’s hands on; jemandem in die Hände fallen fall into s.o.’s hands; jemanden in der Hand haben have s.o. in one’s grip; etw. gegen jemanden in der Hand haben have s.th. on s.o.; sich in der Hand haben have everything under control, have a firm grip on o.s.; wir haben die Lage in der Hand we’ve got the situation under control; du hast es in der Hand oder es liegt in deiner Hand it’s up to you; in jemandes Hand sein Person: be in s.o.’s hands, be up to s.o.; das Restaurant ist in griechischer Hand the restaurant is run by a Greek landlord; unser Hotel war fest in italienischer Hand the vast majority of guests in our hotel were Italians; in die Hände spucken umg., fig. roll up one’s sleeves; jemandem etw. in die Hand versprechen promise s.o. s.th. ( oder s.th. to s.o.); seine Hand ins Feuer legen für put one’s hand into the fire for; die Hände in den Schoß legen (nicht arbeiten) take it easy; (sich untätig verhalten) sit on one’s hands; seine Hand oder Hände im Spiel haben have a hand in it; etw. in die Hand nehmen Aufgabe etc.: take charge of s.th.; die Sache in die Hand nehmen take the initiative; jemandem (etw.) in die Hände spielen play (s.th.) into s.o.’s hands; es ist mit Händen zu greifen it sticks out a mile ( oder like a sore thumb) umg.; seine Hand ( schützend) über jemanden halten take s.o. under one’s wing, shield ( oder protect) s.o.; die Hände über dem Kopf zusammenschlagen umg. throw up one’s hands in horror; um jemandes Hand anhalten oder bitten ask for s.o.’s hand; unter der Hand (nicht offiziell) unofficially; (privat) kaufen etc.: privately; (heimlich, illegal) under the counter; (nebenbei) on the side; jemandem unter den Händen zerrinnen Geld etc.: go through s.o.’s fingers like water; die Arbeit geht ihm flott von der Hand he’s a fast worker; von der Hand in den Mund leben live from hand to mouth; von der Hand weisen (verwerfen, abtun) dismiss; (leugnen) deny; es ist nicht von der Hand zu weisen it can’t be denied, there’s no denying ( oder getting away from) it; von jemandes Hand sterben etc. geh. die by s.o.’s hand; von Hand zu Hand gehen go ( oder be passed) from hand to hand; jemandem zur oder an die Hand gehen lend s.o. a hand; sie hat immer eine Antwort zur Hand auch she’s always got an answer pat (Am. ready), she’s never at a loss for words; anhand, wegsterben
    4. fig. sonstige Wendungen: Hand und Fuß haben Plan etc.: make sense, hold water; was er macht, hat Hand und Fuß he doesn’t do things in ( oder by) half measures; ich würde mir für ihn die Hand abhacken lassen umg. I’d cut off my right arm for him; die Hand aufhalten oder hinhalten umg., meist pej. hold out one’s hand; einander die Hand geben Ereignisse etc.: follow hard on each other’s heels, happen in close succession; die Ereignisse gaben einander die Hand auch one thing led to another; jemandem die Hand ( fürs Leben) reichen marry s.o.; jemandem die Hand zur Versöhnung reichen offer s.o. one’s hand as a sign of reconciliation; die beiden können einander die Hand reichen they’re two of a kind; im negativen Sinne: auch they’re as bad as each other, one’s as bad as the other; (sie sind in der gleichen Lage) they’re in the same boat; von seiner Hände Arbeit leben live by the work of one’s hands; sich (Dat) die Hände reiben vor heimlicher Freude: rub one’s hands; eine Hand wäscht die andere Sprichwort you scratch my back and I’ll scratch yours, one hand washes the other altm.; ich wasche meine Hände in Unschuld geh. I wash my hands in innocence; ausrutschen, gebunden II 2, küssen
    5. (Schrift) hand
    6. Kartenspiel: hand; eine gute / schlechte Hand a good / bad (od. poor) hand; auf der Hand in one’s hand; aus der Hand spielen nicht vom Tisch, Dummy: play from one’s hand; ( aus der) Hand spielen Skat: play from one’s hand (without picking up the discard)
    7. Fußball: ( das war) Hand! handball!
    f; -, - oder Hände; Maßangabe: zwei Hand breit etwa a foot wide; eine Hand voll konkret: a handful; (wenige) a handful
    * * *
    die Hand
    hand
    * * *
    Hạnd
    * * *
    (the part of the body at the end of the arm.) hand
    * * *
    <-, Hände>
    [hant, pl ˈhɛndə]
    f
    1. ANAT hand
    mit seiner Hände Arbeit (geh) with one's own hands
    jdm die \Hand auflegen to lay one's hands on sb
    man kann die \Hand nicht vor den Augen sehen one can't see one's hand in front of one's face
    aus der \Hand zeichnen freehand; essen with one's fingers
    jdm aus der \Hand fressen Tier to eat out of sb's hand
    jdm rutscht die \Hand aus (fam) sb hits out in anger
    jdm die \Hand bieten [o reichen] (geh) to give sb one's hand, to extend one's hand to sb
    mit der bloßen \Hand, mit bloßen Händen with one's bare hands
    jdm die \Hand drücken/schütteln to press/shake sb's hand
    jdm etw in die \Hand drücken to slip sth into sb's hand
    die \Hand zur Faust ballen to clench one's fist
    mit der flachen \Hand with the flat [or palm] of one's hand
    keine \Hand frei haben to have both hands full
    jdm/sich die \Hand geben [o (geh) reichen] to shake sb's hand
    sie reichten sich zur Begrüßung/Versöhnung die Hand [o Hände] they greeted each other/made peace by shaking hands
    sich dat auf etw akk die \Hand geben to shake hands on sth
    etw in der Hand [o in [den] Händen] halten [o haben] to have sth [in one's hands]
    Hände hoch [oder ich schieße]! hands up [or I'll shoot]!
    eine hohle \Hand machen to cup one's hands
    aus der hohlen \Hand from one's cupped hands
    \Hand in \Hand hand in hand
    in die Hände klatschen to clap [one's hands]; (Beifall) to applaud
    jdm die \Hand küssen to kiss sb's hand
    küss die \Hand! ÖSTERR (o veraltet) your servant old; (guten Tag) how do you do? form; (auf Wiedersehen) good day
    etw aus der \Hand legen to put down sth sep
    jdm aus der \Hand lesen to read sb's palm [or hand]
    jdm die Zukunft aus der \Hand lesen to tell sb's future [by reading sb's palm [or hand]]
    linker/rechter \Hand on the left/right
    zur linken/rechten \Hand on the left-hand/right-hand side
    mit der \Hand by hand
    jdn an die \Hand nehmen to take sb by the hand [or sb's hand]
    jdm etw aus der \Hand/den Händen nehmen to take sth from [or off] sb, to take sth out of sb's hand/hands
    sie nahm ihrem Kind das Messer aus der \Hand she took the knife away from her child
    jdn bei der \Hand nehmen [o fassen] to take hold of sb's hand
    etw in die [o zur] \Hand nehmen to pick up sth sep
    sich dat die Hände reiben to rub one's hands [together]
    eine ruhige [o sichere] \Hand a steady hand; (fig) a sure hand
    mit sanfter \Hand with a gentle hand
    jdm etw aus der \Hand schlagen to knock sth out of sb's hand
    die Hände in die Seiten stemmen to put one's hands on one's hips
    Klavierstück für vier Hände [o zu vier Händen] piano piece for four hands
    zu vier Händen spielen to play a [piano] duet
    von \Hand by hand; bedienen a. manually
    von \Hand genäht/geschrieben hand-sewn/handwritten
    Hände weg! (fam) hands [or fam mitts] off!
    2.
    <-, - o Hände>
    ein paar \Hand [o Hände] voll Kirschen a few handfuls of cherries
    eine \Hand voll Häuser (fig) a handful of houses
    eine \Hand/zwei \Hand [o Hände] breit six inches/a foot wide
    eine \Hand breit Wein im Fass six inches of wine in the barrel
    ein zwei \Hand [o Hände] breiter Riss a foot-wide crack, a crack a foot wide
    3. pl (Besitz)
    Hände hands
    der Besitz gelang in fremde Hände the property passed into foreign hands
    in jds Hände übergehen to pass into sb's hands
    4. POL
    die öffentliche \Hand, die öffentlichen Hände (der Staat) the government, central government; (die Gemeinde) local government
    durch die öffentliche \Hand finanziert financed by the public sector
    5. JUR
    die Tote \Hand mortmain spec
    etw an die Tote \Hand veräußern to amortize sth hist
    6. kein pl FBALL handball
    der Schiedsrichter erkannte auf \Hand the referee blew for handball
    \Hand machen to handle the ball
    7. (sl: Boxen) punch
    8. kein pl (veraltend: Handschrift) hand
    9. ÖSTERR (fam: Arm) arm
    10.
    die \Hand für jdn/etw abhacken [o abschlagen] lassen (fam) to stake one's life on sb/sth
    die [o seine] \Hand von jdm abziehen (geh) to stop protecting sb
    an \Hand einer S. gen with the aid of sth
    die \Hand in anderer [o fremder] Leute Tasche haben to live in other people's pockets
    um jds \Hand anhalten [o bitten] (veraltend geh) to request [or ask for] sb's hand in marriage dated
    [bei etw dat] [selbst] [mit] \Hand anlegen to lend a hand [with sth]
    jdm/etw in die \Hand [o Hände] arbeiten to play into sb's hands/the hands of sth
    [mit jdm] \Hand in \Hand arbeiten to work hand in hand [with sb]; (geheim) to work hand in glove [with sb]
    [bar] auf die [flache] \Hand (fam) cash in hand
    100 Euro auf die \Hand [bekommen/gezahlt] €100 [paid] in cash
    aus der \Hand offhand
    aus der \Hand weiß ich nicht genau I don't know exactly offhand
    jd kann etw an beiden Händen abzählen [o abfingern] (fam) sb can do sth with one hand [tied] behind their back
    jdn/etw in die \Hand [o Hände] bekommen [o (fam) kriegen] to get one's hands on sb/sth; (zufällig) to come across sb/sth
    besser als in die hohle Hand gespuckt (fam) [o (derb) geschissen] better than a slap in the face with a wet fish hum
    bei jdm in besten Händen sein to be in safe hands with sb
    bei ihr sind Sie damit in besten Händen you're in safe hands with her as far as that is concerned
    jdn um jds \Hand bitten (veraltend geh) to ask sb for sb's hand in marriage dated
    seine Hände mit Blut befleckt haben (geh) to have blood on one's hands
    \Hand drauf! (fam) promise!, swear!
    aus erster/zweiter \Hand first-hand/second-hand; (vom ersten/zweiten Eigentümer) with one previous owner/two previous owners
    Informationen aus zweiter \Hand second-hand information
    etw aus erster \Hand wissen to have first-hand knowledge of sth
    jdm in die Hände fallen to fall into sb's hands
    jdm in die \Hand [o Hände] fallen [o kommen]:
    schaut mal, was mir zufällig in die Hände gefallen ist! look what I came across by chance!
    in festen Händen sein (fam) to be spoken for
    für jdn/etw seine [o die] \Hand ins Feuer legen to vouch for sb/sth
    fleißige Hände (fleißige Arbeiter) hard workers; (Bereitwillige) willing hands
    freie \Hand haben to have a free hand
    jdm freie \Hand lassen to give sb a free hand
    bei der Regelung dieser Angelegenheit lassen wir Ihnen freie \Hand we give you free rein in settling this matter
    von fremder \Hand from a stranger
    die Unterschrift stammt von fremder \Hand this is a stranger's signature
    jdm aus der \Hand fressen (fam) to eat out of sb's hand
    \Hand und Fuß haben to be well thought out
    weder \Hand noch Fuß haben to have no rhyme or reason, to make no sense
    dieser Plan hat weder \Hand noch Fuß there's no rhyme or reason to this plan
    mit Händen und Füßen (hum: gestikulierend) with gestures; (fam: heftig) tooth and nail
    etw mit Händen und Füßen erklären to use gestures to explain sth
    jdm etw an die \Hand geben to provide sb with sth, to make sth available to sb
    jdm auf etw akk die \Hand geben to promise sb sth [faithfully]
    jdm die \Hand darauf geben, dass... to promise sb [faithfully] that...
    etw aus der \Hand geben (weggeben) to let sth out of one's hands; (leihen) to lend sth; (verzichten) to relinquish sth
    jdn/etw in jds \Hand geben (geh) to place sb/sth in sb's hands
    jdm sind die Hände [und Füße] gebunden, jds Hände sind gebunden sb's hands are tied
    jdm [bei etw dat] an die \Hand gehen to give [or lend] sb a hand [with sth]
    durch jds Hände [o \Hand] gehen to pass through sb's hands
    [mit etw dat] \Hand in \Hand gehen to go hand in hand [with sth]
    jdm geht etw gut [o leicht] [o (fam) flott] von der \Hand sb finds sth easy
    am Computer gehen einem viele Textarbeiten leicht von der \Hand working with texts is easy on a computer
    von \Hand zu \Hand gehen to pass from hand to hand
    jdm zur \Hand gehen to lend sb a [helping] hand
    bei/in etw dat eine glückliche \Hand haben [o beweisen] [o zeigen] (richtig handeln) to know the right thing to do with sth; (Gewinn erzielen) to have the Midas touch with sth; (Geschick aufweisen) to have a [natural] flair for sth
    mit Händen zu greifen sein to be as plain as a pikestaff [or fam the nose on your face]
    eine grüne \Hand haben to have green fingers BRIT fam
    jdn [für etw akk] an der \Hand haben (fam) to have sb on hand [for sth]
    für Autoreparaturen habe ich jemand an der \Hand I've got someone on hand who can fix cars
    etw bei der \Hand haben to have sth handy [or to hand]; (parat) to have sth ready
    etw in der \Hand haben to have sth in one's hands
    ich habe diese Entscheidung nicht in der \Hand this decision is not in [or is out of] my hands
    etw gegen jdn in der \Hand haben to have sth on sb
    jdn [fest] in der \Hand haben to have sb [well] in hand
    sich akk in der \Hand haben to have oneself under control [or fam a grip on oneself]
    etw unter den Händen haben to be working on sth
    die [o seine] \Hand auf etw dat halten (fam) to keep a tight rein on sth
    die \Hand auf der Tasche halten (fam: kontrollieren) to hold the purse strings; (geizen) to be tight-fisted fam
    die [o seine [schützende]] \Hand über jdn halten (geh) to protect sb
    \Hand aufs Herz! (versprochen!) cross my/your heart [and hope to die], [give me your/I give you my] word of honour BRIT [or AM honor]; (ehrlich!) honest/be honest!
    die [hohle] [o seine] \Hand hinhalten [o aufhalten] (fam) to hold out one's hand [for money]
    nicht in die hohle \Hand! (fam) nothing at all
    in jds Händen sein to be in sb's hands
    [bei jdm] in guten/richtigen/sicheren Händen sein to be in good/the right/safe hands [with sb]
    klebrige Hände haben (fam) to have sticky fingers fam
    die Hände überm Kopf zusammenschlagen (fam) to throw one's hands up in amazement/horror
    von langer \Hand well in advance
    jdm die \Hand [zum Bund] fürs Leben reichen (geh) to marry sb
    mit leeren Händen empty-handed
    \Hand an jdn legen (geh: angreifen) to assault sb; (töten) to take sb's life
    \Hand an sich akk legen (geh) to take one's own life
    die [o seine] \Hand auf etw akk legen (geh) to lay [one's] hands on sth
    etw in jds \Hand [o Hände] legen (geh) to entrust sb with sth
    mit leichter \Hand effortlessly, with ease
    leitende [o lenkende] \Hand guiding hand
    [die] letzte \Hand an etw akk legen to put the finishing touches to sth
    [klar] auf der \Hand liegen (fam) to be [perfectly] obvious
    in jds \Hand liegen [o stehen] (geh) to be in sb's hands
    mit der linken Hand (fam) easily, [as] easy as pie fam
    eine lockere [o lose] \Hand haben (fam) to let fly [or lash out] at the slightest provocation
    eine milde [o offene] \Hand haben to give generously, to be open-handed
    von der \Hand in den Mund leben to live from hand to mouth
    jdm etw aus der \Hand nehmen to relieve sb of sth
    etw in die \Hand nehmen (sich darum kümmern) to attend to [or take care of] sth; (übernehmen) to take sth in hand [oneself]
    etw allein [o selbst] in die [eigene] \Hand nehmen to take sth into one's own hands
    aus [o von] privater \Hand privately, from a private individual
    „aus privater \Hand abzugeben“ “private sale”
    jds rechte \Hand sein to be sb's right-hand man
    dann können wir uns dat die \Hand reichen! shake!, snap! fam
    sich dat [o (geh) einander] die Hände reichen können to be tarred with the same brush
    keine \Hand rühren (fam) to not lift a finger
    jdm die Hände schmieren [o versilbern] (fam) to grease sb's palm fam
    schmutzige Hände haben (geh) to be involved in dubious practices
    mit etw dat schnell [o flink] [o gleich] bei der \Hand sein (fam) to be quick to do sth
    die Hände in den Schoß legen [o in die Taschen stecken] to sit back and do nothing
    in jds \Hand sein to be in sb's hands
    dieses Geschäft ist in türkischer \Hand this business is owned by Turks
    [bei etw dat] die Hand [o seine Hand] [o seine Hände] [mit] im Spiel haben to have a hand in sth; Eifersucht, Motiv to have a part to play in sth
    überall seine Hand [o Hände] im Spiel haben to have a [or one's] finger in every pie
    jdm etw in die \Hand [o Hände] spielen to pass sth on to sb
    in die Hände spucken (fam) to roll up one's sleeves sep
    mit starker [o fester] \Hand with a firm hand; (strenger) with an iron hand
    jdn auf Händen tragen to fulfil [or AM fulfill] sb's every wish
    etw zu treuen Händen nehmen (usu hum geh) to take sth into one's care
    jdm etw zu treuen Händen übergeben (usu hum geh) to give sth to sb for safekeeping, to entrust sth to sb
    seine Hände in Unschuld waschen (geh) to wash one's hands of it/sb/sth
    unter der \Hand secretly, on the quiet fam
    etw unter der \Hand erfahren to hear sth through the grapevine
    etw unter der \Hand kaufen/verkaufen to buy/sell sth under the counter [or table]
    jdm etw in die \Hand versprechen to promise sb sth [faithfully]
    alle [o beide] Hände voll zu tun haben (fam) to have one's hands full
    mit vollen Händen (verschwenderisch) excessively; (großzügig) generously
    das [o sein] Geld mit vollen Händen ausgeben to spend one's money left, right and centre [or AM center] [or fam hand over fist]
    von jds \Hand (geh) at sb's hand
    hinter vorgehaltener \Hand in confidence, off the record
    eine \Hand wäscht die andere (prov) you scratch my back [and] I'll scratch yours prov
    jdm unter der \Hand [o den Händen] wegsterben (fam) to die while under sb's care
    etw von der \Hand weisen to deny sth
    etw lässt sich akk nicht von der \Hand weisen, etw ist nicht von der \Hand zu weisen sth cannot be denied
    es lässt sich nicht von der \Hand weisen there's no denying it
    es ist nicht von der \Hand zu weisen, dass... there's no denying that...
    jdm unter den Händen zerrinnen [o schmelzen] to slip through sb's fingers
    zu Händen [von] Herrn Weissner For the attention of Mr Weissner, Attn: Mr Weissner
    jdm zuckt es in der \Hand [o den Händen] sb's itching to hit sb fam
    etw zur \Hand haben to have sth handy [or to hand]
    zur \Hand sein to be at hand
    mit etw dat zur \Hand sein to be ready with sth
    zwei linke Hände haben (fam) to have two left hands fam, BRIT fam also to be all fingers and thumbs
    * * *
    die; Hand, Hände
    1) hand

    mit der rechten/linken Hand — with one's right/left hand

    jemandem die Hand geben od. (geh.) reichen — shake somebody's hand; shake somebody by the hand

    jemandem die Hand drücken/schütteln — press/shake somebody's hand

    jemanden an die od. (geh.) bei der Hand nehmen — take somebody by the hand

    jemandem etwas aus der Hand nehmen — take something out of somebody's hand/hands

    etwas in die/zur Hand nehmen — pick something up

    etwas in der Hand/den Händen haben od. (geh.) halten — have got or hold something in one's hand/hands

    etwas mit der Hand schreiben/nähen — write/sew something by hand

    Hand in Hand gehengo or walk hand-in-hand

    2) o. Pl. (Fußball) handball

    was hältst du davon - Hand aufs Herz! — what do you think? - be honest

    Hand und Fuß/weder Hand noch Fuß haben(ugs.) make sense/no sense

    [bei etwas selbst mit] Hand anlegen — lend a hand [with something]; die od

    seine Hand aufhalten(ugs.) hold out one's hand

    letzte Hand an etwas (Akk.) legen — put the finishing touches pl. to something

    sich (Dat.) od. (geh.) alle od. beide Hände damit voll haben, etwas zu tun(ugs.) have one's hands full doing something

    bei etwas die od. seine Hände [mit] im Spiel haben — have a hand in something

    die Hände über dem Kopf zusammenschlagen — (ugs.) throw up one's hands in horror

    zwei linke Hände haben(ugs.) have two left hands (coll.)

    eine lockere od. lose Hand haben — (ugs.) hit out at the slightest provocation

    linker/rechter Hand — on or to the left/right

    [klar] auf der Hand liegen — (ugs.) be obvious

    jemanden auf Händen tragenlavish every kind of care and attention on somebody

    ein Auto/Möbel aus erster Hand — a car/furniture which has/had had one [previous] owner

    etwas aus erster Hand wissenknow something at first hand; have first-hand knowledge of something

    etwas aus der Hand geben (weggeben) let something out of one's hands; (aufgeben) give something up

    etwas bei der Hand haben(greifbar haben) have something handy; (parat haben) have something ready

    mit etwas schnell od. rasch bei der Hand sein — (ugs.) be ready [with something]

    in die Hände spucken — spit on one's hands; (fig. ugs.) roll up one's sleeves (fig.)

    jemanden/etwas in die Hand od. Hände bekommenlay or get one's hands on somebody/get one's hands on something

    jemanden in der Hand habenhave or hold somebody in the palm of one's hand

    in jemandes Hand (Dat.) sein od. (geh.) liegen — be in somebody's hands

    in sicheren od. guten Händen sein — be in safe or good hands

    sich mit Händen und Füßen gegen etwas sträuben od. wehren — (ugs.) fight tooth and nail against something

    um jemandes Hand anhalten od. bitten — (geh. veralt.) ask for somebody's hand [in marriage]

    unter der Hand(fig.) on the quiet

    das geht ihm gut/leicht von der Hand — he finds that no trouble

    etwas von langer Hand vorbereitenplan something well in advance

    die Nachteile/seine Argumente sind nicht von der Hand zu weisen — the disadvantages cannot be denied/his arguments cannot [simply] be dismissed

    zu Händen [von] Herrn Müllerfor the attention of Herr Müller; attention Herr Müller; s. auch öffentlich 1.

    4)

    an Hands. anhand

    * * *
    Hand1 f; -, Hände
    1. hand;
    feuchte Hände haben have wet hands;
    auf/mit der flachen Hand in/with the palm of one’s hand;
    in der hohlen Hand in the hollow of one’s hand;
    mit ruhiger/sicherer Hand with a steady/sure hand;
    keine Hand frei haben not have a hand free;
    Hände hoch (oder ich schieße)! hands up (or I’ll shoot)!;
    Hände weg! hands off!;
    an der/jemandes Hand gehen walk holding hands/holding sb’s hand;
    sie hatte ihr Kind an der Hand she was holding her child’s hand, she had her child by the hand;
    bei der Hand nehmen take sb’s hand;
    auf Händen und Füßen kriechen on all fours, on one’s hands and knees;
    geben put aside;
    jemandem aus der Hand lesen read sb’s hand;
    zur Hand at hand, handy;
    durch (Heben der) Hand abstimmen by a show of hands;
    in Händen halten geh hold in one’s hands;
    Hand in Hand gehen walk hand in hand;
    zur Hand nehmen pick sth up;
    mit Händen und Füßen reden gesticulate, talk with one’s hands;
    sich mit Händen und Füßen wehren umg auch fig fight tooth and nail;
    mit der Hand machen etc: by hand;
    von Hand gemacht/gemalt etc handmade/handpainted etc;
    zu Händen auf Brief: c/o (= care of); amtlich: att., Attention;
    zur linken/rechten oder
    linker/rechter Hand on the left-hand/right-hand side;
    an +akk) take sth in hand;
    (mit) Hand anlegen lend a hand;
    Hand an sich (akk)
    legen euph commit suicide;
    letzte Hand an etwas (akk)
    legen add the finishing touches to;
    jemandem die Hand auflegen segnend: lay one’s hand on sb;
    schütteln shake hands with sb;
    (gib mir die) Hand drauf! (let’s) shake on it!;
    es war so dunkel, dass man die Hand nicht vor den Augen sehen konnte it was so dark you couldn’t see your hand in front of your face
    2. fig Wendungen, mit adj:
    die öffentliche Hand the authorities, the state;
    jemandes rechte Hand sb’s right-hand man ( oder woman);
    die Tote Hand JUR mortmain;
    aus bester Hand on good authority;
    aus erster Hand first-hand;
    ich hab’s aus erster Hand I got it straight from the horse’s mouth;
    aus privater Hand privately;
    aus zweiter Hand kaufen etc: second-hand; Erlebnis, erleben: vicarious(ly);
    eine feste Hand brauchen need a firm hand;
    sie ist in festen Händen umg she’s accounted for, she’s booked;
    jemandem freie Hand lassen give sb a free hand;
    in guten Händen sein be in good hands;
    geschickte Hand haben have the right touch (
    mit for);
    sie hat eine (glückliche) Hand mit she knows how to handle; mit Menschen, Pflanzen etc: she has a way with;
    besser als in die hohle Hand geschissen vulg better than a poke in the eye (with a burnt [US sharp] stick), better than nothing;
    beide Hände voll zu tun haben umg generell: have a lot on one’s plate; mit jemandem/etwas: have one’s hands full with sb/sth;
    mit beiden Händen zugreifen jump at the chance;
    von langer Hand long beforehand;
    mit leeren Händen dastehen/weggehen be left/go away empty-handed;
    jemandem etwas zu treuen Händen geben geh give sth to sb for safekeeping;
    (aber) zu treuen Händen! geh hum (but) I want it etc back!;
    mit vollen Händen liberally;
    sein Geld mit vollen Händen ausgeben throw one’s money about (US around);
    hinter vorgehaltener Hand sprechen etc: off the record; link… 1
    3. fig Wendungen, mit präp:
    jemandem etwas an die Hand geben (Argumente, Informationen etc) hand sb sth, pass sth on to sb, make sth available to sb;
    an der Hand haben umg know of, know where to find, be able to get hold of; (Person) auch have contacts with sb;
    (bar) auf die Hand cash in hand;
    es liegt (klar) auf der Hand it’s (so) obvious;
    jemanden auf Händen tragen wait on sb hand and foot;
    Hand aufs Herz! (ich lüge nicht) cross my heart; (sei ehrlich) be honest;
    jemandem aus der Hand fressen umg eat out of sb’s hand;
    aus der Hand geben part with; (Posten etc) auch give up;
    lässt es nicht aus der Hand auch he won’t let go of it, he won’t let anyone else have it ( oder take it from him);
    mit Kritik ist er immer schnell bei der Hand umg he’s always very quick to criticize;
    durch jemandes Hände gehen go through sb’s hands;
    schon durch viele Hände gegangen sein have been through several hands;
    Hand in Hand arbeiten work together, cooperate (closely);
    das geht Hand in Hand mit … it goes hand in hand with …, it goes together with …;
    jemandem in die Hände arbeiten play into sb’s hands;
    in die Hände bekommen (etwas, jemanden) get one’s hands on;
    jemandem in die Hände fallen fall into sb’s hands;
    jemanden in der Hand haben have sb in one’s grip;
    sich in der Hand haben have everything under control, have a firm grip on o.s.;
    wir haben die Lage in der Hand we’ve got the situation under control;
    es liegt in deiner Hand it’s up to you;
    in jemandes Hand sein Person: be in sb’s hands, be up to sb;
    das Restaurant ist in griechischer Hand the restaurant is run by a Greek landlord;
    unser Hotel war fest in italienischer Hand the vast majority of guests in our hotel were Italians;
    in die Hände spucken umg, fig roll up one’s sleeves;
    jemandem etwas in die Hand versprechen promise sb sth ( oder sth to sb);
    seine Hand ins Feuer legen für put one’s hand into the fire for;
    die Hände in den Schoß legen (nicht arbeiten) take it easy; (sich untätig verhalten) sit on one’s hands;
    Hände im Spiel haben have a hand in it;
    etwas in die Hand nehmen Aufgabe etc: take charge of sth;
    die Sache in die Hand nehmen take the initiative;
    jemandem (etwas) in die Hände spielen play (sth) into sb’s hands;
    es ist mit Händen zu greifen it sticks out a mile ( oder like a sore thumb) umg;
    seine Hand (schützend) über jemanden halten take sb under one’s wing, shield ( oder protect) sb;
    die Hände über dem Kopf zusammenschlagen umg throw up one’s hands in horror;
    bitten ask for sb’s hand;
    unter der Hand (nicht offiziell) unofficially; (privat) kaufen etc: privately; (heimlich, illegal) under the counter; (nebenbei) on the side;
    jemandem unter den Händen zerrinnen Geld etc: go through sb’s fingers like water;
    von der Hand in den Mund leben live from hand to mouth;
    es ist nicht von der Hand zu weisen it can’t be denied, there’s no denying ( oder getting away from) it;
    von jemandes Hand sterben etc geh die by sb’s hand;
    von Hand zu Hand gehen go ( oder be passed) from hand to hand;
    an die Hand gehen lend sb a hand;
    sie hat immer eine Antwort zur Hand auch she’s always got an answer pat (US ready), she’s never at a loss for words; anhand, wegsterben
    4. fig sonstige Wendungen:
    was er macht, hat Hand und Fuß he doesn’t do things in ( oder by) half measures;
    ich würde mir für ihn die Hand abhacken lassen umg I’d cut off my right arm for him;
    hinhalten umg, meist pej hold out one’s hand;
    einander die Hand geben Ereignisse etc: follow hard on each other’s heels, happen in close succession;
    die Ereignisse gaben einander die Hand auch one thing led to another;
    jemandem die Hand zur Versöhnung reichen offer sb one’s hand as a sign of reconciliation;
    die beiden können einander die Hand reichen they’re two of a kind; im negativen Sinne: auch they’re as bad as each other, one’s as bad as the other; (sie sind in der gleichen Lage) they’re in the same boat;
    von seiner Hände Arbeit leben live by the work of one’s hands;
    sich (dat)
    eine Hand wäscht die andere Sprichwort you scratch my back and I’ll scratch yours, one hand washes the other obs;
    ich wasche meine Hände in Unschuld geh I wash my hands in innocence; ausrutschen, gebunden B 2, küssen
    5. (Schrift) hand
    6. Kartenspiel: hand;
    eine gute/schlechte Hand a good/bad ( oder poor) hand;
    auf der Hand in one’s hand;
    aus der Hand spielen nicht vom Tisch, Dummy: play from one’s hand;
    (aus der) Hand spielen Skat: play from one’s hand (without picking up the discard)
    (das war) Hand! handball!
    Hand2 f; -, - oder Hände; Maßangabe:
    zwei Hand breit etwa a foot wide;
    eine Hand voll konkret: a handful; (wenige) a handful
    * * *
    die; Hand, Hände
    1) hand

    mit der rechten/linken Hand — with one's right/left hand

    jemandem die Hand geben od. (geh.) reichen — shake somebody's hand; shake somebody by the hand

    jemandem die Hand drücken/schütteln — press/shake somebody's hand

    jemanden an die od. (geh.) bei der Hand nehmen — take somebody by the hand

    jemandem etwas aus der Hand nehmen — take something out of somebody's hand/hands

    etwas in die/zur Hand nehmen — pick something up

    etwas in der Hand/den Händen haben od. (geh.) halten — have got or hold something in one's hand/hands

    etwas mit der Hand schreiben/nähen — write/sew something by hand

    Hand in Hand gehengo or walk hand-in-hand

    2) o. Pl. (Fußball) handball

    Hand und Fuß/weder Hand noch Fuß haben — (ugs.) make sense/no sense

    [bei etwas selbst mit] Hand anlegen — lend a hand [with something]; die od

    seine Hand aufhalten(ugs.) hold out one's hand

    letzte Hand an etwas (Akk.) legen — put the finishing touches pl. to something

    sich (Dat.) od. (geh.) alle od. beide Hände damit voll haben, etwas zu tun — (ugs.) have one's hands full doing something

    bei etwas die od. seine Hände [mit] im Spiel haben — have a hand in something

    die Hände über dem Kopf zusammenschlagen(ugs.) throw up one's hands in horror

    zwei linke Hände haben(ugs.) have two left hands (coll.)

    eine lockere od. lose Hand haben — (ugs.) hit out at the slightest provocation

    linker/rechter Hand — on or to the left/right

    [klar] auf der Hand liegen — (ugs.) be obvious

    ein Auto/Möbel aus erster Hand — a car/furniture which has/had had one [previous] owner

    etwas aus erster Hand wissen — know something at first hand; have first-hand knowledge of something

    etwas aus der Hand geben (weggeben) let something out of one's hands; (aufgeben) give something up

    etwas bei der Hand haben (greifbar haben) have something handy; (parat haben) have something ready

    mit etwas schnell od. rasch bei der Hand sein — (ugs.) be ready [with something]

    in die Hände spucken — spit on one's hands; (fig. ugs.) roll up one's sleeves (fig.)

    jemanden/etwas in die Hand od. Hände bekommen — lay or get one's hands on somebody/get one's hands on something

    jemanden in der Hand habenhave or hold somebody in the palm of one's hand

    in jemandes Hand (Dat.) sein od. (geh.) liegen — be in somebody's hands

    in sicheren od. guten Händen sein — be in safe or good hands

    sich mit Händen und Füßen gegen etwas sträuben od. wehren — (ugs.) fight tooth and nail against something

    um jemandes Hand anhalten od. bitten — (geh. veralt.) ask for somebody's hand [in marriage]

    unter der Hand(fig.) on the quiet

    das geht ihm gut/leicht von der Hand — he finds that no trouble

    die Nachteile/seine Argumente sind nicht von der Hand zu weisen — the disadvantages cannot be denied/his arguments cannot [simply] be dismissed

    zu Händen [von] Herrn Müller — for the attention of Herr Müller; attention Herr Müller; s. auch öffentlich 1.

    4)

    an Hands. anhand

    * * *
    ¨-e f.
    hand n.

    Deutsch-Englisch Wörterbuch > Hand

  • 93 sencillo

    adj.
    1 simple, uncomplicated, easy, with no frills.
    2 simple, simplehearted, naive, simpleminded.
    3 simple, unadorned, with no frills.
    4 single, simple.
    5 one-way, single-track, unidirectional.
    m.
    1 small change, change, small coins.
    2 one way ticket.
    * * *
    1 (sin adornos) simple, plain
    2 (fácil) simple, easy
    4 figurado (persona - natural) natural, unaffected, unpretentious; (- ingenua) naive, gullible
    * * *
    (f. - sencilla)
    adj.
    1) simple, easy
    * * *
    1. ADJ
    1) [costumbre, estilo, ropa] simple
    2) [asunto, problema] simple, straightforward

    es un plato sencillo de hacer pero apetitoso — it's a simple but tasty dish, the dish is straightforward to make, but tasty

    3) (=no afectado) natural, unaffected

    es muy rico pero muy sencillo en el trato — he's very rich, but nevertheless very natural o unaffected

    4) [billete] single
    5) LAm (=necio) foolish
    2. SM
    1) (=disco) single
    2) LAm (=cambio) small change
    * * *
    I
    - lla adjetivo
    1)
    a) <ejercicio/problema> simple, straightforward
    b) < persona> modest, unassuming; <vestido/estilo> simple, plain; <casa/comida> simple, modest

    son gentes sencillas y trabajadoras — they are simple, hardworking people

    2) (Esp, Méx) < billete> one-way (AmE), single (BrE)
    II
    1) ( disco) single
    2) (AmL) ( dinero suelto) change
    3) (Esp, Méx) (Transp) one-way ticket (AmE), single (ticket) (BrE)
    * * *
    = humble [humbler -comp., humblest -sup.], plain [plainer -comp., plainest -sup.], simple [simpler -comp., simplest -sup.], straight [straighter -comp., straightest -sup.], straightforward, unadorned, bald, unobtrusive, low-key [low key], uncluttered, unsophisticated, unpretentious, unassuming, folksy [folksier -comp., folksiest -sup.], homespun, unfussy, uncomplicated, uncomplicatedly, low-keyed, no-frills, hassle-free.
    Ex. In spite of much complexity, they perform reliably; witness the humble typewriter, or the movie camera or the automobile.
    Ex. He went on to explain that while there were no unsightly slums, there was a fairly large district of rather nondescript homes intermingled with plain two- and three-family brick and frame dwellings, principally in the eastern reaches of the city.
    Ex. Some simple measures of index effectiveness are introduced here so that it is possible to consider different indexing methods critically.
    Ex. Thus these indexes contain more entries than a straight KWIC index and are inclined to be relatively bulky.
    Ex. Even in this apparently straightforward situation, complications can arise.
    Ex. Concrete illustrations are always better than unadorned abstract description.
    Ex. This text contains its share of irrelevant allusions included by authors 'to add artistic verisimilitude to a bald and otherwise unconvincing narrative', to quote another favourite source.
    Ex. New technologies will enable interfaces composed of unobtrusive physiological monitors and prosthetics.
    Ex. Activity is still low key, but will increase when the British Library puts up data bases on its own computer in 1977.
    Ex. Google, the search engine, became popular because of its efficiency, simple structure uncluttered by advertising and its non-commercial look and feel.
    Ex. Here is a clear indication of the extent, during the eighteenth century, to which the unsophisticated reader lagged behind his middle class compatriots = Aquí tenemos una clara indicación del grado en el que, durante el siglo dieciocho, el lector normal iba por detrás de sus compatriotas de clase media.
    Ex. There is a need for unpretentious, informative manuals which help readers to play bowls, arrange flowers, decorate the house, and the like.
    Ex. The term 'librarian' may confer the impression of being a quiet, respectable and unassuming person and consequently be useful on insurance forms, passports and rental agreements.
    Ex. The best path, the film implies, is a middle way, combining worldliness with a folksy morality, one that respects family and individual alike.
    Ex. The author chronicles the exuberant stories, hyperbole, homespun speech and demigod characteristics of American 'tall tales'.
    Ex. Above all the journal wishes to provide research and comment in a form that is easily and quickly understood: a fresh, rigorous, but unfussy, writing style is what is aimed for.
    Ex. It is an example of an uncomplicated but practical and successful artificial intelligence application.
    Ex. Children which lack reading experience should be presented with a sequence of shorter, very directly told, and uncomplicatedly structured books, rather than with denser and more subtle texts.
    Ex. Overall, he provides a low-keyed, lucid account that, with its many-leveled approach, does more than justice to the complex themes it studies.
    Ex. This is a good guide for independent travellers looking for cheap, no-frills intercity transport around the country.
    Ex. Cooking dry beans in the crockpot makes them relatively hassle-free.
    ----
    * codificación directa de fila sencilla = single row direct coding.
    * de una manera más sencilla = in digestible form.
    * disco sencillo = single.
    * habitación sencilla = single room.
    * * *
    I
    - lla adjetivo
    1)
    a) <ejercicio/problema> simple, straightforward
    b) < persona> modest, unassuming; <vestido/estilo> simple, plain; <casa/comida> simple, modest

    son gentes sencillas y trabajadoras — they are simple, hardworking people

    2) (Esp, Méx) < billete> one-way (AmE), single (BrE)
    II
    1) ( disco) single
    2) (AmL) ( dinero suelto) change
    3) (Esp, Méx) (Transp) one-way ticket (AmE), single (ticket) (BrE)
    * * *
    = humble [humbler -comp., humblest -sup.], plain [plainer -comp., plainest -sup.], simple [simpler -comp., simplest -sup.], straight [straighter -comp., straightest -sup.], straightforward, unadorned, bald, unobtrusive, low-key [low key], uncluttered, unsophisticated, unpretentious, unassuming, folksy [folksier -comp., folksiest -sup.], homespun, unfussy, uncomplicated, uncomplicatedly, low-keyed, no-frills, hassle-free.

    Ex: In spite of much complexity, they perform reliably; witness the humble typewriter, or the movie camera or the automobile.

    Ex: He went on to explain that while there were no unsightly slums, there was a fairly large district of rather nondescript homes intermingled with plain two- and three-family brick and frame dwellings, principally in the eastern reaches of the city.
    Ex: Some simple measures of index effectiveness are introduced here so that it is possible to consider different indexing methods critically.
    Ex: Thus these indexes contain more entries than a straight KWIC index and are inclined to be relatively bulky.
    Ex: Even in this apparently straightforward situation, complications can arise.
    Ex: Concrete illustrations are always better than unadorned abstract description.
    Ex: This text contains its share of irrelevant allusions included by authors 'to add artistic verisimilitude to a bald and otherwise unconvincing narrative', to quote another favourite source.
    Ex: New technologies will enable interfaces composed of unobtrusive physiological monitors and prosthetics.
    Ex: Activity is still low key, but will increase when the British Library puts up data bases on its own computer in 1977.
    Ex: Google, the search engine, became popular because of its efficiency, simple structure uncluttered by advertising and its non-commercial look and feel.
    Ex: Here is a clear indication of the extent, during the eighteenth century, to which the unsophisticated reader lagged behind his middle class compatriots = Aquí tenemos una clara indicación del grado en el que, durante el siglo dieciocho, el lector normal iba por detrás de sus compatriotas de clase media.
    Ex: There is a need for unpretentious, informative manuals which help readers to play bowls, arrange flowers, decorate the house, and the like.
    Ex: The term 'librarian' may confer the impression of being a quiet, respectable and unassuming person and consequently be useful on insurance forms, passports and rental agreements.
    Ex: The best path, the film implies, is a middle way, combining worldliness with a folksy morality, one that respects family and individual alike.
    Ex: The author chronicles the exuberant stories, hyperbole, homespun speech and demigod characteristics of American 'tall tales'.
    Ex: Above all the journal wishes to provide research and comment in a form that is easily and quickly understood: a fresh, rigorous, but unfussy, writing style is what is aimed for.
    Ex: It is an example of an uncomplicated but practical and successful artificial intelligence application.
    Ex: Children which lack reading experience should be presented with a sequence of shorter, very directly told, and uncomplicatedly structured books, rather than with denser and more subtle texts.
    Ex: Overall, he provides a low-keyed, lucid account that, with its many-leveled approach, does more than justice to the complex themes it studies.
    Ex: This is a good guide for independent travellers looking for cheap, no-frills intercity transport around the country.
    Ex: Cooking dry beans in the crockpot makes them relatively hassle-free.
    * codificación directa de fila sencilla = single row direct coding.
    * de una manera más sencilla = in digestible form.
    * disco sencillo = single.
    * habitación sencilla = single room.

    * * *
    A
    1 ‹ejercicio/problema› simple, straightforward
    no era sencillo hacerlos entrar it wasn't easy o it was no simple task getting them in
    2 ‹persona› modest, unassuming; ‹vestido/estilo› simple, plain; ‹casa/comida› simple, modest
    son gentes sencillas y trabajadoras they are simple, hardworking people
    el disco es sencillote y comercial the record is unsophisticated o crude and commercial
    B
    1 ‹flor› single
    2 (único) single
    una escopeta de cañón sencilla a single-barreled gun
    coser con hilo sencillo to sew with single thread
    3 (Esp, Méx) ‹billete› one-way ( AmE), single ( BrE)
    A (disco) single
    B ( AmL) (dinero suelto) change
    C (Esp, Méx) (billete de ida) one-way ticket ( AmE), single ( BrE), single ticket ( BrE)
    * * *

     

    sencillo 1
    ◊ - lla adjetivo

    1
    a)ejercicio/problema simple, straightforward;



    vestido/estilo simple, plain;
    casa/comida simple, modest
    2 (Esp, Méx) (Transp) one-way (AmE), single (BrE)
    sencillo 2 sustantivo masculino
    1 ( disco) single
    2 (AmL) ( dinero suelto) change
    3 (Esp, Méx) (Transp) one-way ticket (AmE), single (ticket) (BrE)
    sencillo,-a
    I adjetivo
    1 (una solución, un problema) simple, easy
    2 (un vestido, diseño) simple, plain
    3 (persona) natural, unassuming
    4 (habitación, billete) single
    II sustantivo masculino (billete, disco) single
    ' sencillo' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    billete
    - elemental
    - fácil
    - manejo
    - sencilla
    - simple
    - sobria
    - sobrio
    - tirada
    - tirado
    English:
    basic
    - down-home
    - easy
    - neat
    - plain
    - simple
    - single
    - single-space
    - straightforward
    - change
    - fool
    - low
    - painless
    - small
    - straight
    - unaffected
    - unassuming
    - unsophisticated
    * * *
    sencillo, -a
    adj
    1. [fácil] simple;
    no fue sencillo convencerla it was not easy to convince her
    2. [sin lujo] [decoración, vestido] simple
    3. [claro, natural] [lenguaje, estilo] simple
    4. [campechano] natural, unaffected;
    es muy sencillo en el trato he's very natural o unaffected
    5. [billete] Br single, US one-way
    6. [no múltiple] single;
    nm
    1. [disco] single
    2. Andes, CAm, Méx Fam [cambio] loose change
    * * *
    I adj simple;
    gente(s) sencilla(s) simple people
    II m
    1 L.Am.
    small change
    2 en béisbol base hit
    * * *
    sencillo, - lla adj
    1) : simple, easy
    2) : plain, unaffected
    3) : single
    1) : single (recording)
    2) : small change (coins)
    3) : one-way ticket
    * * *

    Spanish-English dictionary > sencillo

  • 94 ER

    I) (older form es), rel. part. in old poems and in law phrases ‘es’ is suffixed to a demonstrative or interrogative word, pron. or adv., as s: sás, sús, þats, þeims, þærs; þars, þás, þegars, síðans, hveims, hvars, &c., = sá es, sú es, þar es, þá es, &c.
    I. used as a rel. pron., indecl., who, which, that;
    1) Mörðr hét maðr, er (nom.) kallaðr var gígja;
    grös fögr, er (acc.) hón hafði í hendi;
    aðra hluti þá, er (gen.) menn vildu visir verða;
    þann einn son, er (dat.) hann ann lítit;
    2) with a prep. placed at the end of the sentence;
    land, er hann kom frá, the land he came from;
    jötunn, er ór steini var höfuðit á (viz. honum), whose head was of stone;
    3) ellipt., the prep. being understood;
    ór þeim ættum, er mér þóttu fuglarnir fljúga (viz. ór), from the quarter that I thought the birds flew from;
    þeir hafa nú látit líf sitt, er mér þykkir eigi vert at lifa (viz. eptir), whom I think it is not worth while to outlive;
    4) a personal or demonstr. pron. may be added to the rel. part., er þú, er þik; er hann, er hón, er hana, er hans, er hennar, er þeim, er þeiri, er þeira, etc.;
    œrr ertu, Loki, er þú (who) yðra telr ljóta leiðstafi;
    sá maðr, er hann vill, that man who wishes;
    nema ein Goðrún, er hón æva grét, who never wept;
    ekkja heitir sú, er búandi hennar (whose husband) varð sóttdauðr;
    þann konung, er undir honum eru skatt-konungar, that king under whom are tributary kings;
    5) in the fourteenth century added to the int. pron., hverr;
    þat herbergi, í hverju er hann ( in which = er hann í því) hefir sitt ráð ok ræðr;
    II. as a conj. and adv.
    1) local, er, þar er, there where;
    hann sá á eldinum fölskann, er netit hafði brunnit, where the net had been burnt;
    Ó. gekk þar til, er H. lá, to the spot where H. lay;
    2) of time, er, þá er, when;
    ok er, and when;
    en er, but when;
    þar til er, until;
    í því er, just when;
    eptir (þat) er, when;
    þegar er, as soon as (þegar er lýsti, stóð konungr upp);
    síðan er, since;
    meðan er, while;
    næst er vér kómum, next when we came;
    þá lét í hamrinum, sem er reið gengr, as when it thunders;
    3) = at, that;
    ok fannst þat á öllu, er hón þóttist vargefin, that she thought she was thrown away;
    ek em þess sæll, er okkart félag sleit, I am happy that;
    skyldi fara fyrst leyniliga, en þó kom þar, er allir vissu, but it came to this, that every one knew of it.
    II) from vera.
    * * *
    1.
    old form es, mod. sometimes eð, but usually ‘er;’ indecl. Particle used as relat. pron. or as relat. adv.; in very old MSS. always es, and rhymed so by old poets; in the 12th century it changed into er. In poems and in law phrases the particle ‘es’ is suffixed to the pronoun or adverb, as s or z, e. g. thus: as pron., sá’s = sá es (so in ‘people’s Engl.he as, him as, for he who, etc.), Hkr. iii. 11 (Sighvat); dat. þeim’s = þeim es, illi qui, Hm. 3, Fms. vi. 38 (Sighvat); acc. masc. þann’z or þann’s = þann es, illum qui, Vsp. 45 (MS.), Od. i, Hm. 44, 120, Hým. 39, Am. 90; neut. þatz = þat es, illud quod, Hm. 39, Am. 37, Hkv. Hjörv. 3, Fms. iii. 9 (Hallfred): as conj. or adv., hvárt’z … eða = hvárt es … eða, utrum … an, Grág. (Ed. 1853); hvárt’z hann vill at reiða eða …, i. 25, 145, 152, 155, 156, 161, 233, ii. 50: as adv., þegar’s = þegar es, as soon as, Grág. (Ed. 1853) i. 94, Am. 30; síðan’s = síðan es, since (Old Engl. sithens, sithence), 78; even sem’s = sem es, Am. 103; hvar’s = hvar es, wherever, 47, Mork. 138, Hm. 138; hve’s = hve es, however, 140 (MS. hvers), Skálda 190 (in a verse); þar’s = þar es, there where, i. e. where, Grág. i. 46, 153, Hm. 66, Hbl. 60, Gm. 8, Ls. 50, Mork. 18, 34, 37, 62, 170, Skálda 189 (Bragi), Edda (Ht.) 124, where this anastrophe is called bragar-mál, poetical diction; hvarge’s = hvarge es, wherever, Grág. ii. 44. The Icel. has no relat. pron. but only the relat. particles er and sem, both of them indecl. in gender, case, and number; in simple sentences the sense (gender etc.) is clear from the context; and the language has certain expedients to meet the deficiency.
    A. Used as relat. pron. which, who, that:
    I. used alone, where there is perhaps an ellipse of the demonstrative, er = er hann (þeir, þær, þeim, etc.);
    α. nom., á þeim bæ, er Abia heitir, 625. 83; Mörðr hét maðr, er kallaðr var Gigja, Nj. 1; hann átti dóttur eina, er Unnr hét, id.; þá skulu þeir, er fær eru ( who are) saman, Grág. i. 9; maðr, er þessa þurfi, id.; at þeim svörum, er verða, 19; lið þat, er þeim hafðI þangat fylgt, Fms. i. 62; konur þær, er völfur vóru kallaðar, iii. 212; þeim unga manni, er þar sitr hjá þér, id.
    β. acc., þingfesti manna þeirra, er ( quos) menn vilja sækja, Grág. i. 19; sakar þeirrar, er ( quam) ek hefi höfðað, id.
    γ. gen., aðra hluti þá, er ( quorum) menn viidu vísir verða, Fms. iii. 212.
    δ. dat., þann einn, er ( cui) hann ann lítið, Fms. i. 86.
    ε. joined to a demonstrative; allir Þrændir, þeir er …, all the Th., who …, Fms. i. 62.
    II. with a prep., which, as often in Engl., is placed at the end of the sentence; er hann kom til, whom he came to; land, er hann kom frá, the land he came from; so Lat. quocum venit = er hann kom með sub quibus = er … undir; in quibus = er … í, etc.: the prep. may also be a penultimate, e. g. the phrase, er mér er á ván, wlich I have a hope of; or, er hann var yfir settr, whom he was set over, etc.; this use of the pronoun is undoubtedly elliptical, the corresponding demonstrative pronoun being left out, although the ellipse is not felt; þvengrinn sá er muðrinn Loka var saman rifjaðr með (Kb. omits the prep.), the lace that the mouth of Loki was stitched with, Edda 71; öðrum höfðingjum, þeim er honum þótti liðs at ván (that is to say, þeim, er honum þótti liðs van at þeim), at whose hands, i. e. from whom he thought help likely to come, Fms. i; þeir er ek mæli þetta til (= er ek mæli þetta til þeirra), those to whom I speak, xi. 12; er engi hefir áðr til orðit, Nj. 190; in stórúðgi jötunn, er ór steini var höfuðit á (= er ór steini var höfuðit á honum), whose head was of stone. Hbl. 15; því er vér urðum á sáttir, Fms. xi. 34; við glugg þann í loptinu, er fuglinn hafðI áðr við setið. the window close to which the bird sat. Eg.: nokkurum þeim höfðingja, er mér sé eigandi vinátta við (viz. þá). Ó. H. 78: þá sjón, er mér þykir mikils um vert (viz. hana), 74; er mér þat at sýn orðit, er ek hefi opt heyrt frá sagt (= frá því sagt), 57; til vatns þess, er Á en Helga fellr ór, 163: til kirkju þeirra, es bein eru færð til, Grág. i. 13 new Ed.
    2. ellipt. the prep. being understood, esp. to avoid the repetition of it; ekirinn sá er brendr vár Ásgarðr (viz. með), Edda (pref.); hann gékk til herbergis þess, er konungr var inni (viz. í), he went to the house that the king was in, Ó. H. 160, Fb. iii. 251; dyrr þær, er ganga mátti upp á húsit (viz. gegnum, through), the doors through which one could walk up to the house, Eg. 421; ór þeim ættum er mér þóttu fuglarnir fljúga (viz. ór), the airt ( quarter) that I thought the birds flew from, Ísl. ii. 196; yfir þeim manni, er Mörðr hafði sök sína fram sagt (viz. yfir), the man over whose head ( to whom) Mord had pleaded his suit, Nj. 242; þrjú þing, þau er menn ætluðu (viz. á), three parliaments, in ( during) which men thought …, 71; nær borg þeirri, er konungr sat (viz. í), near the town the king resided in, Eg. 287; Montakassin, er dyrkast Benedictus, Monte Cassino, where B. is worshipped, Fms. xi. 415; þeir hafa nú látið lif sitt fyrir skömmu, er mér þykir eigi vert at lifa (viz. eptir), they, whom methinks it is not worth while to outlive, 150; fara eptir með hunda, er þeir vóru vanir at spyrja þá upp (viz. með), er undan hljópusk, they pursued with hounds, that they were wont to pick up fugitives with, i. e. with bloodbounds, v. 145; þat er í þrem stöðum, er dauðum má sök gefa (viz. í), it is in three places that a man can be slain with impunity, N. G. L. i. 62; þat er í einum stað, er maðr hittir (viz. í), it is in one place that …, id.
    III. a demonstrative pron. may be added to the relat. particle, e. g. er þeirra = quorum, er þeim = quibus, er hans, er hennar = cujus; but this is chiefly used in old translations from Lat., being rarely found in original writings; þann konung, er undir honum eru skatt-konungar, that king under whom vassals serve, Edda 93; ekkja heitir sú, er búandi hennar ( whose husband) varð sótt-dauðr; hæll er sú kona kölluð er búandi hennar er veginn, 108; sú sam-stafa, er raddar-stafr hennar er náttúrlega skammr, that syllable, the vowel of which is naturally short, Skálda 179; sá maðr, er hann vill, that man who wishes, Grág. i. 19; sá maðr, er hann skal fasta, 36; nema ein Guðrún, er hón æva grét, G. that never wailed, Gh. 40; þess manns, er hann girnisk, Hom. 54; sæl er sú bygghlaða … er ór þeirri …, felix est illud horreum … unde …, Hom. 15; engi er hærri speki en sú, er í þeirri …, nulla melior est sapientia quam ea, qua …, 28; varðveita boðorð hans, fyrir þann er vér erum skapaðir, ejusque mandata custodire, per quem creati sumus, 28; harða göfugr er háttr hófsemi, fyrir þá er saman stendr …, nobilis virtus est valde temperantia, per quam …, id.; elskendum Guð þann er svá mælti, Deum diligentibus qui ait, id.; skírn Græðara várs, er í þeirri, 56; er á þeim = in quibus, 52: rare in mod. writers, enginn kann að játa eðr iðrast réttilega þeirrar syndar, er hann þekkir ekki stærð hennar og ílsku, Vídal. i. 226.
    IV. in the 14th century, the relat. pron. hverr was admitted, but by adding the particle er; yet it has never prevailed, and no relative pronoun is used in Icel. (except that this pronoun occurs in the N. T. and sermons, e. g. Luke xi. 1, whose blood Pilate had mingled, is rendered hverra blóði Pilatus hafði blandað; an old translator would have said, er P. hafði blandað blóði þeirra): hvern er þeir erfðu, M. K. 156; hverjar er hón lauk mér, id.; af hverju er hann megi marka, Stj. 114; hvat er tákna mundi, Fms. xi. 12.
    V. the few following instances are rare and curious, er þú, er ek, er mér, er hón; and are analogous to the Germ. der ich, der du, I that, thou that; in Hm. l. c. ‘er’ is almost a superfluous enclitic, eyvitar fyrna er maðr annan skal, Hm. 93; sáttir þínar er ek vil snemma hafa, Alm. 7; ójafnt skipta er þú mundir, Hbl. 25; þrár hafðar er ek hefi, Fsm. 50; auði frá er mér ætluð var, sandi orpin sæng, Sl. 49; lauga-vatn er mér leiðast var eitt allra hluta, 50; ærr ertu Loki, er þú yðra telr, Ls. 29, cp. 21, Og. 12, Hkv. 2. 32; tröll, er þik bíta eigi járn, Ísl. ii. 364. ☞ This want of a proper relat. pron. has probably preserved Icel. prose from foreign influences; in rendering Lat. or mod. Germ. into Icel. almost every sentence must be altered and broken up in order to make it vernacular.
    B. Conj. and adv. joined with a demonstrative particle, where, when:
    1. loc., þar er, there where = ubi; þar er hvárki sé akr né eng, Grág. i. 123; hvervetna þess, er, N. G. L. passim.
    2. temp. when; ok er, and when; en er, but when: þá er, then when; þar til er, until, etc., passim; annan dag, er menn gengu, Nj. 3; brá þeim mjök við, er þan sá hann, 68; sjaldan fór þá svá, er vel vildi, Ld. 290; ok í því er Þórgils, and in the nick of time when Th., id.: þá lét í hamrinum sem er ( as when) reið gengr, Ísl. ii. 434; næst er vér kómum, next when we came, Eg. 287; þá er vér, when we, id.
    II. conj. that (vide ‘at’ II, p. 29); þat er (is) mitt ráð er ( that) þú kallir til tals, Eg. 540; ok þat, er hann ætlar, Nj. 7: ok fansk þat á öllu, er ( that) hon þóttisk vargefin, 17; en þessi er (is) frásögn til þess, er ( that) þeir vóru Heljar-skinn kallaðir, Sturl. i. 1; ok finna honum þá sök, er (en MS.) hann hafði verit, that he had been, Fms. vii. 331; af hverju er hann megi marka, from which he may infer, Stj. 135; hvárt er (en MS.) er (is) ungr eða gamall, either that he is young or old, N. G. L. i. 349; spurði hann at, hvárt er, asked him whether, Barl. 92; mikill skaði, er slíkr maðr, that such a man, Fms. vi. 15; hlægligt mér þat þykkir, er ( that) þú þinn harm tínir, Am. 53; er þér gengsk illa, that it goes ill with thee, 53, 89; hins viltú geta, er ( that) vit Hrungnir deildum, Hbl. 15.
    2. denoting cause; er dóttir mín er hörð í skapi, for that my daughter is hard of heart, Nj. 17.
    β. er þó, although, Skálda 164.
    3. þegar er, as soon as, when, Fms. iv. 95, cp. þegar’s above: alls er þú ert, for that thou art, i. 305; síðan er, since, after that, Grág. i. 135; en siðan er Freyr hafði heygðr verít, Hkr. (pref.); but without ‘er,’ N. G. L. i. 342. In the earliest and best MSS. distinction is made between eptir er ( postquam), þegar er ( quum), meðan er ( dum), síðan er ( postquam), and on the other hand eptir ( post), þegar ( jam), meðan ( interdum), síðan (post, deinde); cp. meðan’s, síðan’s, þegar’s, above; but in most old MSS. and writers the particle is left out, often, no doubt, merely from inaccuracy in the MSS., or even in the editions, (in MSS. ‘er’ is almost always spelt  and easily overlooked): again, in mod. usage the particle ‘at, að,’ is often used as equivalent to ‘er,’ meðan að, whilst; síðan að, since that; þegar að, postquam, (vide ‘at’ V, p. 29.)
    2.
    3rd pers. pres. is, vide vera.

    Íslensk-ensk orðabók > ER

  • 95 pesar

    m.
    1 grief (tristeza).
    3 sorrow, ruefulness, grief, woefulness.
    El pesar no se elimina tan fácilmente Sorrow is not eliminated so easily.
    4 regret, sorriness.
    v.
    1 to weigh.
    ¿cuánto pesa? how much o what does it weigh?
    El asistente pesó la mercadería The assistant weighed the goods.
    Esta bolsa pesa mucho This bag weighs a lot.
    2 to weigh up.
    3 to be heavy (ser pesado).
    pesa mucho it's very heavy
    4 to play an important part.
    en su decisión pesaron muchas razones a number of reasons influenced her decision
    * * *
    1 to weigh
    ¿cuánto pesas? how much do you weigh?
    2 (tener mucho peso) to be heavy
    ¡cómo pesa esta maleta! this suitcase is really heavy!
    3 (sentir) to be sorry, regret
    4 (influir) to carry weight
    1 to weigh
    1 (pena) sorrow, grief
    \
    a pesar de despite, in spite of
    a pesar de los pesares in spite of everything
    pese a que... despite the fact that..., although...
    * * *
    1. noun m.
    grief, sorrow
    2. verb
    3) grieve, cause regret
    * * *
    1. VI
    1) [objeto, persona]
    a) (=tener peso) to weigh; (Boxeo, Hípica) to weigh in at; (Inform) to be

    ¿cuánto pesas? — how much o what do you weigh?

    b) (=tener mucho peso) to be heavy

    ese paquete no pesa — that parcel isn't heavy, that parcel hardly weighs anything

    ¿pesa mucho? — is it heavy?

    ¡cómo pesa esta bolsa! — this bag's really heavy!

    ¡no pesa nada! — it's not heavy at all!

    2) (=resultar pesado)

    pesarle a algn: le pesaba la mochila — his rucksack was weighing him down

    los pies me pesan, estoy muy cansado — I'm so tired, I can hardly lift my feet up any more

    3) (=afligir)

    ¡ya le pesará! — he'll be sorry!, he'll regret this!

    me pesa haberlo hecho — I regret having done it, I'm sorry I did it

    4) (=ser una carga)

    pesar sobre[responsabilidad, preocupación] to weigh heavily on; [amenaza, acusación] to hang over

    5) (=influir) to carry weight
    6)

    pese a (que) — in spite of (the fact that), despite (the fact that)

    pese a las dificultadesin spite of o despite the difficulties

    lo creo, pese a que ellos lo niegan — I believe it, even though they deny it, I believe it, in spite of o despite the fact that they deny it

    lo haré pese a quien pese — I'll do it whether people like it or not, I'll do it, no matter who I offend

    mal 2.
    7) And, CAm (=vender carne) to sell meat
    2. VT
    1) [+ carta, fruta etc] to weigh
    2) (=sopesar) to weigh up
    3.
    See:
    4. SM
    1) (=aflicción) sorrow
    2) (=arrepentimiento) regret

    sentir o tener pesar por no haber... — to regret not having...

    3)

    a pesar de — in spite of, despite

    a pesar de todoin spite of o despite everything

    a pesar del mal tiempoin spite of o despite the bad weather

    a pesar de queeven though

    a pesar de que no tiene dinero — even though he has no money, in spite of o despite the fact that he has no money

    * * *
    I
    1)
    a) (pena, tristeza) sorrow

    a pesar mío or muy a mi pesar — much to my regret

    con pesar — sorrowfully, with a heavy heart

    b) ( remordimiento) regret, remorse
    2)

    a pesar de su enfermedad/de estar enfermo — despite o in spite of being ill

    a pesar de todoin spite of o despite everything

    a pesar de los pesares — (fam) in spite of everything

    a pesar de que no sabía mucho inglés... — despite not knowing much English...

    se lo llevó, a pesar de que yo se lo había prohibido — he took it, despite the fact that o even though I had forbidden him to

    II 1.
    verbo intransitivo
    1)
    a) paquete/maleta to be heavy

    cómo pesa! — it's terribly heavy!, it weighs a ton! (colloq)

    pesar SOBRE alguien/algo: toda la responsabilidad pesa sobre él all the responsibility falls on his shoulders o on him; la hipoteca que pesa sobre la casa — the mortgage on the house

    c) ( influir)
    2) ( causar arrepentimiento) (+ me/te/le etc)

    ya te pesará no haber estudiado — you'll be sorry you didn't study, you'll regret not studying

    3)

    pese a — despite, in spite of

    pese a todo, creo que su trabajo es el mejor — despite o in spite of everything, I still think her work is the best

    pese a quien (le) peseno matter who I o you, etc have to upset, no matter whose toes I o you, etc have to tread on

    mal que me/le pese — whether I like/he likes it or not

    2.
    pesar vt
    a) <niño/maleta> to weigh; < manzanas> to weigh (out)
    b) ( tener cierto peso) to weigh
    3.
    pesarse v pron (refl) to weigh oneself
    * * *
    I
    1)
    a) (pena, tristeza) sorrow

    a pesar mío or muy a mi pesar — much to my regret

    con pesar — sorrowfully, with a heavy heart

    b) ( remordimiento) regret, remorse
    2)

    a pesar de su enfermedad/de estar enfermo — despite o in spite of being ill

    a pesar de todoin spite of o despite everything

    a pesar de los pesares — (fam) in spite of everything

    a pesar de que no sabía mucho inglés... — despite not knowing much English...

    se lo llevó, a pesar de que yo se lo había prohibido — he took it, despite the fact that o even though I had forbidden him to

    II 1.
    verbo intransitivo
    1)
    a) paquete/maleta to be heavy

    cómo pesa! — it's terribly heavy!, it weighs a ton! (colloq)

    pesar SOBRE alguien/algo: toda la responsabilidad pesa sobre él all the responsibility falls on his shoulders o on him; la hipoteca que pesa sobre la casa — the mortgage on the house

    c) ( influir)
    2) ( causar arrepentimiento) (+ me/te/le etc)

    ya te pesará no haber estudiado — you'll be sorry you didn't study, you'll regret not studying

    3)

    pese a — despite, in spite of

    pese a todo, creo que su trabajo es el mejor — despite o in spite of everything, I still think her work is the best

    pese a quien (le) peseno matter who I o you, etc have to upset, no matter whose toes I o you, etc have to tread on

    mal que me/le pese — whether I like/he likes it or not

    2.
    pesar vt
    a) <niño/maleta> to weigh; < manzanas> to weigh (out)
    b) ( tener cierto peso) to weigh
    3.
    pesarse v pron (refl) to weigh oneself
    * * *
    pesar1
    1 = grief, regret, chagrin, heartache.

    Ex: This paper discusses the ways in which books may be used to help bereaved children to understand death and other aspects of grief.

    Ex: Spalding's regret is quite understandable, for few of those seeking to identify particular editions in the catalog will fail to be confused by the results of this decision.
    Ex: Much to her nanny's surprise and chagrin, she was fully potty-trained by her first birthday.
    Ex: Lovelorn staff at a Japanese company can take paid time off after an upsetting break-up with a partner, with more ' heartache leave' offered as they get older.
    * a pesar de (que) = albeit (that), despite, in spite of, notwithstanding, although, despite the fact that, in spite of the fact that.
    * a pesar de todo = all the same, in spite of everything, despite everything, despite it all, in spite of it all, all this said.
    * a pesar de todo + Posesivo + Nombre = for all + Posesivo + Nombre.
    * con pesar = with regret.
    * muy a + Posesivo + pesar = to + Posesivo + chagrin.

    pesar2
    2 = weigh.

    Ex: Letters and parcels would be weighed by library staff and franked to show the correct amount in lieu of sticking on postage stamps.

    * pesar más que = outweigh, outbalance.

    * * *
    A
    1 (pena, tristeza) sorrow
    me expresó su pesar por la triste noticia she expressed her sorrow at the sad news
    ahoga sus pesares en el alcohol he drowns his sorrows in drink
    a pesar mío or muy a mi pesar tuve que ir much to my regret I had to go
    no debes causarle pesares a tu madre you mustn't upset your mother
    el que más pesares le causa the one who causes her the most grief o sorrow o heartache
    2 (remordimiento) regret, remorse
    no siente ningún pesar por sus malas acciones he feels no remorse for his wrongdoings, he does not regret his wrongdoings
    B
    a pesar de despite
    a pesar de su enfermedad despite his illness, despite being ill
    insistió en salir a pesar de estar enfermo he insisted on going out despite being ill o in spite of being ill
    a pesar de todo, prefiere quedarse in spite of o despite everything she prefers to stay
    a pesar de los pesares ( fam); in spite of everything
    a pesar de que no sabía mucho inglés, logró hacerse entender despite not knowing much English o although he didn't know much English, he managed to make himself understood
    se llevó el coche, a pesar de que su padre se lo había prohibido he took the car, despite the fact that o although his father had forbidden him to
    pesar2 [A1 ]
    vi
    A
    1 «paquete/maleta» to be heavy
    ¡cómo pesa tu maleta! your suitcase is terribly heavy!, your case weighs a ton! ( colloq)
    estas gafas no pesan these glasses don't weigh much, these glasses are very light
    ¿te lo llevo? — no, si no me pesa shall I carry it for you? — no, it's not heavy
    2
    (ser una carga): ya me pesan los años I feel my age now
    le pesan todas esas cargas familiares he's weighed down by all those family reponsibilities, all those family responsibilities weigh heavily on him
    pesar SOBRE algn/algo:
    toda la responsabilidad pesa sobre él all the responsibility falls on his shoulders o on him
    la hipoteca que pesa sobre la casa the mortgage on the house
    3
    (influir): su influencia sigue pesando en la región their influence continues to carry weight in the region
    en esta cuestión no deben pesar los intereses personales personal interests shouldn't come o enter into this
    ha pesado más su personalidad que su ideología her personality has been more important o more of a factor than her ideology
    argumentos que pesan a su favor arguments which weigh in his favor
    B (causar pena, arrepentimiento) (+ me/te/le etc):
    ahora me pesa haberle dicho eso now I regret saying that to him, now I'm sorry I said that to him
    ya te pesará no haber estudiado cuando seas mayor when you're older you'll be sorry you didn't study o you'll regret not studying
    me pesa haberlo ofendido I'm very sorry I offended him
    C
    pese a despite, in spite of
    pese a todo, creo que su trabajo es el mejor despite o in spite of everything, I still think her work is the best
    firmó pese a no estar de acuerdo she signed even though she did not agree
    pese a que even though
    pese a que no lo invitaron, les mandó un regalo he sent them a present even though they didn't invite him
    pese a quien (le) pese: voy a decir la verdad, pese a quien (le) pese I'm going to speak the truth, no matter who I have to upset o no matter whose toes I have to tread on
    mal que me/te/le pese like it or not
    mal que te pese, tienes que reconocer que ganó en buena ley like it or not, you have to admit he won fair and square
    mal que me pese, tendré que ponerles buena cara much as I dislike the idea I'll have to be nice to them
    ■ pesar
    vt
    1 ‹niño/maleta› to weigh; ‹manzanas› to weigh out, weigh
    es un kilo bien pesado that's a good o generous kilo
    ¿cuánto pesas? how much do you weigh?
    pesa 80 kilos he weighs 80 kilos
    ( refl) to weigh oneself
    * * *

     

    pesar 1 sustantivo masculino
    1
    a) (pena, tristeza) sorrow;

    a pesar mío or muy a mi pesar much to my regret

    2

    a pesar de todo in spite of o despite everything;
    a pesar de que even though
    pesar 2 ( conjugate pesar) verbo intransitivo
    1 [paquete/maleta] to be heavy;

    no me pesa it's not heavy
    2 ( causar arrepentimiento) (+ me/te/le etc):

    me pesa haberlo ofendido I'm very sorry I offended him
    3

    pese a que even though;
    mal que me/le pese whether I like/he likes it or not
    verbo transitivo
    a)niño/maleta to weigh;

    manzanas to weigh (out)


    pesarse verbo pronominal ( refl) to weigh oneself
    pesar
    I verbo intransitivo
    1 (tener peso físico) to weigh: esa carne pesa dos kilos, that meat weighs two kilos
    2 (tener peso psíquico) to have influence: sus opiniones aún pesan en el grupo, his opinions still carry weight in the group
    3 (causar arrepentimiento, dolor) to grieve: me pesa no haber ido con vosotros, I regret not having gone with you
    II vtr (determinar un peso) to weigh
    III sustantivo masculino
    1 (pena, pesadumbre) sorrow, grief
    2 (remordimiento) regret
    ♦ Locuciones: a pesar de, in spite of
    a pesar de que, although ➣ Ver nota en aunque
    ' pesar' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    apencar
    - arrepentirse
    - aunque
    - disgusto
    - flema
    - todavía
    - atención
    - falta
    - hondo
    - obstante
    - sentimiento
    English:
    carry through
    - catch up
    - despite
    - destroy
    - down-to-earth
    - fact
    - for
    - intact
    - look forward to
    - manage
    - notwithstanding
    - odds
    - outweigh
    - regardless
    - regret
    - regretfully
    - ruefully
    - spite
    - stay on
    - weigh
    - while
    - deep
    - even
    - measure
    - regretful
    - reluctantly
    - sorrow
    * * *
    nm
    1. [tristeza] grief;
    todos sentimos un hondo pesar por su fallecimiento we all felt a great sorrow at his death
    2. [arrepentimiento] remorse;
    no le daba ningún pesar she felt no remorse at all
    a pesar de loc prep
    despite, in spite of;
    a pesar de las críticas in spite of o despite all the criticism;
    tuve que hacerlo a pesar mío I had to do it against my will;
    muy a nuestro pesar, hubo que invitarles we had to invite them, even though we really didn't want to;
    muy a pesar mío no puedo darte lo que me pides I can't give you what you want, much as I'd like to;
    a pesar de que… in spite of o despite the fact that…;
    a pesar de que me dolía, seguí jugando I carried on playing in spite of o despite the pain;
    a pesar de todo in spite of o despite everything;
    Fam
    a pesar de los pesares in spite of o despite everything
    vt
    1. [en balanza] to weigh;
    pésemelo, por favor could you weigh it for me, please?
    2. Fig [examinar, calibrar] to weigh up
    vi
    1. [tener peso] to weigh;
    pesa cinco kilos it weighs five kilos;
    ¿cuánto pesa? how much o what does it weigh?;
    ¡qué poco pesa! it doesn't weigh much!
    2. [ser pesado] to be heavy;
    ¡cómo o [m5] cuánto pesa! it's really heavy!;
    esta maleta no pesa nada this suitcase hardly weighs anything;
    ¡ya va pesando la edad!, ¡ya van pesando los años! I'm getting old!
    3. [recaer]
    pesa una orden de arresto sobre él there is a warrant out for his arrest;
    sobre ti pesa la decisión última the final decision rests with you
    4. [importar, influir] to play an important part;
    en su decisión pesaron muchas razones a number of reasons influenced her decision
    5. [doler, entristecer]
    me pesa tener que hacerlo I regret having to do it;
    me pesa tener que decirte esto I'm sorry to have to tell you this;
    no me pesa haber dejado ese trabajo I have no regrets about leaving that job, I'm not at all sorry I left that job
    6. Comp
    mal que te pese (whether you) like it or not
    * * *
    I v/t weigh
    II v/i
    1 ( ser muy pesado) be heavy;
    casi no pesa it weighs next to nothing
    2 ( influir) carry weight
    3 fig
    de responsabilidad weigh heavily ( sobre on);
    me pesa tener que informarle … I regret to have to inform you …;
    mal que me/le pese like it or not, whether I/you like it or not
    III m sorrow
    IV
    :
    a pesar de in spite of, despite;
    a pesar de ello nevertheless;
    a pesar de eso in spite of that, despite that;
    a pesar de que in spite of o despite the fact that, even though;
    a pesar mío against my wishes
    * * *
    pesar vt
    1) : to weigh
    2) examinar: to consider, to think over
    pesar vi
    1) : to weigh
    ¿cuánto pesa?: how much does it weigh?
    2) : to be heavy
    3) : to weigh heavily, to be a burden
    no le pesa: it's not a burden on him
    pesa sobre mi corazón: it weighs upon my heart
    4) influir: to carry weight, to have bearing
    5) (with personal pronouns) : to grieve, to sadden
    me pesa mucho: I'm very sorry
    6)
    pese a : in spite of, despite
    pesar nm
    1) aflicción, pena: sorrow, grief
    2) remordimiento: remorse
    3)
    a pesar de : in spite of, despite
    * * *
    pesar1 n
    a pesar de in spite of / despite
    pesar2 vb
    1. (en general) to weigh
    ¿cuánto pesas? how much do you weigh?
    2. (tener mucho peso) to be heavy

    Spanish-English dictionary > pesar

  • 96 quando

    when
    per quando? when?
    da quando? how long?
    quando vengo when I come
    ogni volta che whenever I come
    di quando in quando now and then, from time to time
    * * *
    quando avv.
    1 when: quando l'hai visto l'ultima volta?, when did you see him last?; quando verrai?, when will you come?; quand'è il concerto?, when is the concert?; quando partite?, when are you leaving?; quando la smetterai di preoccuparti per tutto?, when will you stop worrying about everything?; non so quando ci rivedremo, I don't know when we'll meet again; dimmi quando ti posso telefonare, tell me when I can phone you; ti hanno detto quando sarebbero arrivati?, did they tell you when they would arrive?; fammi sapere quando passerai da Milano, let me know when you're coming to Milan // a quando?, when?: a quando le nozze?, when will the wedding be? (o when is the wedding?); a quando la laurea?, when will you take your degree? // da quando?, since when?; ( da quanto tempo) how long?: ''é a letto ammalato'' ''Da quando?'', ''He's ill in bed'' ''Since when?''; da quando non lo vedi?, how long is it since you last saw him?; da quando abita qui?, how long has he been living here?; da quando lo conosci?, how long have you known him?; da quando ti sei messo a dare ordini qui?, since when have you been giving orders round here? // di quando è questo giornale?, what is the date of this newspaper?; sai di quando è quel palazzo?, do you know when that building dates from? // fino a quando?, how long? (o till when?): fino a quando starai qui?, how long (o till when) will you be here? // per quando?, (by) when?: per quand'è la riunione?, when is the meeting?; per quando dev'essere finito il lavoro?, when must the work be finished by? // quando mai?, when on earth, when ever: quando mai ti ho chiesto una cosa simile?, when on earth (o whenever) did I ask you such a thing?; quando mai siete venuti a trovarmi?, when did you ever come to see me?
    2 quando... quando, sometimes... sometimes: quando viaggio in treno, quando in aereo, sometimes I travel by train, sometimes by air; era sempre in ritardo, quando per un motivo, quando per un altro, he was always late, sometimes for one reason, sometimes for another // quando sì, quando no, ( non sempre) at times // di quando in quando, a quando a quando, from time to time (o now and then o occasionally).
    quando cong.
    1 (nel momento, nel tempo in cui) when: quando sono insieme non fanno che chiacchierare, when they are together all they do is gossip; quando arrivai, era già partito, when I arrived, he had already left; quand'era ragazzo giocava nella squadra di calcio della scuola, when he was a boy, he used to play in the school football team; quando egli ebbe finito di parlare, si levò un caloroso applauso, when he finished speaking, there was a warm round of applause; gliene parlerò quando lo vedrò, I'll mention it to him when I see him; verrò quando avrò finito di scrivere questa lettera, I'll come when I have finished writing this letter; quando sarà grande vuol fare il pilota, he wants to be a pilot when he grows up; tutto era rimasto come quando era bambino, everything was the same as when he was a child // da quando, since: da quando è in Italia, ha sempre lavorato con la stessa ditta, since he's been in Italy he has always worked for the same firm; da quando lo conosco, non ha avuto che guai, ever since I've known him, he's always been surrounded by trouble; molte cose sono accadute da quando sei partito, a great deal has happened since you left // di quando, of the time when: sono ricordi di quando eravamo in Inghilterra, they are reminders of the time when we were in England // per quando, by the time, (by) when: per quando ritorno dovete essere pronti, you must be ready by the time I get back // fino a quando, till (o until), ( fintantoché) as long as: rimase in Italia fino a quando ebbe terminato gli studi, he stayed in Italy till (o until) he had finished his studies; potete stare qui fino a quando vorrete, you can stay here as long as you like; non mi muoverò di qui fino a quando non avrò ottenuto una spiegazione, I'm not moving till I get an explanation // quand'ecco, when (suddenly): stavo per uscire, quand'ecco squillare il telefono, I was just about to go out when the phone suddenly rang // quando che sia, quando che fosse, any time // quando meno te l'aspetti, when you least expect it
    2 ( ogni volta che) whenever: venite quando volete, come whever you like; si rivolgono sempre a lui quando c'è qualche problema da risolvere, they always turn to him whenever there is a problem to solve; quando parli così, non sei obiettivo, whenever you talk like that you're not being objective; quando lo incontravo, aveva sempre qualcosa da raccontarmi, whenever I met him, he always had something to tell me
    3 ( mentre) while: quando studia, ascolta sempre musica, he always listens to music while he's studying; quando era ammalato, era la moglie ad occuparsi del negozio, while he was ill, his wife looked after the shop
    4 ( con valore causale) since, when: è sciocco insistere, quando sai benissimo di avere torto, you're silly to keep on, since (o when) you know very well you're wrong; quando ti dico che è così, mi devi credere, you must believe me when I say that's how it is
    5 (con valore condiz.) if: quand'è così..., if that is the case (o if that's so)...; quando dovessi vederlo, portagli i miei saluti, if you happen to see him, give him my regards; quando non ci fossero altri motivi, fallo per me, do it for my sake, if for nothing else; è inutile avere la casa in montagna, quando poi non ci si va mai, it's useless having a house in the mountains if you never go there; quando ne abbia fatto richiesta, il candidato può sostenere l'esame in altra sede, candidates may take the exam at a different venue if they apply to do so // quand'anche, even if, even though: quand'anche fosse così, non potrei farci nulla, even if that were the case, I couldn't do anything about it
    6 ( con valore avversativo) when: perché va a piedi quando potrebbe benissimo andare in macchina?, why does he walk when he could easily go by car?; non ha detto una parola, quando ( invece) avrebbe dovuto parlare, he said nothing, when he should actually have spoken; come può pretendere d'insegnare l'inglese, quando non lo sa nemmeno parlare?, how can he expect to teach English, when he can't even speak it?
    7 (con valore rel.) when: ricordo quel giorno quando ci siamo incontrati, I remember the day when we met.
    quando s.m. when: voleva sapere il come e il quando, he wanted to know the how and when (o the ins and outs).
    * * *
    ['kwando]
    1. avv

    quando arriverà? — when is he arriving?, when will he arrive?

    passerò a trovarti, ma non so quando — I'll come and see you, but I don't know when

    2. cong

    piange sempre quando parto — she always cries when I leave, she cries whenever I leave

    quand'anche tu volessi parlargli... — even if you wanted to speak to him...

    si lamenta lui quando ne avrei molto più diritto io — he's the one that's complaining, when in fact I've got much more reason to

    quando si dice la sfortuna...! — talk about bad luck...!

    * * *
    ['kwando] 1.
    1) when
    2) di quando in quando every now and then, every now and again, every so often, every once in a while
    2.
    1) when

    quando arrivò sul posto, capì — when he got there, he understood

    quando arriverà, gli darete la notizia — when he gets here, you can o will tell him the news

    da quando sa nuotare, adora l'acqua — he has loved water ever since he learned to swim

    fino a quando — till, until

    3) (ogni volta che) whenever
    5) (mentre) when
    6) (visto che) since
    7) (qualora) if, when

    quando ti capita di vederlo, salutalo da parte mia — if you happen to see him, say hello to him for me

    8) quand'anche even if
    9) quand'ecco when all of a sudden
    3.
    sostantivo maschile
    * * *
    quando
    /'kwando/
    I due principali usi di quando e del suo equivalente inglese when sono quelli di avverbio e congiunzione; come mostrano gli esempi nella voce, when congiunzione non può introdurre un verbo al futuro: quando arriverà, glielo diremo = when he arrives, we'll tell him; quando sarà arrivato, se ne accorgerà = when he has arrived, he'll realize it. - Si noti che da quando si dice since (non since when), e che quando si rende con whenever se il significato richiesto è tutte le volte che.
     1 when; quando arriva? when is he arriving? quand'è il concerto? when is the concert? non so quando arriverà I don't know when she'll get here; da quando abitate qui? how long have you been living here? da quando in qua rispondi a tua madre? since when do you answer your mother back? di quand'è la lettera? what is the date on the letter? a quando il lieto evento? when is the happy day o the baby due? fino a quando ti fermi a Oxford? how long are you staying in Oxford? per quando sarà pronto? when will it be ready?
     2 di quando in quando every now and then, every now and again, every so often, every once in a while
     1 when; quando arrivò sul posto, capì when he got there, he understood; quando arriverà, gli darete la notizia when he gets here, you can o will tell him the news; quando avrà finito when she's finished; mi chiami quando l'auto sarà pronta call me when the car is ready; quando meno me l'aspettavo è arrivato when I least expected it he arrived; ero appena uscito quando si mise a piovere I had just gone out when it started raining
     2 (preceduto da preposizione) da quando sa nuotare, adora l'acqua he has loved water ever since he learned to swim; da quando mi ricordo for as long as I can remember; parlaci di quando eri in Francia tell us about when you were in France; fino a quando till, until
     3 (ogni volta che) whenever; quando deve prendere l'aereo è sempre molto nervoso whenever he has to fly he gets nervous
     4 (in frasi esclamative) quando penso che mia figlia ha quasi dieci anni! to think that my daughter's almost ten!
     5 (mentre) when; l'ha lasciato solo quando invece avrebbe dovuto aiutarlo she let him down when she should have helped him
     6 (visto che) since; quando le cose stanno così non ho niente da aggiungere since it's like that I have nothing else to say
     7 (qualora) if, when; quando ti capita di vederlo, salutalo da parte mia if you happen to see him, say hello to him for me
     8 quand'anche even if
     9 quand'ecco when all of a sudden
    III sostantivo m.
      il come e il quando how and when.

    Dizionario Italiano-Inglese > quando

  • 97 Historical Portugal

       Before Romans described western Iberia or Hispania as "Lusitania," ancient Iberians inhabited the land. Phoenician and Greek trading settlements grew up in the Tagus estuary area and nearby coasts. Beginning around 202 BCE, Romans invaded what is today southern Portugal. With Rome's defeat of Carthage, Romans proceeded to conquer and rule the western region north of the Tagus, which they named Roman "Lusitania." In the fourth century CE, as Rome's rule weakened, the area experienced yet another invasion—Germanic tribes, principally the Suevi, who eventually were Christianized. During the sixth century CE, the Suevi kingdom was superseded by yet another Germanic tribe—the Christian Visigoths.
       A major turning point in Portugal's history came in 711, as Muslim armies from North Africa, consisting of both Arab and Berber elements, invaded the Iberian Peninsula from across the Straits of Gibraltar. They entered what is now Portugal in 714, and proceeded to conquer most of the country except for the far north. For the next half a millennium, Islam and Muslim presence in Portugal left a significant mark upon the politics, government, language, and culture of the country.
       Islam, Reconquest, and Portugal Created, 714-1140
       The long frontier struggle between Muslim invaders and Christian communities in the north of the Iberian peninsula was called the Reconquista (Reconquest). It was during this struggle that the first dynasty of Portuguese kings (Burgundian) emerged and the independent monarchy of Portugal was established. Christian forces moved south from what is now the extreme north of Portugal and gradually defeated Muslim forces, besieging and capturing towns under Muslim sway. In the ninth century, as Christian forces slowly made their way southward, Christian elements were dominant only in the area between Minho province and the Douro River; this region became known as "territorium Portu-calense."
       In the 11th century, the advance of the Reconquest quickened as local Christian armies were reinforced by crusading knights from what is now France and England. Christian forces took Montemor (1034), at the Mondego River; Lamego (1058); Viseu (1058); and Coimbra (1064). In 1095, the king of Castile and Léon granted the country of "Portu-cale," what became northern Portugal, to a Burgundian count who had emigrated from France. This was the foundation of Portugal. In 1139, a descendant of this count, Afonso Henriques, proclaimed himself "King of Portugal." He was Portugal's first monarch, the "Founder," and the first of the Burgundian dynasty, which ruled until 1385.
       The emergence of Portugal in the 12th century as a separate monarchy in Iberia occurred before the Christian Reconquest of the peninsula. In the 1140s, the pope in Rome recognized Afonso Henriques as king of Portugal. In 1147, after a long, bloody siege, Muslim-occupied Lisbon fell to Afonso Henriques's army. Lisbon was the greatest prize of the 500-year war. Assisting this effort were English crusaders on their way to the Holy Land; the first bishop of Lisbon was an Englishman. When the Portuguese captured Faro and Silves in the Algarve province in 1248-50, the Reconquest of the extreme western portion of the Iberian peninsula was complete—significantly, more than two centuries before the Spanish crown completed the Reconquest of the eastern portion by capturing Granada in 1492.
       Consolidation and Independence of Burgundian Portugal, 1140-1385
       Two main themes of Portugal's early existence as a monarchy are the consolidation of control over the realm and the defeat of a Castil-ian threat from the east to its independence. At the end of this period came the birth of a new royal dynasty (Aviz), which prepared to carry the Christian Reconquest beyond continental Portugal across the straits of Gibraltar to North Africa. There was a variety of motives behind these developments. Portugal's independent existence was imperiled by threats from neighboring Iberian kingdoms to the north and east. Politics were dominated not only by efforts against the Muslims in
       Portugal (until 1250) and in nearby southern Spain (until 1492), but also by internecine warfare among the kingdoms of Castile, Léon, Aragon, and Portugal. A final comeback of Muslim forces was defeated at the battle of Salado (1340) by allied Castilian and Portuguese forces. In the emerging Kingdom of Portugal, the monarch gradually gained power over and neutralized the nobility and the Church.
       The historic and commonplace Portuguese saying "From Spain, neither a good wind nor a good marriage" was literally played out in diplomacy and war in the late 14th-century struggles for mastery in the peninsula. Larger, more populous Castile was pitted against smaller Portugal. Castile's Juan I intended to force a union between Castile and Portugal during this era of confusion and conflict. In late 1383, Portugal's King Fernando, the last king of the Burgundian dynasty, suddenly died prematurely at age 38, and the Master of Aviz, Portugal's most powerful nobleman, took up the cause of independence and resistance against Castile's invasion. The Master of Aviz, who became King João I of Portugal, was able to obtain foreign assistance. With the aid of English archers, Joao's armies defeated the Castilians in the crucial battle of Aljubarrota, on 14 August 1385, a victory that assured the independence of the Portuguese monarchy from its Castilian nemesis for several centuries.
       Aviz Dynasty and Portugal's First Overseas Empire, 1385-1580
       The results of the victory at Aljubarrota, much celebrated in Portugal's art and monuments, and the rise of the Aviz dynasty also helped to establish a new merchant class in Lisbon and Oporto, Portugal's second city. This group supported King João I's program of carrying the Reconquest to North Africa, since it was interested in expanding Portugal's foreign commerce and tapping into Muslim trade routes and resources in Africa. With the Reconquest against the Muslims completed in Portugal and the threat from Castile thwarted for the moment, the Aviz dynasty launched an era of overseas conquest, exploration, and trade. These efforts dominated Portugal's 15th and 16th centuries.
       The overseas empire and age of Discoveries began with Portugal's bold conquest in 1415 of the Moroccan city of Ceuta. One royal member of the 1415 expedition was young, 21-year-old Prince Henry, later known in history as "Prince Henry the Navigator." His part in the capture of Ceuta won Henry his knighthood and began Portugal's "Marvelous Century," during which the small kingdom was counted as a European and world power of consequence. Henry was the son of King João I and his English queen, Philippa of Lancaster, but he did not inherit the throne. Instead, he spent most of his life and his fortune, and that of the wealthy military Order of Christ, on various imperial ventures and on voyages of exploration down the African coast and into the Atlantic. While mythology has surrounded Henry's controversial role in the Discoveries, and this role has been exaggerated, there is no doubt that he played a vital part in the initiation of Portugal's first overseas empire and in encouraging exploration. He was naturally curious, had a sense of mission for Portugal, and was a strong leader. He also had wealth to expend; at least a third of the African voyages of the time were under his sponsorship. If Prince Henry himself knew little science, significant scientific advances in navigation were made in his day.
       What were Portugal's motives for this new imperial effort? The well-worn historical cliche of "God, Glory, and Gold" can only partly explain the motivation of a small kingdom with few natural resources and barely 1 million people, which was greatly outnumbered by the other powers it confronted. Among Portuguese objectives were the desire to exploit known North African trade routes and resources (gold, wheat, leather, weaponry, and other goods that were scarce in Iberia); the need to outflank the Muslim world in the Mediterranean by sailing around Africa, attacking Muslims en route; and the wish to ally with Christian kingdoms beyond Africa. This enterprise also involved a strategy of breaking the Venetian spice monopoly by trading directly with the East by means of discovering and exploiting a sea route around Africa to Asia. Besides the commercial motives, Portugal nurtured a strong crusading sense of Christian mission, and various classes in the kingdom saw an opportunity for fame and gain.
       By the time of Prince Henry's death in 1460, Portugal had gained control of the Atlantic archipelagos of the Azores and Madeiras, begun to colonize the Cape Verde Islands, failed to conquer the Canary Islands from Castile, captured various cities on Morocco's coast, and explored as far as Senegal, West Africa, down the African coast. By 1488, Bar-tolomeu Dias had rounded the Cape of Good Hope in South Africa and thereby discovered the way to the Indian Ocean.
       Portugal's largely coastal African empire and later its fragile Asian empire brought unexpected wealth but were purchased at a high price. Costs included wars of conquest and defense against rival powers, manning the far-flung navel and trade fleets and scattered castle-fortresses, and staffing its small but fierce armies, all of which entailed a loss of skills and population to maintain a scattered empire. Always short of capital, the monarchy became indebted to bankers. There were many defeats beginning in the 16th century at the hands of the larger imperial European monarchies (Spain, France, England, and Holland) and many attacks on Portugal and its strung-out empire. Typically, there was also the conflict that arose when a tenuously held world empire that rarely if ever paid its way demanded finance and manpower Portugal itself lacked.
       The first 80 years of the glorious imperial era, the golden age of Portugal's imperial power and world influence, was an African phase. During 1415-88, Portuguese navigators and explorers in small ships, some of them caravelas (caravels), explored the treacherous, disease-ridden coasts of Africa from Morocco to South Africa beyond the Cape of Good Hope. By the 1470s, the Portuguese had reached the Gulf of Guinea and, in the early 1480s, what is now Angola. Bartolomeu Dias's extraordinary voyage of 1487-88 to South Africa's coast and the edge of the Indian Ocean convinced Portugal that the best route to Asia's spices and Christians lay south, around the tip of southern Africa. Between 1488 and 1495, there was a hiatus caused in part by domestic conflict in Portugal, discussion of resources available for further conquests beyond Africa in Asia, and serious questions as to Portugal's capacity to reach beyond Africa. In 1495, King Manuel and his council decided to strike for Asia, whatever the consequences. In 1497-99, Vasco da Gama, under royal orders, made the epic two-year voyage that discovered the sea route to western India (Asia), outflanked Islam and Venice, and began Portugal's Asian empire. Within 50 years, Portugal had discovered and begun the exploitation of its largest colony, Brazil, and set up forts and trading posts from the Middle East (Aden and Ormuz), India (Calicut, Goa, etc.), Malacca, and Indonesia to Macau in China.
       By the 1550s, parts of its largely coastal, maritime trading post empire from Morocco to the Moluccas were under siege from various hostile forces, including Muslims, Christians, and Hindi. Although Moroccan forces expelled the Portuguese from the major coastal cities by 1550, the rival European monarchies of Castile (Spain), England, France, and later Holland began to seize portions of her undermanned, outgunned maritime empire.
       In 1580, Phillip II of Spain, whose mother was a Portuguese princess and who had a strong claim to the Portuguese throne, invaded Portugal, claimed the throne, and assumed control over the realm and, by extension, its African, Asian, and American empires. Phillip II filled the power vacuum that appeared in Portugal following the loss of most of Portugal's army and its young, headstrong King Sebastião in a disastrous war in Morocco. Sebastiao's death in battle (1578) and the lack of a natural heir to succeed him, as well as the weak leadership of the cardinal who briefly assumed control in Lisbon, led to a crisis that Spain's strong monarch exploited. As a result, Portugal lost its independence to Spain for a period of 60 years.
       Portugal under Spanish Rule, 1580-1640
       Despite the disastrous nature of Portugal's experience under Spanish rule, "The Babylonian Captivity" gave birth to modern Portuguese nationalism, its second overseas empire, and its modern alliance system with England. Although Spain allowed Portugal's weakened empire some autonomy, Spanish rule in Portugal became increasingly burdensome and unacceptable. Spain's ambitious imperial efforts in Europe and overseas had an impact on the Portuguese as Spain made greater and greater demands on its smaller neighbor for manpower and money. Portugal's culture underwent a controversial Castilianization, while its empire became hostage to Spain's fortunes. New rival powers England, France, and Holland attacked and took parts of Spain's empire and at the same time attacked Portugal's empire, as well as the mother country.
       Portugal's empire bore the consequences of being attacked by Spain's bitter enemies in what was a form of world war. Portuguese losses were heavy. By 1640, Portugal had lost most of its Moroccan cities as well as Ceylon, the Moluccas, and sections of India. With this, Portugal's Asian empire was gravely weakened. Only Goa, Damão, Diu, Bombay, Timor, and Macau remained and, in Brazil, Dutch forces occupied the northeast.
       On 1 December 1640, long commemorated as a national holiday, Portuguese rebels led by the duke of Braganza overthrew Spanish domination and took advantage of Spanish weakness following a more serious rebellion in Catalonia. Portugal regained independence from Spain, but at a price: dependence on foreign assistance to maintain its independence in the form of the renewal of the alliance with England.
       Restoration and Second Empire, 1640-1822
       Foreign affairs and empire dominated the restoration era and aftermath, and Portugal again briefly enjoyed greater European power and prestige. The Anglo-Portuguese Alliance was renewed and strengthened in treaties of 1642, 1654, and 1661, and Portugal's independence from Spain was underwritten by English pledges and armed assistance. In a Luso-Spanish treaty of 1668, Spain recognized Portugal's independence. Portugal's alliance with England was a marriage of convenience and necessity between two monarchies with important religious, cultural, and social differences. In return for legal, diplomatic, and trade privileges, as well as the use during war and peace of Portugal's great Lisbon harbor and colonial ports for England's navy, England pledged to protect Portugal and its scattered empire from any attack. The previously cited 17th-century alliance treaties were renewed later in the Treaty of Windsor, signed in London in 1899. On at least 10 different occasions after 1640, and during the next two centuries, England was central in helping prevent or repel foreign invasions of its ally, Portugal.
       Portugal's second empire (1640-1822) was largely Brazil-oriented. Portuguese colonization, exploitation of wealth, and emigration focused on Portuguese America, and imperial revenues came chiefly from Brazil. Between 1670 and 1740, Portugal's royalty and nobility grew wealthier on funds derived from Brazilian gold, diamonds, sugar, tobacco, and other crops, an enterprise supported by the Atlantic slave trade and the supply of African slave labor from West Africa and Angola. Visitors today can see where much of that wealth was invested: Portugal's rich legacy of monumental architecture. Meanwhile, the African slave trade took a toll in Angola and West Africa.
       In continental Portugal, absolutist monarchy dominated politics and government, and there was a struggle for position and power between the monarchy and other institutions, such as the Church and nobility. King José I's chief minister, usually known in history as the marquis of Pombal (ruled 1750-77), sharply suppressed the nobility and the
       Church (including the Inquisition, now a weak institution) and expelled the Jesuits. Pombal also made an effort to reduce economic dependence on England, Portugal's oldest ally. But his successes did not last much beyond his disputed time in office.
       Beginning in the late 18th century, the European-wide impact of the French Revolution and the rise of Napoleon placed Portugal in a vulnerable position. With the monarchy ineffectively led by an insane queen (Maria I) and her indecisive regent son (João VI), Portugal again became the focus of foreign ambition and aggression. With England unable to provide decisive assistance in time, France—with Spain's consent—invaded Portugal in 1807. As Napoleon's army under General Junot entered Lisbon meeting no resistance, Portugal's royal family fled on a British fleet to Brazil, where it remained in exile until 1821. In the meantime, Portugal's overseas empire was again under threat. There was a power vacuum as the monarch was absent, foreign armies were present, and new political notions of liberalism and constitutional monarchy were exciting various groups of citizens.
       Again England came to the rescue, this time in the form of the armies of the duke of Wellington. Three successive French invasions of Portugal were defeated and expelled, and Wellington succeeded in carrying the war against Napoleon across the Portuguese frontier into Spain. The presence of the English army, the new French-born liberal ideas, and the political vacuum combined to create revolutionary conditions. The French invasions and the peninsular wars, where Portuguese armed forces played a key role, marked the beginning of a new era in politics.
       Liberalism and Constitutional Monarchy, 1822-1910
       During 1807-22, foreign invasions, war, and civil strife over conflicting political ideas gravely damaged Portugal's commerce, economy, and novice industry. The next terrible blow was the loss of Brazil in 1822, the jewel in the imperial crown. Portugal's very independence seemed to be at risk. In vain, Portugal sought to resist Brazilian independence by force, but in 1825 it formally acknowledged Brazilian independence by treaty.
       Portugal's slow recovery from the destructive French invasions and the "war of independence" was complicated by civil strife over the form of constitutional monarchy that best suited Portugal. After struggles over these issues between 1820 and 1834, Portugal settled somewhat uncertainly into a moderate constitutional monarchy whose constitution (Charter of 1826) lent it strong political powers to exert a moderating influence between the executive and legislative branches of the government. It also featured a new upper middle class based on land ownership and commerce; a Catholic Church that, although still important, lived with reduced privileges and property; a largely African (third) empire to which Lisbon and Oporto devoted increasing spiritual and material resources, starting with the liberal imperial plans of 1836 and 1851, and continuing with the work of institutions like the Lisbon Society of Geography (established 1875); and a mass of rural peasants whose bonds to the land weakened after 1850 and who began to immigrate in increasing numbers to Brazil and North America.
       Chronic military intervention in national politics began in 19th-century Portugal. Such intervention, usually commencing with coups or pronunciamentos (military revolts), was a shortcut to the spoils of political office and could reflect popular discontent as well as the power of personalities. An early example of this was the 1817 golpe (coup) attempt of General Gomes Freire against British military rule in Portugal before the return of King João VI from Brazil. Except for a more stable period from 1851 to 1880, military intervention in politics, or the threat thereof, became a feature of the constitutional monarchy's political life, and it continued into the First Republic and the subsequent Estado Novo.
       Beginning with the Regeneration period (1851-80), Portugal experienced greater political stability and economic progress. Military intervention in politics virtually ceased; industrialization and construction of railroads, roads, and bridges proceeded; two political parties (Regenerators and Historicals) worked out a system of rotation in power; and leading intellectuals sparked a cultural revival in several fields. In 19th-century literature, there was a new golden age led by such figures as Alexandre Herculano (historian), Eça de Queirós (novelist), Almeida Garrett (playwright and essayist), Antero de Quental (poet), and Joaquim Oliveira Martins (historian and social scientist). In its third overseas empire, Portugal attempted to replace the slave trade and slavery with legitimate economic activities; to reform the administration; and to expand Portuguese holdings beyond coastal footholds deep into the African hinterlands in West, West Central, and East Africa. After 1841, to some extent, and especially after 1870, colonial affairs, combined with intense nationalism, pressures for economic profit in Africa, sentiment for national revival, and the drift of European affairs would make or break Lisbon governments.
       Beginning with the political crisis that arose out of the "English Ultimatum" affair of January 1890, the monarchy became discredtted and identified with the poorly functioning government, political parties splintered, and republicanism found more supporters. Portugal participated in the "Scramble for Africa," expanding its African holdings, but failed to annex territory connecting Angola and Mozambique. A growing foreign debt and state bankruptcy as of the early 1890s damaged the constitutional monarchy's reputation, despite the efforts of King Carlos in diplomacy, the renewal of the alliance in the Windsor Treaty of 1899, and the successful if bloody colonial wars in the empire (1880-97). Republicanism proclaimed that Portugal's weak economy and poor society were due to two historic institutions: the monarchy and the Catholic Church. A republic, its stalwarts claimed, would bring greater individual liberty; efficient, if more decentralized government; and a stronger colonial program while stripping the Church of its role in both society and education.
       As the monarchy lost support and republicans became more aggressive, violence increased in politics. King Carlos I and his heir Luís were murdered in Lisbon by anarchist-republicans on 1 February 1908. Following a military and civil insurrection and fighting between monarchist and republican forces, on 5 October 1910, King Manuel II fled Portugal and a republic was proclaimed.
       First Parliamentary Republic, 1910-26
       Portugal's first attempt at republican government was the most unstable, turbulent parliamentary republic in the history of 20th-century Western Europe. During a little under 16 years of the republic, there were 45 governments, a number of legislatures that did not complete normal terms, military coups, and only one president who completed his four-year term in office. Portuguese society was poorly prepared for this political experiment. Among the deadly legacies of the monarchy were a huge public debt; a largely rural, apolitical, and illiterate peasant population; conflict over the causes of the country's misfortunes; and lack of experience with a pluralist, democratic system.
       The republic had some talented leadership but lacked popular, institutional, and economic support. The 1911 republican constitution established only a limited democracy, as only a small portion of the adult male citizenry was eligible to vote. In a country where the majority was Catholic, the republic passed harshly anticlerical laws, and its institutions and supporters persecuted both the Church and its adherents. During its brief disjointed life, the First Republic drafted important reform plans in economic, social, and educational affairs; actively promoted development in the empire; and pursued a liberal, generous foreign policy. Following British requests for Portugal's assistance in World War I, Portugal entered the war on the Allied side in March 1916 and sent armies to Flanders and Portuguese Africa. Portugal's intervention in that conflict, however, was too costly in many respects, and the ultimate failure of the republic in part may be ascribed to Portugal's World War I activities.
       Unfortunately for the republic, its time coincided with new threats to Portugal's African possessions: World War I, social and political demands from various classes that could not be reconciled, excessive military intervention in politics, and, in particular, the worst economic and financial crisis Portugal had experienced since the 16th and 17th centuries. After the original Portuguese Republican Party (PRP, also known as the "Democrats") splintered into three warring groups in 1912, no true multiparty system emerged. The Democrats, except for only one or two elections, held an iron monopoly of electoral power, and political corruption became a major issue. As extreme right-wing dictatorships elsewhere in Europe began to take power in Italy (1922), neighboring Spain (1923), and Greece (1925), what scant popular support remained for the republic collapsed. Backed by a right-wing coalition of landowners from Alentejo, clergy, Coimbra University faculty and students, Catholic organizations, and big business, career military officers led by General Gomes da Costa executed a coup on 28 May 1926, turned out the last republican government, and established a military government.
       The Estado Novo (New State), 1926-74
       During the military phase (1926-32) of the Estado Novo, professional military officers, largely from the army, governed and administered Portugal and held key cabinet posts, but soon discovered that the military possessed no magic formula that could readily solve the problems inherited from the First Republic. Especially during the years 1926-31, the military dictatorship, even with its political repression of republican activities and institutions (military censorship of the press, political police action, and closure of the republic's rowdy parliament), was characterized by similar weaknesses: personalism and factionalism; military coups and political instability, including civil strife and loss of life; state debt and bankruptcy; and a weak economy. "Barracks parliamentarism" was not an acceptable alternative even to the "Nightmare Republic."
       Led by General Óscar Carmona, who had replaced and sent into exile General Gomes da Costa, the military dictatorship turned to a civilian expert in finance and economics to break the budget impasse and bring coherence to the disorganized system. Appointed minister of finance on 27 April 1928, the Coimbra University Law School professor of economics Antônio de Oliveira Salazar (1889-1970) first reformed finance, helped balance the budget, and then turned to other concerns as he garnered extraordinary governing powers. In 1930, he was appointed interim head of another key ministry (Colonies) and within a few years had become, in effect, a civilian dictator who, with the military hierarchy's support, provided the government with coherence, a program, and a set of policies.
       For nearly 40 years after he was appointed the first civilian prime minister in 1932, Salazar's personality dominated the government. Unlike extreme right-wing dictators elsewhere in Europe, Salazar was directly appointed by the army but was never endorsed by a popular political party, street militia, or voter base. The scholarly, reclusive former Coimbra University professor built up what became known after 1932 as the Estado Novo ("New State"), which at the time of its overthrow by another military coup in 1974, was the longest surviving authoritarian regime in Western Europe. The system of Salazar and the largely academic and technocratic ruling group he gathered in his cabinets was based on the central bureaucracy of the state, which was supported by the president of the republic—always a senior career military officer, General Óscar Carmona (1928-51), General Craveiro Lopes (1951-58), and Admiral Américo Tómaz (1958-74)—and the complicity of various institutions. These included a rubber-stamp legislature called the National Assembly (1935-74) and a political police known under various names: PVDE (1932-45), PIDE (1945-69),
       and DGS (1969-74). Other defenders of the Estado Novo security were paramilitary organizations such as the National Republican Guard (GNR); the Portuguese Legion (PL); and the Portuguese Youth [Movement]. In addition to censorship of the media, theater, and books, there was political repression and a deliberate policy of depoliticization. All political parties except for the approved movement of regime loyalists, the União Nacional or (National Union), were banned.
       The most vigorous and more popular period of the New State was 1932-44, when the basic structures were established. Never monolithic or entirely the work of one person (Salazar), the New State was constructed with the assistance of several dozen top associates who were mainly academics from law schools, some technocrats with specialized skills, and a handful of trusted career military officers. The 1933 Constitution declared Portugal to be a "unitary, corporative Republic," and pressures to restore the monarchy were resisted. Although some of the regime's followers were fascists and pseudofascists, many more were conservative Catholics, integralists, nationalists, and monarchists of different varieties, and even some reactionary republicans. If the New State was authoritarian, it was not totalitarian and, unlike fascism in Benito Mussolini's Italy or Adolf Hitler's Germany, it usually employed the minimum of violence necessary to defeat what remained a largely fractious, incoherent opposition.
       With the tumultuous Second Republic and the subsequent civil war in nearby Spain, the regime felt threatened and reinforced its defenses. During what Salazar rightly perceived as a time of foreign policy crisis for Portugal (1936-45), he assumed control of the Ministry of Foreign Affairs. From there, he pursued four basic foreign policy objectives: supporting the Nationalist rebels of General Francisco Franco in the Spanish Civil War (1936-39) and concluding defense treaties with a triumphant Franco; ensuring that General Franco in an exhausted Spain did not enter World War II on the Axis side; maintaining Portuguese neutrality in World War II with a post-1942 tilt toward the Allies, including granting Britain and the United States use of bases in the Azores Islands; and preserving and protecting Portugal's Atlantic Islands and its extensive, if poor, overseas empire in Africa and Asia.
       During the middle years of the New State (1944-58), many key Salazar associates in government either died or resigned, and there was greater social unrest in the form of unprecedented strikes and clandestine Communist activities, intensified opposition, and new threatening international pressures on Portugal's overseas empire. During the earlier phase of the Cold War (1947-60), Portugal became a steadfast, if weak, member of the US-dominated North Atlantic Treaty Organization alliance and, in 1955, with American support, Portugal joined the United Nations (UN). Colonial affairs remained a central concern of the regime. As of 1939, Portugal was the third largest colonial power in the world and possessed territories in tropical Africa (Angola, Mozambique, Guinea-Bissau, and São Tomé and Príncipe Islands) and the remnants of its 16th-century empire in Asia (Goa, Damão, Diu, East Timor, and Macau). Beginning in the early 1950s, following the independence of India in 1947, Portugal resisted Indian pressures to decolonize Portuguese India and used police forces to discourage internal opposition in its Asian and African colonies.
       The later years of the New State (1958-68) witnessed the aging of the increasingly isolated but feared Salazar and new threats both at home and overseas. Although the regime easily overcame the brief oppositionist threat from rival presidential candidate General Humberto Delgado in the spring of 1958, new developments in the African and Asian empires imperiled the authoritarian system. In February 1961, oppositionists hijacked the Portuguese ocean liner Santa Maria and, in following weeks, African insurgents in northern Angola, although they failed to expel the Portuguese, gained worldwide media attention, discredited the New State, and began the 13-year colonial war. After thwarting a dissident military coup against his continued leadership, Salazar and his ruling group mobilized military repression in Angola and attempted to develop the African colonies at a faster pace in order to ensure Portuguese control. Meanwhile, the other European colonial powers (Britain, France, Belgium, and Spain) rapidly granted political independence to their African territories.
       At the time of Salazar's removal from power in September 1968, following a stroke, Portugal's efforts to maintain control over its colonies appeared to be successful. President Americo Tomás appointed Dr. Marcello Caetano as Salazar's successor as prime minister. While maintaining the New State's basic structures, and continuing the regime's essential colonial policy, Caetano attempted wider reforms in colonial administration and some devolution of power from Lisbon, as well as more freedom of expression in Lisbon. Still, a great deal of the budget was devoted to supporting the wars against the insurgencies in Africa. Meanwhile in Asia, Portuguese India had fallen when the Indian army invaded in December 1961. The loss of Goa was a psychological blow to the leadership of the New State, and of the Asian empire only East Timor and Macau remained.
       The Caetano years (1968-74) were but a hiatus between the waning Salazar era and a new regime. There was greater political freedom and rapid economic growth (5-6 percent annually to late 1973), but Caetano's government was unable to reform the old system thoroughly and refused to consider new methods either at home or in the empire. In the end, regime change came from junior officers of the professional military who organized the Armed Forces Movement (MFA) against the Caetano government. It was this group of several hundred officers, mainly in the army and navy, which engineered a largely bloodless coup in Lisbon on 25 April 1974. Their unexpected action brought down the 48-year-old New State and made possible the eventual establishment and consolidation of democratic governance in Portugal, as well as a reorientation of the country away from the Atlantic toward Europe.
       Revolution of Carnations, 1974-76
       Following successful military operations of the Armed Forces Movement against the Caetano government, Portugal experienced what became known as the "Revolution of Carnations." It so happened that during the rainy week of the military golpe, Lisbon flower shops were featuring carnations, and the revolutionaries and their supporters adopted the red carnation as the common symbol of the event, as well as of the new freedom from dictatorship. The MFA, whose leaders at first were mostly little-known majors and captains, proclaimed a three-fold program of change for the new Portugal: democracy; decolonization of the overseas empire, after ending the colonial wars; and developing a backward economy in the spirit of opportunity and equality. During the first 24 months after the coup, there was civil strife, some anarchy, and a power struggle. With the passing of the Estado Novo, public euphoria burst forth as the new provisional military government proclaimed the freedoms of speech, press, and assembly, and abolished censorship, the political police, the Portuguese Legion, Portuguese Youth, and other New State organizations, including the National Union. Scores of political parties were born and joined the senior political party, the Portuguese Community Party (PCP), and the Socialist Party (PS), founded shortly before the coup.
       Portugal's Revolution of Carnations went through several phases. There was an attempt to take control by radical leftists, including the PCP and its allies. This was thwarted by moderate officers in the army, as well as by the efforts of two political parties: the PS and the Social Democrats (PPD, later PSD). The first phase was from April to September 1974. Provisional president General Antonio Spínola, whose 1974 book Portugal and the Future had helped prepare public opinion for the coup, met irresistible leftist pressures. After Spinola's efforts to avoid rapid decolonization of the African empire failed, he resigned in September 1974. During the second phase, from September 1974 to March 1975, radical military officers gained control, but a coup attempt by General Spínola and his supporters in Lisbon in March 1975 failed and Spínola fled to Spain.
       In the third phase of the Revolution, March-November 1975, a strong leftist reaction followed. Farm workers occupied and "nationalized" 1.1 million hectares of farmland in the Alentejo province, and radical military officers in the provisional government ordered the nationalization of Portuguese banks (foreign banks were exempted), utilities, and major industries, or about 60 percent of the economic system. There were power struggles among various political parties — a total of 50 emerged—and in the streets there was civil strife among labor, military, and law enforcement groups. A constituent assembly, elected on 25 April 1975, in Portugal's first free elections since 1926, drafted a democratic constitution. The Council of the Revolution (CR), briefly a revolutionary military watchdog committee, was entrenched as part of the government under the constitution, until a later revision. During the chaotic year of 1975, about 30 persons were killed in political frays while unstable provisional governments came and went. On 25 November 1975, moderate military forces led by Colonel Ramalho Eanes, who later was twice elected president of the republic (1976 and 1981), defeated radical, leftist military groups' revolutionary conspiracies.
       In the meantime, Portugal's scattered overseas empire experienced a precipitous and unprepared decolonization. One by one, the former colonies were granted and accepted independence—Guinea-Bissau (September 1974), Cape Verde Islands (July 1975), and Mozambique (July 1975). Portugal offered to turn over Macau to the People's Republic of China, but the offer was refused then and later negotiations led to the establishment of a formal decolonization or hand-over date of 1999. But in two former colonies, the process of decolonization had tragic results.
       In Angola, decolonization negotiations were greatly complicated by the fact that there were three rival nationalist movements in a struggle for power. The January 1975 Alvor Agreement signed by Portugal and these three parties was not effectively implemented. A bloody civil war broke out in Angola in the spring of 1975 and, when Portuguese armed forces withdrew and declared that Angola was independent on 11 November 1975, the bloodshed only increased. Meanwhile, most of the white Portuguese settlers from Angola and Mozambique fled during the course of 1975. Together with African refugees, more than 600,000 of these retornados ("returned ones") went by ship and air to Portugal and thousands more to Namibia, South Africa, Brazil, Canada, and the United States.
       The second major decolonization disaster was in Portugal's colony of East Timor in the Indonesian archipelago. Portugal's capacity to supervise and control a peaceful transition to independence in this isolated, neglected colony was limited by the strength of giant Indonesia, distance from Lisbon, and Portugal's revolutionary disorder and inability to defend Timor. In early December 1975, before Portugal granted formal independence and as one party, FRETILIN, unilaterally declared East Timor's independence, Indonesia's armed forces invaded, conquered, and annexed East Timor. Indonesian occupation encountered East Timorese resistance, and a heavy loss of life followed. The East Timor question remained a contentious international issue in the UN, as well as in Lisbon and Jakarta, for more than 20 years following Indonesia's invasion and annexation of the former colony of Portugal. Major changes occurred, beginning in 1998, after Indonesia underwent a political revolution and allowed a referendum in East Timor to decide that territory's political future in August 1999. Most East Timorese chose independence, but Indonesian forces resisted that verdict until
       UN intervention in September 1999. Following UN rule for several years, East Timor attained full independence on 20 May 2002.
       Consolidation of Democracy, 1976-2000
       After several free elections and record voter turnouts between 25 April 1975 and June 1976, civil war was averted and Portugal's second democratic republic began to stabilize. The MFA was dissolved, the military were returned to the barracks, and increasingly elected civilians took over the government of the country. The 1976 Constitution was revised several times beginning in 1982 and 1989, in order to reempha-size the principle of free enterprise in the economy while much of the large, nationalized sector was privatized. In June 1976, General Ram-alho Eanes was elected the first constitutional president of the republic (five-year term), and he appointed socialist leader Dr. Mário Soares as prime minister of the first constitutional government.
       From 1976 to 1985, Portugal's new system featured a weak economy and finances, labor unrest, and administrative and political instability. The difficult consolidation of democratic governance was eased in part by the strong currency and gold reserves inherited from the Estado Novo, but Lisbon seemed unable to cope with high unemployment, new debt, the complex impact of the refugees from Africa, world recession, and the agitation of political parties. Four major parties emerged from the maelstrom of 1974-75, except for the Communist Party, all newly founded. They were, from left to right, the Communists (PCP); the Socialists (PS), who managed to dominate governments and the legislature but not win a majority in the Assembly of the Republic; the Social Democrats (PSD); and the Christian Democrats (CDS). During this period, the annual growth rate was low (l-2 percent), and the nationalized sector of the economy stagnated.
       Enhanced economic growth, greater political stability, and more effective central government as of 1985, and especially 1987, were due to several developments. In 1977, Portugal applied for membership in the European Economic Community (EEC), now the European Union (EU) since 1993. In January 1986, with Spain, Portugal was granted membership, and economic and financial progress in the intervening years has been significantly influenced by the comparatively large investment, loans, technology, advice, and other assistance from the EEC. Low unemployment, high annual growth rates (5 percent), and moderate inflation have also been induced by the new political and administrative stability in Lisbon. Led by Prime Minister Cavaco Silva, an economist who was trained abroad, the PSD's strong organization, management, and electoral support since 1985 have assisted in encouraging economic recovery and development. In 1985, the PSD turned the PS out of office and won the general election, although they did not have an absolute majority of assembly seats. In 1986, Mário Soares was elected president of the republic, the first civilian to hold that office since the First Republic. In the elections of 1987 and 1991, however, the PSD was returned to power with clear majorities of over 50 percent of the vote.
       Although the PSD received 50.4 percent of the vote in the 1991 parliamentary elections and held a 42-seat majority in the Assembly of the Republic, the party began to lose public support following media revelations regarding corruption and complaints about Prime Minister Cavaco Silva's perceived arrogant leadership style. President Mário Soares voiced criticism of the PSD's seemingly untouchable majority and described a "tyranny of the majority." Economic growth slowed down. In the parliamentary elections of 1995 and the presidential election of 1996, the PSD's dominance ended for the time being. Prime Minister Antônio Guterres came to office when the PS won the October 1995 elections, and in the subsequent presidential contest, in January 1996, socialist Jorge Sampaio, the former mayor of Lisbon, was elected president of the republic, thus defeating Cavaco Silva's bid. Young and popular, Guterres moved the PS toward the center of the political spectrum. Under Guterres, the PS won the October 1999 parliamentary elections. The PS defeated the PSD but did not manage to win a clear, working majority of seats, and this made the PS dependent upon alliances with smaller parties, including the PCP.
       In the local elections in December 2001, the PSD's criticism of PS's heavy public spending allowed the PSD to take control of the key cities of Lisbon, Oporto, and Coimbra. Guterres resigned, and parliamentary elections were brought forward from 2004 to March 2002. The PSD won a narrow victory with 40 percent of the votes, and Jose Durão Barroso became prime minister. Having failed to win a majority of the seats in parliament forced the PSD to govern in coalition with the right-wing Popular Party (PP) led by Paulo Portas. Durão Barroso set about reducing government spending by cutting the budgets of local authorities, freezing civil service hiring, and reviving the economy by accelerating privatization of state-owned enterprises. These measures provoked a 24-hour strike by public-sector workers. Durão Barroso reacted with vows to press ahead with budget-cutting measures and imposed a wage freeze on all employees earning more than €1,000, which affected more than one-half of Portugal's work force.
       In June 2004, Durão Barroso was invited by Romano Prodi to succeed him as president of the European Commission. Durão Barroso accepted and resigned the prime ministership in July. Pedro Santana Lopes, the leader of the PSD, became prime minister. Already unpopular at the time of Durão Barroso's resignation, the PSD-led government became increasingly unpopular under Santana Lopes. A month-long delay in the start of the school year and confusion over his plan to cut taxes and raise public-sector salaries, eroded confidence even more. By November, Santana Lopes's government was so unpopular that President Jorge Sampaio was obliged to dissolve parliament and hold new elections, two years ahead of schedule.
       Parliamentary elections were held on 20 February 2005. The PS, which had promised the electorate disciplined and transparent governance, educational reform, the alleviation of poverty, and a boost in employment, won 45 percent of the vote and the majority of the seats in parliament. The leader of the PS, José Sôcrates became prime minister on 12 March 2005. In the regularly scheduled presidential elections held on 6 January 2006, the former leader of the PSD and prime minister, Aníbal Cavaco Silva, won a narrow victory and became president on 9 March 2006. With a mass protest, public teachers' strike, and street demonstrations in March 2008, Portugal's media, educational, and social systems experienced more severe pressures. With the spreading global recession beginning in September 2008, Portugal's economic and financial systems became more troubled.
       Owing to its geographic location on the southwestern most edge of continental Europe, Portugal has been historically in but not of Europe. Almost from the beginning of its existence in the 12th century as an independent monarchy, Portugal turned its back on Europe and oriented itself toward the Atlantic Ocean. After carving out a Christian kingdom on the western portion of the Iberian peninsula, Portuguese kings gradually built and maintained a vast seaborne global empire that became central to the way Portugal understood its individuality as a nation-state. While the creation of this empire allows Portugal to claim an unusual number of "firsts" or distinctions in world and Western history, it also retarded Portugal's economic, social, and political development. It can be reasonably argued that the Revolution of 25 April 1974 was the most decisive event in Portugal's long history because it finally ended Portugal's oceanic mission and view of itself as an imperial power. After the 1974 Revolution, Portugal turned away from its global mission and vigorously reoriented itself toward Europe. Contemporary Portugal is now both in and of Europe.
       The turn toward Europe began immediately after 25 April 1974. Portugal granted independence to its African colonies in 1975. It was admitted to the European Council and took the first steps toward accession to the European Economic Community (EEC) in 1976. On 28 March 1977, the Portuguese government officially applied for EEC membership. Because of Portugal's economic and social backwardness, which would require vast sums of EEC money to overcome, negotiations for membership were long and difficult. Finally, a treaty of accession was signed on 12 June 1985. Portugal officially joined the EEC (the European Union [EU] since 1993) on 1 January 1986. Since becoming a full-fledged member of the EU, Portugal has been steadily overcoming the economic and social underdevelopment caused by its imperial past and is becoming more like the rest of Europe.
       Membership in the EU has speeded up the structural transformation of Portugal's economy, which actually began during the Estado Novo. Investments made by the Estado Novo in Portugal's economy began to shift employment out of the agricultural sector, which, in 1950, accounted for 50 percent of Portugal's economically active population. Today, only 10 percent of the economically active population is employed in the agricultural sector (the highest among EU member states); 30 percent in the industrial sector (also the highest among EU member states); and 60 percent in the service sector (the lowest among EU member states). The economically active population numbers about 5,000,000 employed, 56 percent of whom are women. Women workers are the majority of the workforce in the agricultural and service sectors (the highest among the EU member states). The expansion of the service sector has been primarily in health care and education. Portugal has had the lowest unemployment rates among EU member states, with the overall rate never being more than 10 percent of the active population. Since joining the EU, the number of employers increased from 2.6 percent to 5.8 percent of the active population; self-employed from 16 to 19 percent; and employees from 65 to 70 percent. Twenty-six percent of the employers are women. Unemployment tends to hit younger workers in industry and transportation, women employed in domestic service, workers on short-term contracts, and poorly educated workers. Salaried workers earn only 63 percent of the EU average, and hourly workers only one-third to one-half of that earned by their EU counterparts. Despite having had the second highest growth of gross national product (GNP) per inhabitant (after Ireland) among EU member states, the above data suggest that while much has been accomplished in terms of modernizing the Portuguese economy, much remains to be done to bring Portugal's economy up to the level of the "average" EU member state.
       Membership in the EU has also speeded up changes in Portuguese society. Over the last 30 years, coastalization and urbanization have intensified. Fully 50 percent of Portuguese live in the coastal urban conurbations of Lisbon, Oporto, Braga, Aveiro, Coimbra, Viseu, Évora, and Faro. The Portuguese population is one of the oldest among EU member states (17.3 percent are 65 years of age or older) thanks to a considerable increase in life expectancy at birth (77.87 years for the total population, 74.6 years for men, 81.36 years for women) and one of the lowest birthrates (10.59 births/1,000) in Europe. Family size averages 2.8 persons per household, with the strict nuclear family (one or two generations) in which both parents work being typical. Common law marriages, cohabitating couples, and single-parent households are more and more common. The divorce rate has also increased. "Youth Culture" has developed. The young have their own meeting places, leisure-time activities, and nightlife (bars, clubs, and discos).
       All Portuguese citizens, whether they have contributed or not, have a right to an old-age pension, invalidity benefits, widowed persons' pension, as well as payments for disabilities, children, unemployment, and large families. There is a national minimum wage (€385 per month), which is low by EU standards. The rapid aging of Portugal's population has changed the ratio of contributors to pensioners to 1.7, the lowest in the EU. This has created deficits in Portugal's social security fund.
       The adult literacy rate is about 92 percent. Illiteracy is still found among the elderly. Although universal compulsory education up to grade 9 was achieved in 1980, only 21.2 percent of the population aged 25-64 had undergone secondary education, compared to an EU average of 65.7 percent. Portugal's higher education system currently consists of 14 state universities and 14 private universities, 15 state polytechnic institutions, one Catholic university, and one military academy. All in all, Portugal spends a greater percentage of its state budget on education than most EU member states. Despite this high level of expenditure, the troubled Portuguese education system does not perform well. Early leaving and repetition rates are among the highest among EU member states.
       After the Revolution of 25 April 1974, Portugal created a National Health Service, which today consists of 221 hospitals and 512 medical centers employing 33,751 doctors and 41,799 nurses. Like its education system, Portugal's medical system is inefficient. There are long waiting lists for appointments with specialists and for surgical procedures.
       Structural changes in Portugal's economy and society mean that social life in Portugal is not too different from that in other EU member states. A mass consumption society has been created. Televisions, telephones, refrigerators, cars, music equipment, mobile phones, and personal computers are commonplace. Sixty percent of Portuguese households possess at least one automobile, and 65 percent of Portuguese own their own home. Portuguese citizens are more aware of their legal rights than ever before. This has resulted in a trebling of the number of legal proceeding since 1960 and an eight-fold increase in the number of lawyers. In general, Portuguese society has become more permissive and secular; the Catholic Church and the armed forces are much less influential than in the past. Portugal's population is also much more culturally, religiously, and ethnically diverse, a consequence of the coming to Portugal of hundreds of thousands of immigrants, mainly from former African colonies.
       Portuguese are becoming more cosmopolitan and sophisticated through the impact of world media, the Internet, and the World Wide Web. A prime case in point came in the summer and early fall of 1999, with the extraordinary events in East Timor and the massive Portuguese popular responses. An internationally monitored referendum in East Timor, Portugal's former colony in the Indonesian archipelago and under Indonesian occupation from late 1975 to summer 1999, resulted in a vote of 78.5 percent for rejecting integration with Indonesia and for independence. When Indonesian prointegration gangs, aided by the Indonesian military, responded to the referendum with widespread brutality and threatened to reverse the verdict of the referendum, there was a spontaneous popular outpouring of protest in the cities and towns of Portugal. An avalanche of Portuguese e-mail fell on leaders and groups in the UN and in certain countries around the world as Portugal's diplomats, perhaps to compensate for the weak initial response to Indonesian armed aggression in 1975, called for the protection of East Timor as an independent state and for UN intervention to thwart Indonesian action. Using global communications networks, the Portuguese were able to mobilize UN and world public opinion against Indonesian actions and aided the eventual independence of East Timor on 20 May 2002.
       From the Revolution of 25 April 1974 until the 1990s, Portugal had a large number of political parties, one of the largest Communist parties in western Europe, frequent elections, and endemic cabinet instability. Since the 1990s, the number of political parties has been dramatically reduced and cabinet stability increased. Gradually, the Portuguese electorate has concentrated around two larger parties, the right-of-center Social Democrats (PSD) and the left-of-center Socialist (PS). In the 1980s, these two parties together garnered 65 percent of the vote and 70 percent of the seats in parliament. In 2005, these percentages had risen to 74 percent and 85 percent, respectively. In effect, Portugal is currently a two-party dominant system in which the two largest parties — PS and PSD—alternate in and out of power, not unlike the rotation of the two main political parties (the Regenerators and the Historicals) during the last decades (1850s to 1880s) of the liberal constitutional monarchy. As Portugal's democracy has consolidated, turnout rates for the eligible electorate have declined. In the 1970s, turnout was 85 percent. In Portugal's most recent parliamentary election (2005), turnout had fallen to 65 percent of the eligible electorate.
       Portugal has benefited greatly from membership in the EU, and whatever doubts remain about the price paid for membership, no Portuguese government in the near future can afford to sever this connection. The vast majority of Portuguese citizens see membership in the EU as a "good thing" and strongly believe that Portugal has benefited from membership. Only the Communist Party opposed membership because it reduces national sovereignty, serves the interests of capitalists not workers, and suffers from a democratic deficit. Despite the high level of support for the EU, Portuguese voters are increasingly not voting in elections for the European Parliament, however. Turnout for European Parliament elections fell from 40 percent of the eligible electorate in the 1999 elections to 38 percent in the 2004 elections.
       In sum, Portugal's turn toward Europe has done much to overcome its backwardness. However, despite the economic, social, and political progress made since 1986, Portugal has a long way to go before it can claim to be on a par with the level found even in Spain, much less the rest of western Europe. As Portugal struggles to move from underde-velopment, especially in the rural areas away from the coast, it must keep in mind the perils of too rapid modern development, which could damage two of its most precious assets: its scenery and environment. The growth and future prosperity of the economy will depend on the degree to which the government and the private sector will remain stewards of clean air, soil, water, and other finite resources on which the tourism industry depends and on which Portugal's world image as a unique place to visit rests. Currently, Portugal is investing heavily in renewable energy from solar, wind, and wave power in order to account for about 50 percent of its electricity needs by 2010. Portugal opened the world's largest solar power plant and the world's first commercial wave power farm in 2006.
       An American documentary film on Portugal produced in the 1970s described this little country as having "a Past in Search of a Future." In the years after the Revolution of 25 April 1974, it could be said that Portugal is now living in "a Present in Search of a Future." Increasingly, that future lies in Europe as an active and productive member of the EU.

    Historical dictionary of Portugal > Historical Portugal

  • 98 Artificial Intelligence

       In my opinion, none of [these programs] does even remote justice to the complexity of human mental processes. Unlike men, "artificially intelligent" programs tend to be single minded, undistractable, and unemotional. (Neisser, 1967, p. 9)
       Future progress in [artificial intelligence] will depend on the development of both practical and theoretical knowledge.... As regards theoretical knowledge, some have sought a unified theory of artificial intelligence. My view is that artificial intelligence is (or soon will be) an engineering discipline since its primary goal is to build things. (Nilsson, 1971, pp. vii-viii)
       Most workers in AI [artificial intelligence] research and in related fields confess to a pronounced feeling of disappointment in what has been achieved in the last 25 years. Workers entered the field around 1950, and even around 1960, with high hopes that are very far from being realized in 1972. In no part of the field have the discoveries made so far produced the major impact that was then promised.... In the meantime, claims and predictions regarding the potential results of AI research had been publicized which went even farther than the expectations of the majority of workers in the field, whose embarrassments have been added to by the lamentable failure of such inflated predictions....
       When able and respected scientists write in letters to the present author that AI, the major goal of computing science, represents "another step in the general process of evolution"; that possibilities in the 1980s include an all-purpose intelligence on a human-scale knowledge base; that awe-inspiring possibilities suggest themselves based on machine intelligence exceeding human intelligence by the year 2000 [one has the right to be skeptical]. (Lighthill, 1972, p. 17)
       4) Just as Astronomy Succeeded Astrology, the Discovery of Intellectual Processes in Machines Should Lead to a Science, Eventually
       Just as astronomy succeeded astrology, following Kepler's discovery of planetary regularities, the discoveries of these many principles in empirical explorations on intellectual processes in machines should lead to a science, eventually. (Minsky & Papert, 1973, p. 11)
       Many problems arise in experiments on machine intelligence because things obvious to any person are not represented in any program. One can pull with a string, but one cannot push with one.... Simple facts like these caused serious problems when Charniak attempted to extend Bobrow's "Student" program to more realistic applications, and they have not been faced up to until now. (Minsky & Papert, 1973, p. 77)
       What do we mean by [a symbolic] "description"? We do not mean to suggest that our descriptions must be made of strings of ordinary language words (although they might be). The simplest kind of description is a structure in which some features of a situation are represented by single ("primitive") symbols, and relations between those features are represented by other symbols-or by other features of the way the description is put together. (Minsky & Papert, 1973, p. 11)
       [AI is] the use of computer programs and programming techniques to cast light on the principles of intelligence in general and human thought in particular. (Boden, 1977, p. 5)
       The word you look for and hardly ever see in the early AI literature is the word knowledge. They didn't believe you have to know anything, you could always rework it all.... In fact 1967 is the turning point in my mind when there was enough feeling that the old ideas of general principles had to go.... I came up with an argument for what I called the primacy of expertise, and at the time I called the other guys the generalists. (Moses, quoted in McCorduck, 1979, pp. 228-229)
       9) Artificial Intelligence Is Psychology in a Particularly Pure and Abstract Form
       The basic idea of cognitive science is that intelligent beings are semantic engines-in other words, automatic formal systems with interpretations under which they consistently make sense. We can now see why this includes psychology and artificial intelligence on a more or less equal footing: people and intelligent computers (if and when there are any) turn out to be merely different manifestations of the same underlying phenomenon. Moreover, with universal hardware, any semantic engine can in principle be formally imitated by a computer if only the right program can be found. And that will guarantee semantic imitation as well, since (given the appropriate formal behavior) the semantics is "taking care of itself" anyway. Thus we also see why, from this perspective, artificial intelligence can be regarded as psychology in a particularly pure and abstract form. The same fundamental structures are under investigation, but in AI, all the relevant parameters are under direct experimental control (in the programming), without any messy physiology or ethics to get in the way. (Haugeland, 1981b, p. 31)
       There are many different kinds of reasoning one might imagine:
        Formal reasoning involves the syntactic manipulation of data structures to deduce new ones following prespecified rules of inference. Mathematical logic is the archetypical formal representation. Procedural reasoning uses simulation to answer questions and solve problems. When we use a program to answer What is the sum of 3 and 4? it uses, or "runs," a procedural model of arithmetic. Reasoning by analogy seems to be a very natural mode of thought for humans but, so far, difficult to accomplish in AI programs. The idea is that when you ask the question Can robins fly? the system might reason that "robins are like sparrows, and I know that sparrows can fly, so robins probably can fly."
        Generalization and abstraction are also natural reasoning process for humans that are difficult to pin down well enough to implement in a program. If one knows that Robins have wings, that Sparrows have wings, and that Blue jays have wings, eventually one will believe that All birds have wings. This capability may be at the core of most human learning, but it has not yet become a useful technique in AI.... Meta- level reasoning is demonstrated by the way one answers the question What is Paul Newman's telephone number? You might reason that "if I knew Paul Newman's number, I would know that I knew it, because it is a notable fact." This involves using "knowledge about what you know," in particular, about the extent of your knowledge and about the importance of certain facts. Recent research in psychology and AI indicates that meta-level reasoning may play a central role in human cognitive processing. (Barr & Feigenbaum, 1981, pp. 146-147)
       Suffice it to say that programs already exist that can do things-or, at the very least, appear to be beginning to do things-which ill-informed critics have asserted a priori to be impossible. Examples include: perceiving in a holistic as opposed to an atomistic way; using language creatively; translating sensibly from one language to another by way of a language-neutral semantic representation; planning acts in a broad and sketchy fashion, the details being decided only in execution; distinguishing between different species of emotional reaction according to the psychological context of the subject. (Boden, 1981, p. 33)
       Can the synthesis of Man and Machine ever be stable, or will the purely organic component become such a hindrance that it has to be discarded? If this eventually happens-and I have... good reasons for thinking that it must-we have nothing to regret and certainly nothing to fear. (Clarke, 1984, p. 243)
       The thesis of GOFAI... is not that the processes underlying intelligence can be described symbolically... but that they are symbolic. (Haugeland, 1985, p. 113)
        14) Artificial Intelligence Provides a Useful Approach to Psychological and Psychiatric Theory Formation
       It is all very well formulating psychological and psychiatric theories verbally but, when using natural language (even technical jargon), it is difficult to recognise when a theory is complete; oversights are all too easily made, gaps too readily left. This is a point which is generally recognised to be true and it is for precisely this reason that the behavioural sciences attempt to follow the natural sciences in using "classical" mathematics as a more rigorous descriptive language. However, it is an unfortunate fact that, with a few notable exceptions, there has been a marked lack of success in this application. It is my belief that a different approach-a different mathematics-is needed, and that AI provides just this approach. (Hand, quoted in Hand, 1985, pp. 6-7)
       We might distinguish among four kinds of AI.
       Research of this kind involves building and programming computers to perform tasks which, to paraphrase Marvin Minsky, would require intelligence if they were done by us. Researchers in nonpsychological AI make no claims whatsoever about the psychological realism of their programs or the devices they build, that is, about whether or not computers perform tasks as humans do.
       Research here is guided by the view that the computer is a useful tool in the study of mind. In particular, we can write computer programs or build devices that simulate alleged psychological processes in humans and then test our predictions about how the alleged processes work. We can weave these programs and devices together with other programs and devices that simulate different alleged mental processes and thereby test the degree to which the AI system as a whole simulates human mentality. According to weak psychological AI, working with computer models is a way of refining and testing hypotheses about processes that are allegedly realized in human minds.
    ... According to this view, our minds are computers and therefore can be duplicated by other computers. Sherry Turkle writes that the "real ambition is of mythic proportions, making a general purpose intelligence, a mind." (Turkle, 1984, p. 240) The authors of a major text announce that "the ultimate goal of AI research is to build a person or, more humbly, an animal." (Charniak & McDermott, 1985, p. 7)
       Research in this field, like strong psychological AI, takes seriously the functionalist view that mentality can be realized in many different types of physical devices. Suprapsychological AI, however, accuses strong psychological AI of being chauvinisticof being only interested in human intelligence! Suprapsychological AI claims to be interested in all the conceivable ways intelligence can be realized. (Flanagan, 1991, pp. 241-242)
        16) Determination of Relevance of Rules in Particular Contexts
       Even if the [rules] were stored in a context-free form the computer still couldn't use them. To do that the computer requires rules enabling it to draw on just those [ rules] which are relevant in each particular context. Determination of relevance will have to be based on further facts and rules, but the question will again arise as to which facts and rules are relevant for making each particular determination. One could always invoke further facts and rules to answer this question, but of course these must be only the relevant ones. And so it goes. It seems that AI workers will never be able to get started here unless they can settle the problem of relevance beforehand by cataloguing types of context and listing just those facts which are relevant in each. (Dreyfus & Dreyfus, 1986, p. 80)
       Perhaps the single most important idea to artificial intelligence is that there is no fundamental difference between form and content, that meaning can be captured in a set of symbols such as a semantic net. (G. Johnson, 1986, p. 250)
        18) The Assumption That the Mind Is a Formal System
       Artificial intelligence is based on the assumption that the mind can be described as some kind of formal system manipulating symbols that stand for things in the world. Thus it doesn't matter what the brain is made of, or what it uses for tokens in the great game of thinking. Using an equivalent set of tokens and rules, we can do thinking with a digital computer, just as we can play chess using cups, salt and pepper shakers, knives, forks, and spoons. Using the right software, one system (the mind) can be mapped into the other (the computer). (G. Johnson, 1986, p. 250)
        19) A Statement of the Primary and Secondary Purposes of Artificial Intelligence
       The primary goal of Artificial Intelligence is to make machines smarter.
       The secondary goals of Artificial Intelligence are to understand what intelligence is (the Nobel laureate purpose) and to make machines more useful (the entrepreneurial purpose). (Winston, 1987, p. 1)
       The theoretical ideas of older branches of engineering are captured in the language of mathematics. We contend that mathematical logic provides the basis for theory in AI. Although many computer scientists already count logic as fundamental to computer science in general, we put forward an even stronger form of the logic-is-important argument....
       AI deals mainly with the problem of representing and using declarative (as opposed to procedural) knowledge. Declarative knowledge is the kind that is expressed as sentences, and AI needs a language in which to state these sentences. Because the languages in which this knowledge usually is originally captured (natural languages such as English) are not suitable for computer representations, some other language with the appropriate properties must be used. It turns out, we think, that the appropriate properties include at least those that have been uppermost in the minds of logicians in their development of logical languages such as the predicate calculus. Thus, we think that any language for expressing knowledge in AI systems must be at least as expressive as the first-order predicate calculus. (Genesereth & Nilsson, 1987, p. viii)
        21) Perceptual Structures Can Be Represented as Lists of Elementary Propositions
       In artificial intelligence studies, perceptual structures are represented as assemblages of description lists, the elementary components of which are propositions asserting that certain relations hold among elements. (Chase & Simon, 1988, p. 490)
       Artificial intelligence (AI) is sometimes defined as the study of how to build and/or program computers to enable them to do the sorts of things that minds can do. Some of these things are commonly regarded as requiring intelligence: offering a medical diagnosis and/or prescription, giving legal or scientific advice, proving theorems in logic or mathematics. Others are not, because they can be done by all normal adults irrespective of educational background (and sometimes by non-human animals too), and typically involve no conscious control: seeing things in sunlight and shadows, finding a path through cluttered terrain, fitting pegs into holes, speaking one's own native tongue, and using one's common sense. Because it covers AI research dealing with both these classes of mental capacity, this definition is preferable to one describing AI as making computers do "things that would require intelligence if done by people." However, it presupposes that computers could do what minds can do, that they might really diagnose, advise, infer, and understand. One could avoid this problematic assumption (and also side-step questions about whether computers do things in the same way as we do) by defining AI instead as "the development of computers whose observable performance has features which in humans we would attribute to mental processes." This bland characterization would be acceptable to some AI workers, especially amongst those focusing on the production of technological tools for commercial purposes. But many others would favour a more controversial definition, seeing AI as the science of intelligence in general-or, more accurately, as the intellectual core of cognitive science. As such, its goal is to provide a systematic theory that can explain (and perhaps enable us to replicate) both the general categories of intentionality and the diverse psychological capacities grounded in them. (Boden, 1990b, pp. 1-2)
       Because the ability to store data somewhat corresponds to what we call memory in human beings, and because the ability to follow logical procedures somewhat corresponds to what we call reasoning in human beings, many members of the cult have concluded that what computers do somewhat corresponds to what we call thinking. It is no great difficulty to persuade the general public of that conclusion since computers process data very fast in small spaces well below the level of visibility; they do not look like other machines when they are at work. They seem to be running along as smoothly and silently as the brain does when it remembers and reasons and thinks. On the other hand, those who design and build computers know exactly how the machines are working down in the hidden depths of their semiconductors. Computers can be taken apart, scrutinized, and put back together. Their activities can be tracked, analyzed, measured, and thus clearly understood-which is far from possible with the brain. This gives rise to the tempting assumption on the part of the builders and designers that computers can tell us something about brains, indeed, that the computer can serve as a model of the mind, which then comes to be seen as some manner of information processing machine, and possibly not as good at the job as the machine. (Roszak, 1994, pp. xiv-xv)
       The inner workings of the human mind are far more intricate than the most complicated systems of modern technology. Researchers in the field of artificial intelligence have been attempting to develop programs that will enable computers to display intelligent behavior. Although this field has been an active one for more than thirty-five years and has had many notable successes, AI researchers still do not know how to create a program that matches human intelligence. No existing program can recall facts, solve problems, reason, learn, and process language with human facility. This lack of success has occurred not because computers are inferior to human brains but rather because we do not yet know in sufficient detail how intelligence is organized in the brain. (Anderson, 1995, p. 2)

    Historical dictionary of quotations in cognitive science > Artificial Intelligence

  • 99 Psychoanalysis

       [Psychoanalysis] seeks to prove to the ego that it is not even master in its own house, but must content itself with scanty information of what is going on unconsciously in the mind. (Freud, 1953-1974, Vol. 16, pp. 284-285)
       Although in the interview the analyst is supposedly a "passive" auditor of the "free association" narration by the subject, in point of fact the analyst does direct the course of the narrative. This by itself does not necessarily impair the evidential worth of the outcome, for even in the most meticulously conducted laboratory experiment the experimenter intervenes to obtain the data he is after. There is nevertheless the difficulty that in the nature of the case the full extent of the analyst's intervention is not a matter that is open to public scrutiny, so that by and large one has only his own testimony as to what transpires in the consulting room. It is perhaps unnecessary to say that this is not a question about the personal integrity of psychoanalytic practitioners. The point is the fundamental one that no matter how firmly we may resolve to make explicit our biases, no human being is aware of all of them, and that objectivity in science is achieved through the criticism of publicly accessible material by a community of independent inquirers.... Moreover, unless data are obtained under carefully standardized circumstances, or under different circumstances whose dependence on known variables is nevertheless established, even an extensive collection of data is an unreliable basis for inference. To be sure, analysts apparently do attempt to institute standard conditions for the conduct of interviews. But there is not much information available on the extent to which the standardization is actually enforced, or whether it relates to more than what may be superficial matters. (E. Nagel, 1959, pp. 49-50)
       3) No Necessary Incompatibility between Psychoanalysis and Certain Religious Formulations
       here would seem to be no necessary incompatibility between psychoanalysis and those religious formulations which locate God within the self. One could, indeed, argue that Freud's Id (and even more Groddeck's It), the impersonal force within which is both the core of oneself and yet not oneself, and from which in illness one become[s] alienated, is a secular formation of the insight which makes religious people believe in an immanent God. (Ryecroft, 1966, p. 22)
       Freudian analysts emphasized that their theories were constantly verified by their "clinical observations."... It was precisely this fact-that they always fitted, that they were always confirmed-which in the eyes of their admirers constituted the strongest argument in favour of these theories. It began to dawn on me that this apparent strength was in fact their weakness.... It is easy to obtain confirmations or verifications, for nearly every theory-if we look for confirmation. (Popper, 1968, pp. 3435)
       5) Psychoanalysis Is Not a Science But Rather the Interpretation of a Narrated History
       Psychoanalysis does not satisfy the standards of the sciences of observation, and the "facts" it deals with are not verifiable by multiple, independent observers.... There are no "facts" nor any observation of "facts" in psychoanalysis but rather the interpretation of a narrated history. (Ricoeur, 1974, p. 186)
       6) Some of the Qualities of a Scientific Approach Are Possessed by Psychoanalysis
       In sum: psychoanalysis is not a science, but it shares some of the qualities associated with a scientific approach-the search for truth, understanding, honesty, openness to the import of the observation and evidence, and a skeptical stance toward authority. (Breger, 1981, p. 50)
       [Attributes of Psychoanalysis:]
       1. Psychic Determinism. No item in mental life and in conduct and behavior is "accidental"; it is the outcome of antecedent conditions.
       2. Much mental activity and behavior is purposive or goal-directed in character.
       3. Much of mental activity and behavior, and its determinants, is unconscious in character. 4. The early experience of the individual, as a child, is very potent, and tends to be pre-potent over later experience. (Farrell, 1981, p. 25)
       Our sceptic may be unwise enough... to maintain that, because analytic theory is unscientific on his criterion, it is not worth discussing. This step is unwise, because it presupposes that, if a study is not scientific on his criterion, it is not a rational enterprise... an elementary and egregious mistake. The scientific and the rational are not co-extensive. Scientific work is only one form that rational inquiry can take: there are many others. (Farrell, 1981, p. 46)
       Psychoanalysts have tended to write as though the term analysis spoke for itself, as if the statement "analysis revealed" or "it was analyzed as" preceding a clinical assertion was sufficient to establish the validity of what was being reported. An outsider might easily get the impression from reading the psychoanalytic literature that some standardized, generally accepted procedure existed for both inference and evidence. Instead, exactly the opposite has been true. Clinical material in the hands of one analyst can lead to totally different "findings" in the hands of another. (Peterfreund, 1986, p. 128)
       The analytic process-the means by which we arrive at psychoanalytic understanding-has been largely neglected and is poorly understood, and there has been comparatively little interest in the issues of inference and evidence. Indeed, psychoanalysts as a group have not recognized the importance of being bound by scientific constraints. They do not seem to understand that a possibility is only that-a possibility-and that innumerable ways may exist to explain the same data. Psychoanalysts all too often do not seem to distinguish hypotheses from facts, nor do they seem to understand that hypotheses must be tested in some way, that criteria for evidence must exist, and that any given test for any hypothesis must allow for the full range of substantiation/refutation. (Peterfreund, 1986, p. 129)

    Historical dictionary of quotations in cognitive science > Psychoanalysis

  • 100 Д-168

    БЕШЕНЫЕ ДЕНЬГИ coll NP usu. this WO
    1. a very large sum of money (paid for sth., to s.o., charged for sth. etc): (cost) a fortune
    prodigious sum(s) (of money) fantastic sum (of money) ton of money (cost) an arm and a leg (in limited contexts) that kind of money.
    Теперь у него просто мастерская, но подпольная, так как патент стоит бешеных денег... (Кузнецов 1). Now he had only a workshop—an underground one, since a license cost an arm and a leg (1a).
    «Им же всем нужно деньги платить! Много тысяч денег! Где же их взять». — «...Деньги дадут сборы». - «Кто же у нас будет платить такие бешеные деньги?» (Ильф и Петров 1). "They would all have to be paid. Many thousands of roubles! Where would we get it?" "...The money will come from collections." "And who do you think is going to pay that kind of money?" (1a).
    2. money obtained easily and unexpectedly and therefore spent recklessly, extravagantly
    easy money.
    (Телятев:) Вот и мне доставались все бешеные (деньги), никак их в кармане не удержишь. Знаете ли, я недавно догадался, отчего у нас с вами бешеные деньги? Оттого, что не мы сами их наживали (Островский 4). (Т) I, too, got easy money, money that came easily and went easily. Only recently I understood why your money and my money was easy money It was because we did not earn it ourselves (4b)

    Большой русско-английский фразеологический словарь > Д-168

См. также в других словарях:

  • (Miss)understood — Infobox Album | Name = (Miss)Understood Type = Album Artist = Ayumi Hamasaki Released = January 1, 2006 (Japan, Taiwan) Recorded = Prime Sound Studio Form (Tokyo, Japan) Sony Music Studios (New York, USA) Mixing and mastering studios: avex studio …   Wikipedia

  • understand — verb ADVERB ▪ clearly, well ▪ completely, fully, perfectly, quite, thoroughly, totally, truly ▪ …   Collocations dictionary

  • Place name origins — The study of place names is called toponymy and is distinct from (but often confused with) etymology, the study of the origins of words. Rather than describing toponymy (as an academic discipline) itself, this article examines the origins of… …   Wikipedia

  • Mutual Ownership Defense Housing Division — The Mutual Ownership Defense Housing Division of the Federal Works Agency part of the United States government, operating from about 1940 to 1942 under the leadership of Colonel Lawrence Westbrook, was an attempt by the United States Government,… …   Wikipedia

  • Bleep censor — Part of a series on Censorship By media …   Wikipedia

  • Customer relationship management — (CRM) is a widely implemented strategy for managing a company’s interactions with customers, clients and sales prospects. It involves using technology to organize, automate, and synchronize business processes principally sales activities, but… …   Wikipedia

  • Laws without ethical content — A law without ethical content is one that does not proscribe or mandate an act because of the act s moral or ethical value, but for some other reason. These laws should be understood to include not only statutory law, but also case law and common …   Wikipedia

  • Glossary of psychiatry — In this glossary of psychiatric terms, mostly Greek, secondly French and German and some English terms, as used in psychiatric literature, were defined. We have included many other terms with the passage of time and aim to broaden this article to …   Wikipedia

  • Semitone — This article is about the musical interval. For the printing method, see halftone. semitone Inverse major seventh (for minor second); diminished octave (for augmented unison); augmented octave (for diminished unison) Name Other names minor second …   Wikipedia

  • Cadence (music) — Perfect authentic cadence (V I [here in V7 I form] with roots in the bass and tonic in the highest voice of the final chord): ii V7 I progression in C   …   Wikipedia

  • obscure — [əb skyoor′, äbskyoor′] adj. [OFr obscur < L obscurus, lit., covered over < ob (see OB ) + IE * skuro < base * (s)keu , to cover, conceal > HIDE1, SKY] 1. lacking light; dim; dark; murky [the obscure night] 2. not easily perceived;… …   English World dictionary

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Прямая ссылка:
Нажмите правой клавишей мыши и выберите «Копировать ссылку»